Esports sponsorships have become one of the most visible ways Web3 casinos and sportsbooks build trust. Some deals bring real accountability, while others amount to a logo on a jersey and little else.

Here is what an esports sponsorship can tell players about a Web3 casino, which questions to ask and where the limits of that signal lie.

What a Sponsorship Signals

Team deals can point to several things about the brand behind them, and the table outlines those signals with their limits.

Signal

What it suggests

Limit to keep in mind

Established partner

The team vetted the brand before signing

Vetting standards vary between organisations

Naming rights

Long-term commitment and public exposure

Exposure differs from a licence or audit

Fan campaigns

Ongoing engagement with an audience

Promotions come with terms

Duration

Multi-month or yearly deals show stability

Deals can end early

Last verified: November 2026

Sponsorship works as a reputational signal, while regulation comes from a licence. Players should check the licence, terms and complaint route of any brand they see on a team shirt.

Esports Teams Vet Their Partners

Major esports organisations answer to tournament organisers, fans and other sponsors. Any partner caught in a scandal can damage the team's own brand, so many organisations review a sponsor's licensing and reputation before signing.

Integrity bodies also shape the space. The Esports Integrity Commission works with tournament operators and betting firms to monitor match-fixing and suspicious betting.

Questions Players Can Ask

Does the brand publish a licence? Does it state age limits clearly in its campaigns? Do its promotions with the team come with readable terms? Those checks turn a logo into useful information.

Betting Menus Behind the Sponsorship

Brands that sponsor teams usually back that exposure with deep esports menus, though CS2 coverage differs sharply from one platform to the next.

Signup steps matter for esports fans too, as login options and verification rules differ across esports sportsbooks.

Dexsport Backs OG's Counter-Strike Roster

Dexsport became the official betting sponsor of OG's CS2 team in May 2026 under a one-year deal, and the roster now competes as OG.Dexsport. The partnership covers fan campaigns, giveaways and event activations.

OG announced the OG.Dexsport rebrand on its official site, alongside plans for fan giveaways. On the betting side, Dexsport prices 22 esports titles with 79 market types, including seven for CS2.

Dexapp LTD, the company behind Dexsport, holds a licence from Anjouan, and the DESU token trades on MEXC.

Limits of the Sponsorship Signal

Withdrawals, disputes and self-exclusion fall outside what a sponsorship reveals. Those answers live in the terms and in the experiences of other players.

Fan promotions linked to team deals deserve the same care as any bonus. Boosted odds or giveaways come with conditions, so confirm current terms before taking part.

Conclusion

Esports sponsorships reveal a brand's willingness to tie its reputation to a public team, a fanbase and an organisation with its own standards. Year-long deals and naming rights point to commitment, while integrity bodies such as ESIC watch the betting side.

Dexsport's deal with OG shows how a Web3 sportsbook can attach its name to a CS2 roster, yet sponsorship remains a reputational signal. Licences, terms and complaint routes matter more, and fan promotions come with conditions like any other offer.

Check the licence behind the logo before you bet. Gambling law differs between countries, so look up yours, bet only once you reach legal age and note that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Sponsorship deals, promotions, token details and licences change over time and vary by country, so check each platform's current terms before you sign up. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• Dogecoin developers are pushing DogeOS, a layer 2 network for DeFi and gaming, as the mainnet launch nears.
• Momentum gauges have slipped into oversold territory, yet sellers still control the daily trend.
• A nearby ceiling near $0.072 now decides whether any bounce can find its footing.

Dogecoin's developers are steering DOGE toward DeFi, prediction markets and gaming through DogeOS, a zero-knowledge layer 2 that uses DOGE for fees. The main chain will keep its focus on payments.

The pitch arrives during a bruising week for holders. Buyers have stepped back, and the utility story has not slowed the selling.

DogeOS Pitches DeFi and Gaming While the Main Chain Sticks to Payments

DogeOS is Ethereum-compatible, so developers can port existing DeFi, prediction market and gaming apps.

The MyDoge wallet team builds DogeOS. It is a zero-knowledge rollup that settles to the Dogecoin chain. Users pay fees in DOGE, and the project has no separate token.

Timothy Stebbing, product director at the Dogecoin Foundation, laid out that split in a 2026 roadmap post on X on Nov 11. He said smart contracts and AI could speed development without changing Dogecoin's core blockchain.

DogeOS founder and CEO Jordan Jefferson said the mainnet launch is "very, very close." He gave no date. A public testnet has run since Sept 30, and Jefferson said development and audits are complete. More than 100 builders are working on projects, he said.

One gap remains. OP_CHECKZKP, a proposed upgrade that would let Dogecoin verify zero-knowledge proofs, has not been approved. Until it is, DogeOS relies on permissioned validators. Last month the foundation also formed Dogecoin Labs, grouping MyDoge, DogeOS and Such App under Jefferson as CEO.

DOGE Trades Far Beneath Both Long Averages

Dogecoin (DOGE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

DOGE changed hands near $0.067 at last check, flat over the past 24 hours.

The weekly numbers show how fast the selling picked up. DOGE lost about 14% over seven days. Over the past month it is down about 19%, so most of that monthly damage landed in the latest week.

Moving averages help explain the bigger picture. A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set period. When price sits below one, that average tends to act as a ceiling on rallies.

DOGE trades under its 50-day average, which sits near $0.078. That line tracks the medium-term trend, and it now caps the price from above. The longer 200-day average is higher still, around $0.088. That puts DOGE roughly a quarter below its long-run trend line.

Price below both lines, with the shorter one under the longer one, is a textbook downtrend. Each bounce has to fight through two layers of overhead selling before the trend can turn.

The flat session suggests sellers took a breather, but the daily structure still favors the bears.

Oversold Readings Have Not Stopped the Sellers

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 29 on the daily chart. Anything under 30 counts as oversold, meaning sellers have pushed the price down faster than usual. Readings this stretched often come before a short bounce, as late sellers run out of coins to dump.

Oversold does not mean cheap, though. RSI can stay pinned low for days or weeks in a strong downtrend, and buying on that reading alone has burned traders before.

Other gauges back up the bears. MACD, which compares short and long price trends, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, momentum is still pointing down. Trend-strength readings also show a real trend in place, and sellers are the ones leading it.

A relief bounce is possible, but nothing yet shows buyers taking control.

$0.072 Stands Between DOGE and Any Real Relief

The first ceiling sits near $0.072, just above the current price. Any bounce from oversold territory would likely meet sellers there first. Traders who bought higher often use rallies into that zone to get out near breakeven.

Closing a day above that level would be a first sign of relief. It would open a path toward the next ceiling around $0.076, just under the 50-day line. Clearing both would put DOGE back in touch with its medium-term trend.

The floor is a different story. Support shows up near $0.056, well below today's price, with no level beneath it.

That gap matters for holders. If DOGE slides through that floor, nothing nearby would slow the fall, and the downtrend could gather pace.

Where the Next Three Days Could Take DOGE

Two paths stand out for the coming sessions, and both hinge on that first ceiling.

• Bullish: A close above the first ceiling would hand buyers their first win in weeks. The next target would be the higher resistance just under the 50-day line. The idea fails if DOGE drops back below today's price, which would show the bounce had no follow-through.
• Bearish: A rejection at the first ceiling would keep sellers in charge and point DOGE toward the lower support. A daily finish above the second ceiling would invalidate this view.

Utility Story Waits on a Chart That Still Says Sell

DogeOS gives DOGE a story about real use. Sellers still lead the chart, and the downtrend holds until price clears that first ceiling.

The news itself carries risk. Mainnet has no launch date, and OP_CHECKZKP still awaits approval. Rallies built on those headlines could fade quickly if either one slips.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• BitMine now owns almost 5% of all ether in circulation and says it is nearly done with its accumulation goal.
• Ether trades under both long-term moving averages, with momentum oversold but sellers still in control.
• Bulls need the floor near $1,850 to hold, because the chart shows no mapped support beneath it.

BitMine Immersion Technologies, the largest corporate holder of ether, is closing in on the ownership target chairman Tom Lee set last year. The company has bought every week since mid-2025, but it shifted cash toward stock buybacks in October.

That shift lands as ether sinks to its weakest stretch in months. Traders now want to know whether BitMine keeps buying past its goal or the market loses its steadiest buyer.

BitMine Closes In on Its Ether Target

BitMine Immersion Technologies (NYSE: BMNR) held 6,070,092 ETH as of November 8, the company said. That stack equals 4.97% of the 122.2 million ether in circulation. Chairman Tom Lee, also head of research at Fundstrat, set the "Alchemy of 5%" goal in July 2025. BitMine now says it is 99% of the way there, after just under 15 months.

The firm added 9,587 ETH in the first week of November. It says it has bought ether every single week since June 30, 2025. BitMine pays for those purchases mainly by selling new shares above its net asset value, and it avoids debt. It stakes most of its ether and also holds 216 BTC plus $475 million in cash and securities.

That makes BitMine the largest ether treasury. Only Strategy, with 849,327 BTC, holds a bigger crypto reserve.

The pace changed in October. BitMine slowed its ether buying and spent more on repurchasing its own stock. Lee has said purchases could continue past the target. Investors still cheered the company, and BMNR shares closed up 6.33% on November 11.

Ether Slips Under Both Long-Term Averages

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ether traded near $2,040 on Wednesday, flat over the past day but well off its autumn levels. The coin now sits below its 50-day average, near $2,330. It also trades under its 200-day average, around $2,300. A moving average tracks the mean closing price over a set period. When price falls under one, that average tends to act as a ceiling on rebounds.

Losing both lines at once is a bearish setup. Short-term and long-term buyers are now holding at a loss on average. That shift formed during the same weeks BitMine eased its weekly purchases and turned toward buybacks.

The slide has been steady. Ether changed hands near $2,500 a month ago and has shed about 17% since then. Most of that drop came in the last week, which alone took off roughly 16%. Sellers have controlled the 30-day range, and the latest leg lower came fast.

Rebounds have struggled to hold. Ether tried to push back above $2,100 in recent sessions and failed each time. That pattern shows traders are using bounces to sell. Until price clears that zone and then the long-term averages above it, the path of least resistance points down.

Oversold, Yet Sellers Still Hold the Wheel

The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 29. That reading counts as oversold. It means sellers have pushed hard and fast, and stretched moves like this often draw at least a short relief bounce. An oversold reading only shows exhaustion, though. It does not mark a bottom on its own.

Momentum still points down. The MACD, which compares short-term and longer-term price trends, remains below its signal line. The broader trend is strong, and sellers lead it.

The flat day reads as a pause in selling, with no strong buying yet. Any bounce from here needs follow-through above recent highs before traders can treat it as more than a breather.

$1,850 Becomes the Floor Bulls Must Defend

Support sits near $1,850, and it is the only floor the data maps below current prices. No second level shows up beneath it. If ether closes under that mark, the chart offers little guidance on where buyers might regroup.

Slower treasury demand raises the stakes. A weekly buyer of BitMine's size once helped absorb dips like this one. With that bid thinning, the floor has to hold on its own.

On the upside, first resistance stands near $2,280, just under both long-term averages. A clean break there would put the next ceiling, around $2,400, in view. Reclaiming that zone would undo much of the recent breakdown and hand the trend back to buyers.

Which Way the Next Three Days Can Break

Oversold momentum and a seller-led trend leave two clear paths.

• Bullish: A relief bounce lifts ether back through first resistance. That would open a run at the next ceiling higher up. The setup fails if price slides back below current levels and heads toward support.
• Bearish: A daily close under the support floor would leave no mapped level below. That could invite a deeper flush as stops trigger. A recovery above first resistance would cancel this view.

A Whale Near Its Target Leaves Ether Exposed

The bias stays bearish until ether wins back its long-term averages. Oversold momentum is the only cushion for now, and it can fade fast.

BitMine is the swing factor. A full turn toward buybacks would strip out the market's steadiest weekly bid. A firm pledge to keep buying past its target could do the opposite and spark a sharp squeeze higher.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Many crypto casinos claim the Web3 label while meeting only one or two of those tests. Others cover all four, though the depth of each leg varies widely.

The comparison below scores eleven casinos on wallet sign-in, on-chain payment rails, fairness proofs and token utility.

The Four Legs Defined

Every leg answers its own question about a casino's Web3 credentials, and the table sets them out.

Leg

What it covers

What a strong score looks like

Wallet sign-in

Logging in by signing with a crypto wallet

Several wallets, plus WalletConnect for mobile

On-chain rails

Deposits and withdrawals on public blockchains

Many networks, stablecoins on several chains

Fairness

Ways to verify game results

Provably fair titles with published seeds

Token

A platform token with defined uses

Clear utility and published token details

Last verified: November 2026

Wallet sign-in follows an open approach that Ethereum developers formalised as Sign-In with Ethereum, where a signed message replaces a password.

Arguments for Each Leg

Passwords disappear with wallet sign-in, while on-chain rails leave a public record of every deposit and withdrawal. Those on-chain records help players tell a genuine Web3 casino from a crypto-friendly one.

Fairness and tokens deserve a closer look. Provably fair games let players verify results themselves by checking the server seed, client seed and nonce behind each round.

Tokens Bring Their Own Risks

Platform tokens can unlock rewards or perks, yet their prices can fall sharply. Many casino tokens follow the ERC-20 standard or a similar format on other chains, so their basic mechanics are public.

Rewards, fee discounts and staking are the usual uses for casino tokens, and utility differs widely between platforms.

11 Web3 Casinos Scored on the Four Legs

Placings weigh how fully each casino meets every leg, from wallet choice and network range to provably fair coverage and token transparency. Details come from casino websites and published reviews.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport covers all four legs, with sign-in through six wallets including WalletConnect, deposits across 26 networks and around 60 provably fair games. Dexsport also issues the DESU token, though token prices can swing, and Dexapp LTD holds the licence for the platform in Anjouan.

2. BC.Game

BC.Game offers wallet login, a wide multi-chain cashier, provably fair originals and its own BC token. Its long list of coins means players should double-check the network before each deposit.

3. Rollbit

Rollbit pairs wallet-friendly access with on-chain deposits, in-house games and the RLB token. Its trading products share the same account, which can blur session limits.

4. Shuffle

Shuffle covers crypto rails, house games with visible edge figures and the SHFL token. Token rewards feature heavily, so budgets should stay separate from reward chasing.

5. BetFury

BetFury combines wallet access, provably fair games and the BFG token. Its token programme forms the core of the platform, which can encourage longer sessions.

6. Stake

Stake offers a broad crypto cashier and provably fair originals. Wallet sign-in plays a smaller role, and the platform skips a native token.

7. Lucky Block

Lucky Block links its casino to the LBLOCK token and accepts several coins. Provably fair coverage looks thinner than at originals-led casinos, according to reviews.

8. Gamdom

Gamdom offers crypto deposits and a long-standing set of originals. Wallet sign-in and token features play a minor part.

9. Roobet

Roobet accepts crypto and features in-house games beside studio slots. It relies on standard accounts more than wallet login.

10. Wild.io

Wild.io covers crypto rails and studio games under its Anjouan licence. Fairness proofs and token features appear limited.

11. Cloudbet

Cloudbet offers a long-standing crypto cashier and a slots-led casino. Email accounts, studio games and the absence of a token keep it at the lower end of this test.

Scores in Context

Strong scores on all four legs make a casino more Web3, yet licence, terms and withdrawal checks matter just as much. Players should treat token features as optional extras and keep deposits within a set budget.

Wallet sign-in also changes security habits. Seed phrases stay with the player, so losing them can mean losing access to funds held in that wallet.

Conclusion

Web3 casinos stand on four legs, from wallet sign-in and on-chain rails to fairness proofs and a platform token. Many crypto casinos meet one or two, while fewer cover all four with real depth.

Dexsport ranks first for meeting every leg, with six wallets, 26 networks, provably fair titles and its own token, while the other ten casinos score unevenly across the four. Tokens bring price risk alongside their perks, and seed phrases need careful storage.

Score every leg before your first deposit. Gambling rules differ from one country to the next, so confirm the law where you live, play only at legal age and keep in mind that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Wallet options, supported networks, token details and licences change over time and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each casino's current terms before you deposit. Platform tokens can lose value. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

The integration brings several practical advantages. Users get a wide choice of supported assets and instant non-custodial swaps that StealthEX describes as limitless. The low exchange fee makes the integration a cost-effective option for crypto swaps. Users also keep control of their funds, since StealthEX does not hold assets on its platform at any stage.

StealthEX is an instant cryptocurrency exchange that lets users swap digital assets without creating an account. Its swaps go directly from wallet to wallet, so StealthEX never takes custody of user funds. ONTO Wallet already lets people manage assets across multiple blockchains, connect to decentralized applications, and use decentralized identity. The StealthEX integration adds broader exchange options to that set of features, so users can manage and swap their crypto in the same place.

ONTO Wallet and StealthEX: Bringing More Crypto Exchange Options to Users

Under the partnership, StealthEX is now available inside ONTO Wallet as an exchange solution. Through the ONTO Wallet StealthEX integration, users can access more than 2,000 cryptocurrencies and tokens supported by StealthEX and swap between them from the wallet interface.

Before integrations like this, swapping one asset for another often took several steps. A user might have to visit a separate exchange website, copy deposit addresses between apps, and keep track of the transaction in another tab. Now the exchange step sits inside the wallet the user already relies on. Users don't have to visit a separate exchange website or create an exchange account, and they can follow the process from a familiar interface.

This matters most in a multi-chain wallet. ONTO users often hold assets on several blockchain networks. Having exchange tools next to those holdings makes it easier to rebalance a portfolio, get a token needed for a particular network, or convert assets for a dApp.

Each partner contributes a different piece:

• ONTO provides the wallet infrastructure. That includes private key management on the user's device, multi-chain asset management, and the interface users interact with.

• StealthEX provides the exchange technology. It connects to multiple liquidity providers to find available rates for supported trading pairs and carries out the swap.

ONTO's approach to exchange services is built on user choice. The wallet works with several exchange service providers, and using any of them is optional. StealthEX adds another option to that lineup, along with its own asset coverage and fee structure.

Exchange Over 2,000 Cryptocurrencies with a Low Fee

The integration has two main financial benefits: wide asset coverage and a low cost per swap.

Broad Asset Coverage

StealthEX supports more than 2,000 cryptocurrencies. These range from widely held assets such as Bitcoin and Ether to tokens from smaller and newer ecosystems. For ONTO users, this means much more choice when they swap from their wallet.

Availability still depends on several factors. Not every asset or trading pair is supported on every blockchain network. Which pairs are open at a given moment depends on the supported networks, liquidity, and the minimum exchange amounts for each pair. Users should check the available assets and networks in the exchange interface before starting a swap.

A $0.4 Exchange Fee

According to the project teams, the StealthEX exchange fee for swaps through ONTO Wallet is $0.4. This makes the integration an affordable way to swap digital assets.

The $0.4 fee is separate from other costs a swap can involve:

• Network fees. Sending assets on a blockchain requires a network (gas) fee. The network sets this fee, not StealthEX or ONTO, and it changes with network activity.

• Exchange rates. The amount a user receives also depends on the exchange rate for the chosen pair. This differs between fixed-rate and floating-rate swaps.

Users should review the full quote shown before confirming a swap. The quote shows the amount they will send and the estimated amount they will receive.

Why Crypto Swap Fees Matter

Crypto swap fees can add up quickly, especially for people who exchange often. Someone who rebalances across several networks, moves funds into tokens for different dApps, or makes many small swaps can lose a meaningful share of their activity to fees. Percentage-based fees grow with the size of each trade, and fees set by individual services can vary widely across the non-custodial exchange market.

A low exchange fee helps keep those costs predictable. The $0.4 fee is one of the most competitive in the non-custodial exchange market. It is especially relevant for ONTO users who manage assets across multiple blockchain networks and swap regularly.

What Is StealthEX? A Non-Custodial Instant Crypto Exchange

StealthEX is an instant, non-custodial cryptocurrency exchange. It supports more than 2,000 coins and tokens, and users can exchange them without creating an account.

Its key features are:

• Non-custodial architecture. StealthEX does not store users' funds or private keys on the platform. Swaps go from wallet to wallet: the user sends the asset they want to exchange, and the exchanged asset goes straight to the wallet address they provided.

• No account required. Users don't need to register, set up an exchange account, or keep a balance on the platform.

• Multiple liquidity providers. StealthEX works with several liquidity providers to find available exchange rates for supported trading pairs.

• Fixed and floating rates. Where available, users can lock in a fixed rate when the swap starts or use a floating rate that follows the market while the swap is processed.

• A simple process. Users pick the assets, enter an amount, give a receiving address, and complete the transfer.

Non-custodial exchange services matter more as users pay closer attention to who controls their assets. On a custodial platform, users deposit funds into an account that the platform manages. A non-custodial service never holds user funds in an account, so users keep control of their assets before and after each swap. For people who prefer self-custody, this lets them exchange crypto without giving up control of their holdings.

StealthEX also offers integration tools for wallets, aggregators, and other crypto products. Its partnership with ONTO Wallet is one example.

What Is ONTO Wallet? Exploring Its Multi-Chain Web3 Ecosystem

ONTO Wallet is a decentralized, self-custodial multi-chain wallet, built as a gateway to Web3. It is available as a mobile app and as a browser-based web wallet. Private keys are generated on the user's device, so ONTO cannot access them and users keep full control of their assets.

ONTO's main features include:

• Multi-chain asset management. Users can manage digital assets on multiple blockchain networks, including Ethereum, BNB Chain, and Ontology, from a single interface.

• Cryptocurrencies and NFTs. The wallet supports both fungible tokens and NFTs.

• dApp access. Users can connect to decentralized applications and explore Web3 services, from DeFi platforms to NFT marketplaces.

• Decentralized identity. ONTO includes decentralized identity (DID) features through ONT ID. Users can create a portable digital identity, use it to log in to applications, and manage their personal data.

• Hardware wallet support. ONTO supports Ledger hardware wallets, giving users another way to secure and manage their digital assets.

These features make ONTO more than a place to store crypto. It combines asset management, identity, and access to decentralized services in one app. Its multi-chain design is useful for people who work across several blockchain ecosystems and would otherwise need separate tools for each.

Why the StealthEX Integration Matters for ONTO Wallet Users

The integration brings together the strengths of both platforms. For ONTO Wallet users, the practical benefits are:

• More exchange options. Users can reach more than 2,000 cryptocurrencies and tokens supported by StealthEX.

• Lower costs. The $0.4 StealthEX exchange fee makes swapping more affordable, particularly for frequent users.

• Convenience. Exchange tools are available inside ONTO Wallet, so users don't need a separate exchange website.

• Self-custody. StealthEX is a non-custodial crypto exchange, so it never holds user funds on its platform. ONTO's self-custodial design keeps private keys on the user's device.

• Multi-chain flexibility. A wider choice of supported assets and pairs suits users who manage holdings on different networks.

• Simpler crypto management. With storage, dApps, and exchanges in one place, users switch between fewer apps and have fewer manual steps to manage.

The integration works for both experienced and newer users. Experienced users who manage diverse portfolios get broad asset coverage and a predictable fee. Users still exploring different blockchain ecosystems get a simpler way to obtain the tokens they need without learning a separate platform.

Making Cryptocurrency Exchanges More Accessible

The partnership reflects a wider trend: wallets are increasingly integrating non-custodial exchange providers. These integrations can make the Web3 experience easier by making crypto exchanges more accessible, affordable, and convenient.

Users now expect wallets to do more than store and send assets. A modern wallet is often where people check balances, connect to applications, manage NFTs, and make swaps. Having exchange tools, dApps, and multi-chain services in one ecosystem means fewer platforms to deal with and fewer chances for manual errors, such as copying the wrong address between apps.

Combining a self-custodial wallet with a non-custodial exchange also keeps self-custody intact. Users can exchange assets inside the wallet while keeping control of their funds.

Conclusion

ONTO Wallet has integrated StealthEX, so ONTO users can now exchange over 2,000 cryptocurrencies directly in the wallet with a $0.4 StealthEX exchange fee.

The two platforms complement each other. ONTO provides a self-custodial multi-chain wallet with decentralized identity, NFT management, dApp access, and Ledger support. StealthEX provides instant, non-custodial crypto exchange technology with broad asset coverage and both fixed and floating rates.

Both teams aim to keep making cryptocurrency exchanges more accessible and affordable. This integration is a step toward a Web3 experience where users can manage, use, and swap digital assets in one place while staying in control of their funds.

Learn more on the official websites:

• ONTO Wallet: https://onto.app/en

• StealthEX: https://stealthex.io/

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• Bitcoin Core disclosed three patched flaws, including one that let thousands of Tor-linked nodes trust any stranger.
• Bitcoin trades below both of its key moving averages, and momentum still favors sellers.
• The nearest floor sits far below current prices, leaving little on the chart to cushion a drop.

Bitcoin Core developers revealed on Tuesday that a setup flaw let thousands of nodes treat anonymous Tor connections as trusted peers. The bug was fixed more than a year ago, and the advisory reports no attacks.

The disclosure arrives as bitcoin extends a monthly slide and sellers control the chart. Old, patched bugs rarely move prices on their own. The real question for traders is whether buyers can defend the next floor before the decline speeds up.

Thousands of Tor Nodes Trusted Strangers Before a Quiet Fix

Bitcoin Core published a formal security advisory on Tuesday covering three flaws in the node software. Developers patched all three in releases issued in October 2025, so the disclosure arrived about 13 months after the fixes. The advisory reports no attacks.

The Tor issue drew the most attention. Some providers bundled Bitcoin Core with Tor, and in those setups incoming Tor connections inherited whitelist permissions. Strangers could then skip spam and privacy protections. The advisory cites "thousands of reachable mainnet nodes whitelisting all incoming Tor connections." Martin Zumsande and Antoine Poinsot reported the bug. Poinsot privately warned the unnamed providers on Sept. 19, 2025. Nodes that never enabled the whitelist were safe.

A high-severity flaw tied to a rule in Core 28.0 could leave mining nodes unable to build valid block templates until a restart. Niklas Goegge reported it on Sept. 26, 2025. A third bug let one connection stall block processing for 10 minutes.

The timing followed policy. Core discloses two weeks after the last affected release loses support, and the 29.x series hit that point on Oct. 27. Since October, bugs that are easy to rediscover, including AI-findable ones, get immediate advisories.

Markets were already weak. Bitcoin fell 4.7% in the week to Nov 10 and sits about 16% lower year-to-date. It also trades about 41% below its October 2025 record.

Bitcoin Trades Under Both Averages as the Monthly Slide Deepens

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin traded near $73,000 on Thursday, little changed over 24 hours. The calm hides a rough stretch. The coin is down about 9% over the past seven days.

Price now sits under both of the moving averages traders watch most. A moving average tracks the mean closing price over a set number of days and smooths out daily noise. The 50-day average stands near $79,000. The 200-day average sits lower, near $76,000.

When price falls below these lines, they tend to act as ceilings. Buyers who entered near those levels often sell into any rebound to get out even. That gives bitcoin two layers of overhead before the trend can turn. The closer barrier is the 200-day line, which also marks the longer-term trend.

The slide started well before Tuesday's advisory. Bitcoin has lost about 10% over the past 30 days, so sellers were already in charge when the Tor details came out.

Because the flaws were fixed long ago and never exploited, the advisory should trigger little new selling.

Thursday's flat session looks like a pause after a heavy week, and one quiet day does not mark a bottom. A real reversal would need bitcoin to climb back above at least one of its averages and hold there.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand Without Reaching Exhaustion

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 33 on the daily chart. That is weak territory. Sellers have pushed hard, but the reading has not dropped into the oversold zone below 30.

Oversold conditions often bring relief bounces as selling runs out of steam. Bitcoin is not there yet. That leaves room for more downside before buyers typically step in on exhaustion alone.

Other momentum gauges point the same way. The MACD, which compares short and longer price trends, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, downward momentum has not faded.

Trend strength readings show a trend taking shape, with sellers leading it. The move is young, and young trends tend to run further before they stall.

Momentum gives no sign of a turn yet, so price levels will carry more weight than headlines.

$76K Overhead and $63K Below Frame the Next Leg

On the daily chart, the nearest resistance lines up with the 200-day average. That overlap makes it the first real test for buyers. A daily close back above it would be the earliest sign that the damage is being repaired.

Clearing that hurdle would not end the work. The next barrier sits near $80,000, just above the 50-day line. Sellers who defended the summer range would likely wait there.

The downside looks thinner. Support comes in near $63,000, and the data lists no closer floor in between. If bitcoin slips, little on the chart would slow the fall.

A break below that floor would change the picture again. It would open a deeper leg of the drawdown and push the coin into territory with no nearby reference points. For now, price sits between these two levels, and the next decisive finish will likely set the direction.

What Would Flip the Next Three Days

Each scenario carries a clear exit point.

• Bullish: A daily close back above the 200-day line would hand buyers their first win and put the next barrier, just over the 50-day average, in play. The case fails if bitcoin slips back under Thursday's trading level.
• Bearish: A rejection at the 200-day line, with momentum still pointing down, would aim the coin toward the lower support. A finish above that same average would cancel this view.

The Chart Matters More Than the Advisory

Three old bugs, all patched and never exploited, give holders no fresh reason to sell. Bitcoin's trend stays bearish until buyers reclaim the 200-day line, where the first resistance sits.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

$BTC price begins to breakdown

Source: TradingView

The slide continues. The $BTC price did break up from the descending wedge pattern, but as per usual the price rolled over and has come back to test the upper trendline of the wedge. At the same time, a descending trendline that started not long after the $87K high is perhaps beginning to break down. If it does, it probably wouldn’t take long for the $BTC price to descend to $69K, a price it was struggling to get through as long ago as 2021.

All supports broken - $69K is next

Source: TradingView

The daily chart shows us that the plunge is probably taking place right now. The $BTC price has fallen below the descending trendline, and more importantly below the 200-day simple moving average (SMA). It’s actually not that far to go now to the $69K horizontal support level, and then the chances are that the price will not stop there. The real bull market support is the bull market trendline. If the $BTC price gets down there, this would potentially be at a price of around $66K.

An eventual plunge to the bull market trendline

Source: TradingView

The weekly chart shows how the $BTC price has fallen through very strong support at $73,800, which also rested on the top of the 8-month bull flag in 2024. Of course, there is still the rest of the week to go, so there is the chance that the price could retrace back up and end the week back above that support - but this is probably a faint hope at this point.

To all intents and purposes it looks as though the $BTC price is going to come down to the $69K support level at the very least, with the bull market trendline the last real support until a rock bottom possibility of $60K. 

President Trump has recently published on his Truth Social account that there is no deal on the table for Iran, resulting in the S&P 500 and the Nasdaq opening to the downside according to the Futures. This will not help Bitcoin’s cause, already down 4.3% at time of going to press.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Solana Company swung to a quarterly profit of about $105 million and kept buying SOL for its treasury.
• SOL's daily momentum gauge sits deep in oversold territory, yet sellers still control the trend.
• A floor near $74 now decides whether the slide pauses or speeds up.

Solana Company, the Nasdaq-listed SOL treasury firm, posted a third-quarter profit on Wednesday and added fresh tokens to its stockpile. Its staking business also beat the network's average yield.

SOL traders barely reacted. The token has been sliding for weeks, and one company's balance sheet carries little weight against broad selling. The open question is whether an oversold market can find buyers before the next support gives way.

Solana Company Swings to Profit and Keeps Stacking SOL

Solana Company (NASDAQ: HSDT), a treasury and infrastructure firm built around SOL, reported third-quarter net income of $105.2 million. A year earlier it posted a loss of $352.8 million. Most of the swing came from a $102.7 million unrealized gain on its digital assets, the company said.

The firm also kept adding tokens. It bought about 125,000 SOL with a roughly $15 million registered direct offering priced at a 5% premium to net asset value. It held about 2.4 million SOL as of Sept. 30, worth around $288.2 million.

Revenue rose to $3.4 million from $0.7 million, almost all from staking. The company said its staking yield reached 5.9%, ahead of roughly 4.9% for the network. "Our Pacific Backbone infrastructure went live," CEO Joseph Chee said. That validator held about 1.3 million delegated SOL. The firm is also moving its headquarters to Hong Kong.

Shares rose 5.38% to $1.96 after hours. Buybacks this year total about $8.7 million. Still, the profit is mark-to-market, and the nine-month result remains a $24.9 million loss.

Good Earnings Fail to Lift SOL Off Its Lows

Solana (SOL) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SOL traded near $83 on Thursday, little changed over the past 24 hours. The token sits well below its 50-day moving average near $98 and its 200-day average near $97. A moving average smooths out past prices to show the underlying trend. With price under both, the trend points down over the short and long term, and those averages now act as ceilings.

The earnings landed in a market that was already selling. SOL has lost about 13% over the past week and roughly 21% over the past month. Traders had been cutting exposure for weeks before HSDT published its numbers.

For now, the flat session looks like a pause. Sellers have stopped pressing for now, but buyers have not taken control. A reversal would need a run of higher closes, and the daily chart shows nothing of the kind yet.

Scale also matters. The firm's latest purchase of about 125,000 SOL is worth roughly $10 million at current prices. SOL often trades billions of dollars in a single day across exchanges. Against that volume, one treasury company's buying barely registers.

Its holdings also tie the company to the token's price. Further declines in SOL would cut into the unrealized gains that drove the quarterly profit.

Oversold Readings Have Not Stopped the Selling

SOL's daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 24. Readings below 30 count as oversold, meaning the selling has run fast and far. Stretches like this often come before a relief bounce.

Oversold does not mean finished, though. MACD, a tool that compares short and long price trends, remains below its signal line. That tells traders momentum is still pointing down.

Trend strength adds to the caution. Indicators show a firm trend, and sellers are driving it. In strong downtrends, RSI can sit in oversold territory for days while prices keep grinding lower.

Any rebound needs a clear signal first, such as momentum turning higher. Until that happens, a bounce is more likely to be a pause inside the slide.

Where Buyers Must Step In Below $83

The nearest floor on the daily chart sits about a tenth below the current price. That level is the first place where buyers have shown up before. If it breaks, the data shows no clear support underneath, so a drop through it could run further before demand returns.

Overhead, the sell wall begins near $96. That barrier sits just under the cluster formed by the 50-day and 200-day averages. Each rally into that crowded zone is likely to meet supply from traders looking to exit.

The real test is the round number at $100. A close above it would put SOL back over both averages. Those ceilings would then turn into floors, and the seller-led trend would lose its grip.

Two Paths for SOL Through the Weekend

The next few sessions should show whether the oversold reading sparks a bounce or more selling.

• Bullish: A relief bounce that clears $95.82 would open a run at the round-number mark discussed above. A daily close back under $82.81 would cancel that setup and hand control back to sellers.
• Bearish: A break of $74.10 leaves no mapped floor below, so losses could stretch quickly. A reclaim of the 200-day average would void this view and suggest the slide has run its course.

Treasury Buying Is Not Yet a Trend Change

Solana Company's quarter is a positive footnote for the network, with growing staking income and steady token buying. The chart still belongs to sellers, though, until SOL breaks back through the overhead ceiling.

Oversold markets can swing hard in either direction. Sharp short squeezes and sudden flushes both happen in these conditions.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Solana-based DeFi application Xash has announced its public launch at Solana Breakpoint 2026, introducing a rewards model that allows users to earn tokenized gold through stablecoin activity. The platform is designed to encourage longer-term participation in decentralized finance (DeFi), where incentive programs often struggle to retain users once promotional rewards expire.

Xash rewards users for activities such as lending, trading, and providing liquidity through established DeFi platforms on Solana. Instead of distributing short-term promotional tokens, the application offers tokenized gold rewards, allowing users to accumulate gold as they participate in stablecoin markets.

The company was co-founded by CEO Kevin Huynh, Vinny Lingham, co-founder of Civic and Gyft and former General Partner at Multicoin Capital, Alen Ribic, co-founder of SweepSouth, and Llew Claasen, former Executive Director of the Bitcoin Foundation.

“Stablecoins don’t have a supply problem. They have a usage problem. Incentive campaigns rent users for a few weeks, then they’re gone,” said Kevin Huynh, Co-Founder and CEO of Xash.

The approach seeks to address a common challenge for DeFi platforms and stablecoin issuers: converting temporary participation driven by incentives into sustained user activity. By linking rewards to gold rather than short-lived promotional campaigns, Xash aims to give users a reason to continue participating while supporting stablecoin usage and liquidity across the ecosystem.

Beyond its rewards model, Xash brings multiple DeFi opportunities into a single application. The platform reviews available opportunities daily and displays potential gold rewards alongside associated costs and estimated returns over a 30-day period. Users can compare these options and authorize transactions through their own wallets, maintaining control over their funds.

The public launch also includes two new features intended to expand how users access and manage their rewards. The first enables users to withdraw accumulated tokenized gold directly to their wallets. The second introduces a curated liquidity vault on Kamino, allowing users to deploy stablecoins through a single deposit without having to manage individual transactions.

According to Xash, its trading activities do not rely on directional price speculation or borrowed funds. However, participation still carries risks, including potential losses resulting from DeFi platform failures or sharp changes in market conditions. These risks also apply to the Kamino liquidity vault.

Xash will showcase its application at Solana Breakpoint 2026, taking place November 15–17 at Olympia London. Attendees can visit the team at booth WH-046 on West Hall Level 1.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Whale wallets dumped roughly 17,800 ETH over the past week, and one large holder sold at a steep loss.
• Ethereum trades below both key moving averages, and momentum still favors sellers despite an oversold reading.
• The next mapped floor sits near $1,850, with no clear support underneath it.

Large Ethereum holders are heading for the exit. On-chain data shows whales selling, an Ethereum Foundation-linked wallet trimming its stack and US spot ETH funds bleeding cash.

That supply lands on a market already in a monthlong downtrend. The selling has pushed ETH toward $2,000, where buyers look hesitant. Traders now want to know if the oversold chart can spark a bounce before sellers test the next floor.

Whales Cut Losses as ETF Money Heads for the Exit

One large holder gave up on Ethereum this week. On-chain tracker Lookonchain flagged a wallet selling 6,532 ETH near $2,085. The exit locked in a loss of about $3.1 million on coins it had bought near $2,691 only a month earlier.

That wallet had company. Analyst Ali Martinez counted roughly 17,800 ETH, worth about $40 million, sold by whale wallets over the past week. An Ethereum Foundation-linked wallet also sold 1,000 ETH on Nov 10 and again on Nov 11 through CoW Protocol. Its sales since late October now total 4,785 ETH.

Fund investors pulled back too. US spot ETH ETFs lost about $144.8 million on Nov 11, according to Farside data. BlackRock's ETHA accounted for roughly $129.8 million of that. Another $184.6 million left on Nov 9.

BitMine stood almost alone on the buy side. The company added 9,587 ETH, lifting its holdings to about 6.07 million ETH.

Ethereum Trades Under Both Averages After a Month of Lower Highs

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ethereum changed hands near $2,040 at last check. That puts it below its 50-day moving average, near $2,330. It also sits under the 200-day average, around $2,300. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. When price trades under both, those lines tend to act as ceilings.

Every bounce now runs into traders who bought higher and want out at breakeven. The two averages also sit close together. That stacks overhead selling into one narrow band instead of spreading it out.

The shape of the decline tells the same story. ETH topped near $2,800 in October and has failed to reach that level since. Each rally since then has stalled below the last one, and each dip has gone deeper. Lower highs and lower lows are the textbook definition of a downtrend.

Most of the damage came in seven days. ETH fell about 16% over that span, nearly the whole monthly loss. Over 30 days the drop stands near 17%, so the coin gave back almost nothing before last week and then slid fast.

That speed matters for the setup. ETH now trades close to the bottom of its 30-day range, with little recent price history underneath to slow a further slide. The nearest resistance sits well above current levels.

Oversold Does Not Mean Bottomed

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 29. Readings under 30 count as oversold. They show sellers have pushed hard and fast, and that kind of stretch often sets up a relief bounce as short sellers take profits.

An oversold reading only says the drop has been steep. It does not say the drop is over. In strong downtrends, RSI can stay low for days while price keeps sliding.

Other gauges show the same thing. The MACD line, which tracks shifts in momentum, remains below its signal line, so momentum is still pointing down. Trend strength readings show sellers driving a real trend.

The last day offered a small pause. ETH ended the past 24 hours flat after a week of heavy losses. That suggests some sellers may be tiring. One quiet session does not make a reversal, though.

Where the Next Floor Sits

The nearest support sits near $1,850. That level lies about 9% below the current price. Buyers have stepped in there before.

Below that level, the data shows no mapped support. A close under that line would leave ETH without a clear floor.

Bulls face a steep climb on the other side. The first hurdle is resistance near $2,280, just under the two moving averages. Clearing it would show buyers can absorb the whale and ETF selling.

A second barrier waits around $2,400. A move above it would break the pattern of lower highs that has defined trading since October.

Two Paths From the $2,000 Area

• Bullish: The oversold reading sparks a relief rally, and a daily close above first resistance opens a run at the second barrier. That would ease pressure from recent whale exits. The setup fails if ETH slips back under the round-number handle and heads for the support below.
• Bearish: Whales and ETF holders keep selling, pushing ETH through the round number toward the mapped floor. This view fails if buyers reclaim first resistance on a daily close.

Sellers Still Hold the Pen

For now, the trend favors sellers. Buyers need a daily close above first resistance to change that view.

Bears still carry risk. An oversold market can snap higher fast, and a short squeeze would hit traders who sold late.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Kevin O'Leary said institutions are holding back from crypto until Congress passes clearer rules.
• Bitcoin's chart shows sellers still leading, with price stuck under both major moving averages.
• The 200-day average is the line buyers must reclaim before the trend can turn.

Kevin O'Leary blamed the crypto sell-off on stalled institutional adoption, saying companies want regulatory clarity before they commit. The investor pointed to the CLARITY Act as the missing piece.

That matters for Bitcoin because big buyers drive lasting rallies, and the bill faces a tougher Congress after the midterms. Traders want to know if price can find support on its own while Washington stays stuck.

O'Leary Points to Washington for the Sell-Off

The "Shark Tank" investor made the case in a FINTECH TV interview on Nov 11, later shared on X. He described broad hesitation among institutions across the market.

"Adoption of stablecoins and blockchain across institutions has stalled because companies are still waiting for regulatory clarity," O'Leary said.

He argued the CLARITY Act must pass before large players commit. He called the GENIUS Act "a start." His own holding companies already use USDC for treasury management and cross-border settlements. Many other firms remain on the sidelines until the rules are clearer.

The odds of that happening soon look thin. The bill failed a key Senate vote in September, falling short of the 60 votes it needed. O'Leary predicted last week that it would pass in 2027. Bettors on Kalshi put that chance at just 25%. The Democrats' midterm win and takeover of Congress could slow the bill even further.

Bitcoin Trades Under Both Averages as Buyers Stay Away

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin's chart tells a story that fits O'Leary's view. The coin traded near $73,000 on Thursday, below both of the moving averages that traders watch most closely. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend.

The 50-day average sits near $79,000. The 200-day average is lower, around $76,000. Price is under both, and the shorter average is above the longer one. Each line now acts as a ceiling that sellers can lean on during any bounce. That setup points to a market where big buyers are holding back, much like the sidelined companies O'Leary described.

Losses have built up slowly. Bitcoin is down about 9% over the past week and roughly 10% over the past month. Most of the monthly decline came in the last seven days, so the pressure is picking up. Sellers have kept chipping away while fresh demand failed to show up.

Trading over the past day was flat. That reads as a pause after a hard week, and the chart does not yet show a turn.

A move back above the 200-day average would be the first real sign of returning demand. Holding there would show buyers absorbing supply at higher prices. Until that happens, the trend belongs to sellers, and rallies are likely to meet resistance.

Selling Pressure Fades but Has Not Flipped

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits at 34 on the daily chart. That is weak, but it has not yet dropped below 30, the usual oversold line. In plain terms, sellers still have room to push before the market looks stretched enough to force a bounce.

Other momentum signals lean the same way. The MACD, which compares short and long-term price trends, remains below its signal line. That means momentum is still pointing down, even after the flat session.

Trend strength readings show a move taking shape, and sellers are the ones leading it. A trend that is only forming can still fade. For now, though, it favors the bears.

The selling has slowed, but buyers have not taken over.

$76K Overhead and $63K Below Frame the Range

Resistance and the 200-day average sit at the same level. That overlap makes the zone harder to clear, because chart sellers and trend followers both tend to act there. A daily close above it would open the way toward the next ceiling near $80,000.

Below current prices, the picture looks thinner. The nearest support sits around $63,000, with no floor above it and no second shelf beneath it. If buyers fail to hold the current range, the slide could move quickly through empty space.

A break below that level would confirm what the momentum readings already hint at. Sellers would own the trend outright. It would also give sidelined institutions one more reason to wait for clearer rules before stepping in.

What Would Turn the Next 72 Hours

Two clear triggers will decide which way Bitcoin breaks over the next three days.

• Bullish: A daily close above resistance at the 200-day average would put the next ceiling in play. Buyers would finally be absorbing supply. A drop back under $73K would cancel this setup and hand control back to sellers.
• Bearish: A rejection at that same ceiling would send price back toward the nearest support. That would extend the weekly slide. A close above $80K would invalidate this view and suggest the selling has run its course.

Regulation Holds the Key Bitcoin's Chart Is Waiting For

Two things could change that: a reclaim of the 200-day average, or a signal from Washington that gives institutions a reason to come back. O'Leary's own forecast leans on a bill that markets doubt. Fresh setbacks in Congress could drag price toward the lower support faster than chart readers expect.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Coverage of the Süper Lig, the Greek Super League and the Cypriot First Division varies sharply between crypto books. Headline derbies get full menus, while mid-table fixtures can shrink to a match result and a total.

Local rules come first, followed by twelve crypto sportsbooks ranked on how they price the three leagues for fans living elsewhere.

Local Rules in All Three Countries

Turkey, Greece and Cyprus each license betting at home and restrict offshore operators. Turkey channels sports betting through state-authorised operators, Greece licenses online books through its gaming commission, and Cyprus regulates betting through its national betting authority.

Residents should use operators licensed in their own country. The ranking below suits fans outside Turkey, Greece and Cyprus, who need to check the law where they live.

Three Leagues at a Glance

Size and format differ between the three leagues, as the table shows.

League

Country

Format

Clubs bettors follow most

Süper Lig

Turkey

Single table across the season

Galatasaray, Fenerbahçe, Beşiktaş, Trabzonspor

Super League

Greece

Regular season, then play-off groups

Olympiacos, Panathinaikos, AEK, PAOK

First Division

Cyprus

Regular season, then a split

APOEL, Omonia, Pafos, AEL Limassol

Last verified: November 2026

Play-off groups in Greece and the split in Cyprus reshape outright markets late in the season. Clubs from all three leagues also appear regularly in Europe, and Bitzo's comparison of Europa and Conference League coverage shows how books price those nights.

What Separates Coverage

Depth on smaller fixtures separates the books. Strong coverage means corners, cards and team totals on mid-table games, plus live odds that hold through the second half.

Wider margins often apply on less liquid leagues. Bitzo's explainer on the margin in every price explains what that costs a bettor.

12 Crypto Sportsbooks Ranked on Eastern Mediterranean Football

Placings weigh market depth across the three leagues, live coverage and how clearly each book publishes its settlement rules. Operator pages and outside reviews supplied the details.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport brings its 39 football market types to the region, including Double Asian Handicap, totals by half, booking points and corners. Dexsport settles stats against whoscored.com and then flashscore.com, though a Cypriot mid-table game may list fewer lines than an Istanbul derby.

2. Stake

Stake prices every Süper Lig round and most Greek and Cypriot fixtures, adding stat lines on the bigger clubs. Its terms exclude several countries, so expats should confirm access.

3. Cloudbet

Cloudbet offers firm prices on Turkish and Greek derbies with generous limits. Cypriot football appears less often on its board, according to reviewers.

4. BC.Game

BC.Game takes its regional football odds from BETBY, with bookings and corners on many Turkish and Greek games. Smaller fixtures depend on what that feed supplies.

5. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io includes the Süper Lig and Greek football in its live section on televised games. What a bettor can open depends on their country.

6. Vave

Vave lists all three leagues with in-play prices and a choice of goal lines. Promotions there come with playthrough conditions, so confirm current terms before opting in.

7. Betpanda

Betpanda covers Turkish and Greek first divisions with core lines. Cypriot matches appear only now and then, reviewers note.

8. Thunderpick

Thunderpick, known for esports, prices the region's bigger clubs. Corners and cards show up less often than at football-led books.

9. Roobet

Roobet offers Turkish and Greek fixtures next to its casino lobby. Its terms penalise betting patterns that look like arbitrage.

10. Shuffle

Shuffle prices the larger leagues and allows same-game multis on derbies. Daily and per-bet win ceilings apply.

11. Jackbit

Jackbit covers all three leagues with core prices and live odds. Document requests may come before bigger withdrawals.

12. Gamdom

Gamdom includes Turkish and Greek football in a book that shares a wallet with its casino. Stat menus on mid-table games look short, according to reviews.

Derbies, Crowds and Late Team News

Istanbul and Athens derbies bring heavy tackling and frequent cards, which keeps booking-point lines in focus. Home crowds weigh heavily, and away fans face restrictions at many big matches.

Team news often appears late, and some clubs rotate heavily around European fixtures. Bitzo's guide to European club nights covers the midweek ties that drive that rotation.

Conclusion

The Süper Lig, the Greek Super League and the Cypriot First Division draw passionate support, yet crypto sportsbooks cover them unevenly. Derbies get full menus, while mid-table fixtures often shrink to core lines.

Dexsport takes the first spot thanks to 39 football market types and a published statistics chain, while the other eleven differ most on how far their Cypriot coverage reaches. Play-offs and splits reshape outright prices late in the season.

Residents should use operators licensed at home. Fans elsewhere need to check the law where they live, bet only once they reach legal age, and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. League formats, market menus, bonus terms and licences change over time and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each sportsbook's current markets before you bet. Residents of Turkey, Greece and Cyprus should use operators licensed in their country. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• US spot XRP funds just posted their heaviest single-day outflow since March, while large on-chain holders kept adding.
• Daily momentum sits deep in oversold territory, yet sellers still control the trend.
• The round $1 mark is the floor that decides whether this pullback deepens or stalls.

Investors pulled money from the funds for two straight days this week. The redemptions hit as the token slid toward its lowest levels in months.

That split matters now because wallets holding large amounts of XRP keep growing. Big holders are buying what the funds are selling. Traders want to know which side runs out of conviction first, and whether the round-number floor survives the test.

US Funds Sell While Shark Wallets Keep Buying

The ETFs lost $10.42 million on Nov 9, according to SoSoValue data. That was the largest single-day outflow since March 9. Redemptions continued the next day, when another $7.62 million left the funds.

On-chain data tells a different story. Santiment counts about 343,500 wallets holding at least 10,000 XRP, a group traders call sharks. That count is up about 5% since Feb 9. The growth came even as XRP lost roughly 30% over seven weeks. Millionaire wallets also hit a yearly high earlier this month.

Leverage has cooled on Binance. Analyst Arab Chain put the exchange's estimated leverage ratio for XRP near 0.14, a three-month low. Analyst Amr Taha said open interest reached $189 million on Nov 11. That is close to its early August level. Less borrowed money means less fuel for forced liquidations, though the risk has not vanished.

Retail traders remain gloomy. Bearish comments outnumber bullish ones about 2 to 1. Santiment reads that fear as a setup that often comes before rebounds.

XRP Trades Far Beneath Both Long Averages

XRP (XRP) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

XRP changed hands near $1.04 on Thursday, flat over the past 24 hours. The token fell about 20% over the past week and about 22% over the past month.

Those losses leave XRP pinned near the bottom of its 30-day range. A flat day after that kind of drop usually signals tired sellers. It does not yet mean buyers have taken control.

A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set period. XRP trades well below its 50-day average near $1.27. It also sits under its 200-day average near $1.34.

Trading below both lines confirms a downtrend led by sellers. Each average now acts as a ceiling, a level where rallies tend to stall as earlier buyers look to exit. XRP would need to gain more than a fifth just to touch the 50-day line.

A daily close back above it would be the first real sign that the trend is starting to repair. Until then, any bounce is a relief rally inside a falling market.

Bulls would need weeks of steady buying to challenge the 200-day line.

Oversold Readings Have Not Stopped the Selling Yet

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 23 on the daily chart. Anything below 30 counts as oversold. Readings this low often come before relief bounces, because sellers tend to run out of supply after a sharp drop.

Oversold does not mean finished, though. MACD, which compares a short-term and a longer-term trend in price, remains below its signal line. That means momentum is still pointing down. Trend strength readings also show a real trend, and sellers are the ones driving it.

In strong downtrends, oversold can stay oversold for days or even weeks. Traders who buy only because a gauge looks cheap often get caught early.

The cue to watch is a MACD crossover. If the line climbs back above its signal, the shark accumulation would finally be showing up in price. Until that happens, the funds still set the tone.

$0.99 Is the Last Floor Before Open Air

Support on the daily chart sits near $0.99, just under the round dollar mark that Santiment calls the key level to defend. A slide from the current price to that floor would be the roughly 6% drop that traders fear.

The chart shows no mapped support below that floor, leaving open air if it gives way. Santiment expects a break under the dollar mark, paired with fading wallet growth, to spark a brief selloff. The firm also sees retail panic in that scenario as fuel for a later rebound.

Overhead, the first resistance sits near $1.20. Santiment's rebound target of $1.10 to $1.15 falls short of it. A bounce from here could recover lost ground and still stall below it.

The next barrier waits near $1.31, close to the moving averages above. Sellers would likely defend that zone hard.

Which Way XRP Breaks Over the Next Three Days

The next three days should show whether the shark buying can outlast the fund selling.

• Bullish: XRP holds its floor and closes above the first ceiling. That would open a path toward the second barrier near the moving averages. A close under the floor would cancel this setup.
• Bearish: A close below the floor, paired with stalling wallet growth and more ETF redemptions, would extend the selloff into unmapped ground. A reclaim of the first ceiling would cancel this view.

Dip Buyers Hold the Edge for Now

Shark wallets keep growing while RSI sits deep in oversold territory. That mix gives dip buyers a slight edge, as long as the floor holds.

Sustained ETF redemptions and a trend still led by sellers could overwhelm that buying. A clean break would hand control back to the funds.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

AVA 3.0 puts Travala at the centre of AVA's story, with new token-powered initiatives inbound for the real-world travel business.

The AVA Foundation and Travala, the Binance-backed crypto travel booking platform, today announced AVA 3.0, accompanied by a roadmap that reinforces AVA token utility on Travala. As the AVA token’s primary commercial application, Travala is the focus of the new plan, which builds on AVA 2.0 and emphasises real-world travel products, transparent buybacks, and measurable member value.

AVA 3.0 leads with existing products. The AVA Smart Program has more than 180,000 members, who lock AVA to save up to 13% on travel and receive other perks. Members can also pay for discounted travel with AVA and receive AVA rewards through the Travala AI Agent, which is live on BNB Chain in collaboration with Binance Pay.

Backing the program is a monthly buyback. Each month, the AVA Foundation buys back AVA to replenish member giveback rewards, and Travala matches it and locks its share in the AVA Strategic Reserve. The AVA Buyback Multiplier scales Travala’s match between 1x and 3x as AVA givebacks grow, with a total monthly buyback potential of up to 4x AVA givebacks. More bookings generate more givebacks, and more givebacks mean bigger buybacks.

To date, 5,604,414 AVA has been bought back by the Foundation, with 779,691.92 AVA (representing 1.1% of circulating supply) permanently locked in Travala’s AVA Strategic Reserve. 17.5% of AVA’s circulating supply is locked as the ecosystem targets a long-term goal of 30%.

Two launches are next. Increased AVA lock levels for new Smart members are expected in November, while existing members keep their current locks and can use the new Smart Boost feature to increase their AVA locks and potential rewards. AVA+ Partners follows, with the launch expected in Q1 2027. It will allow partner projects to lock AVA for their tokens to be accepted as payment on Travala.

The Foundation is exploring several further ideas for 2027 and beyond, including AI booking agents that recognise Smart membership tiers to apply membership benefits, curated travel specials available exclusively in AVA, and VIP travel concierge access based on AVA holdings.

“Through every market since we started, one thing has held true: AVA is at its best when it's used,” said Juan Otero, Travala CEO and co-founder, and Steven Hipwell, Travala co-founder and AVA Foundation Lead Contributor. “AVA 3.0 isn’t about grand promises; it’s about evolving what already works.”

The AVA token and all existing memberships, locks, and rewards continue as normal. Partnerships beyond Travala will be assessed where they deliver clear commercial value.

Read the full AVA 3.0 Roadmap that details all upcoming launches and areas of exploration.

Disclaimer

This release contains information about current plans and areas of exploration. Each new product is announced as live only after it has been built and approved. Its mention is not a commitment to launch. Travala and the AVA Foundation are separate organisations with distinct responsibilities. This release is for information only and is not financial advice, or an offer, solicitation, or inducement to acquire, hold, or lock AVA. It is not directed at persons in the United Kingdom, the United Arab Emirates, or any jurisdiction where distribution would be unlawful. References to Travala are to TravelFront and its group companies. See the full AVA utility token disclaimer and the AVA MiCA white paper.

About the AVA Foundation

The AVA Foundation oversees the AVA token ecosystem, including the AVA Smart Program, AVA token, and Travel Tiger NFTs. The AVA token functions as the key to accessing the AVA Smart Program, which provides travel perks and other benefits to Travala customers, such as AVA payment discounts and AVA loyalty rewards. AVA tokenises the concept of loyalty reward programs using blockchain technology, bringing web3 to traditional loyalty models. For more information, visit: www.avafoundation.org.

About Travala

Founded in 2017 and now backed by industry giant Binance, Travala is the leading crypto-native travel booking service, offering 2,200,000+ properties across 230 countries, 600+ airlines, 50,000+ car rental locations, and 400,000+ activities globally. Travala is a champion of cryptocurrency adoption, accepting over 100 leading cryptocurrencies alongside traditional payment methods. For more information, visit: www.travala.com.

ContactLead ContributorSteven HipwellAVA Foundationhello@avafoundation.org

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• A record run of spot ETH fund outflows has pushed one long-time holder to sell his Ethereum.
• ETH now trades under both major moving averages, and sellers still control momentum.
• The round $2,000 line just below the price may decide whether the slide deepens.

Spot Ether funds just logged their longest outflow streak since launch, and one veteran investment writer said he is selling his ETH because of it.

The timing matters because ETH already lost ground fast this week and now sits near a level buyers have defended. Traders want to know if institutional money returns before that floor cracks, or if the exit keeps going.

A Record ETF Outflow Streak Turns One Long-Time Holder Into a Seller

Investment writer Dominic Basulto said he is selling his Ethereum now. He pointed to one signal he calls "flashing red": steady money leaving spot ETH exchange-traded funds. Basulto disclosed that he holds both ETH and SOL.

The fund data backs his worry. Spot ETH ETFs posted net outflows for 23 consecutive trading days, from Sept 29 to Oct 30. That is the longest losing streak since the products launched in July 2024. More than $1.61 billion left the funds in October alone.

Activity on the network has cooled too. Active Ethereum addresses have dropped to their lowest level since December 2025, while Solana keeps winning DeFi users. Basulto also questioned the "ETH 2.0" golden-age thesis from BitMine chairman Tom Lee.

ETH is down about 30% this year and sits roughly 57% below its $4,954 all-time high. Without institutional buy-in, Basulto said, a new rally in 2027 is hard to see.

ETH Trades Under Both Averages After a 16% Monthly Slide

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ethereum changed hands near $2,040 on Wednesday, little moved over the past 24 hours. ETH lost about 16% over seven days, and the 30-day decline is the same size.

Those matching figures tell a simple story. The coin held roughly steady for most of the past month, then gave up all of that ground in a single week. The fast, concentrated selling fits a picture of funds and holders exiting together.

The drop pushed ETH under both of its major trend lines. The 50-day moving average, which tracks the average closing price over roughly the past two and a half months, sits near $2,330. The 200-day average, a longer gauge of the overall trend, is close to $2,300.

Price below both lines means each one now works as a ceiling. Any bounce would first have to climb back through that band. Traders often sell into those levels, so rallies toward them tend to stall.

The two averages also sit close together, with the shorter one still above the longer. That gap is small, and a continued slide could pull the 50-day under the 200-day. Chart watchers treat that kind of crossover as a sign the longer trend has turned lower.

For now, the flat day looks like sellers catching their breath.

Sellers Still Lead Even as RSI Nears Oversold

The relative strength index, or RSI, measures momentum on a 0 to 100 scale. Readings above 70 point to an overheated market, while readings below 30 signal oversold conditions. ETH's daily RSI sits right at 30, the edge of that oversold zone.

That reading confirms how heavy the recent selling has been, though it does not mark a bottom on its own. In strong downtrends, RSI can stay pinned near oversold for weeks while price keeps sliding.

Other gauges show no turn yet. The MACD, a tool that compares short and long price trends, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, momentum is still pointing down.

Trend strength readings show a firm trend, and sellers are driving it. Until that changes, any bounce from oversold levels looks more like a breather than a reversal.

Where Support Sits If the Round Number Breaks

The $2,000 mark sits just under the current price. Traders watch figures like this closely because many buy and sell orders cluster around them. A clean daily close below it would show that buyers have given up a line they have defended so far.

If that happens, the daily chart points to support near $1,850. That level is the nearest floor where buyers have stepped in before.

The data maps no further support below that floor. A break there would leave the $1,800 area exposed, with little to slow the fall.

Repair would start overhead. Resistance stands near $2,280, and a move back above it would be the first sign that sellers are losing their grip. The next hurdle above that sits around $2,400, which would bring ETH back near its trend lines.

Two Paths for the Next Three Days

Over the next three days, ETH's direction likely hinges on the round-number line just below the price.

• Bullish: Buyers defend that round number and push the price through first resistance. That would open a run toward the second hurdle near the trend lines. A daily close back under that level would cancel this setup.
• Bearish: A daily close below the round number would put the nearest support in play, with the headline target next if selling deepens. A reclaim of first resistance would invalidate this view.

Bears Keep the Upper Hand for Now

ETH stays in a downtrend until ETF money starts flowing back in and price climbs above both moving averages. Neither has happened yet.

Sellers face their own risk. Near-oversold markets can snap higher in sudden short squeezes, and those moves often hit late sellers hardest.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Willy Woo says the current wave of fear looks like a buying chance inside a bull market.
• Bitcoin still trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and sellers keep control of momentum.
• Support near $63K now decides whether Woo's own test holds or flips to the bears.

Willy Woo argues that Bitcoin's slide into fear is a gift for buyers.

His view lands as sentiment sours across crypto and Wall Street turns jittery. Traders now want to know if Bitcoin can hold its floor long enough for fear to become a rebound.

Willy Woo Says Fear Is a Gift Until Bitcoin Prints New Lows

The on-chain analyst shared a Glassnode chart showing the Fear and Greed Index sliding from greed into fear over recent weeks. Woo called fear during an early bull market "a gift" and a buying window.

His argument rests on one test. True bear markets produced fear only while price kept printing new lows, he said, and Bitcoin sits far from that today. Woo also set the terms of his own failure. If BTC breaks to new lows while fear lingers, his test would signal a bear phase.

Cycle data on price recovery points to 2028 as the likely peak. Woo earlier flagged a six-year low in Google search interest as another buy signal.

Caution remains. Santiment data shows bearish comments outnumbering bullish ones for BTC, ETH and XRP. Wall Street's fear gauge also spiked after a sharp Nasdaq selloff. Bitcoin slipped about 0.14% on Nov 12 as the debate played out.

Bitcoin Trades Beneath Both Averages After a 10% Monthly Slide

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin traded near $73K at last check after a heavy few weeks. The coin lost about 9% over the past seven days. Over the past month, the drop stretches to roughly 10%.

Those losses match the mood Woo described. Price has still not collapsed into a fresh cycle low, though. That gap is the core of his test, and Bitcoin has not failed it yet.

The trend picture leans against buyers. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying direction of price. Bitcoin now sits below its 50-day average, near $79K, which tracks the past two months of trading. That line now acts as a ceiling. Rallies toward it may draw sellers who want to exit near break-even.

Bitcoin is also below its 200-day average, the longer gauge many traders use to separate bull phases from bear phases. Sitting under both lines means sellers control the trend for now. Buyers would need to reclaim at least the shorter one to shift that balance.

The past day brought a small sign of relief. Bitcoin finished the past 24 hours flat, with no fresh leg lower. A quiet day after a sharp week often means sellers are pausing. Still, one calm session cannot confirm a bottom.

Sellers Still Hold Momentum Even as RSI Nears Oversold

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 34. That reading is weak. It still sits above the oversold zone below 30, where selling often runs out of steam. In plain terms, Bitcoin has room for one more dip before the gauge flags exhaustion.

A second momentum signal points the same way. The MACD line remains below its signal line, which means downside momentum has not faded yet. Buyers have not taken back control of the short-term swings.

Trend strength adds to the caution, with sellers leading a forming trend.

Any bounce from here would need confirmation first. Traders will watch for RSI to curl higher and MACD to cross back above its signal line. Until then, rallies look fragile.

$63K Is Where Woo's Test Gets Decided

Support sits near $63K, and that level now carries the weight of Woo's argument. While Bitcoin holds above it, the current fear fits his bull market picture.

Losing that floor would change the story. A break lower would mean fresh lows while fear still grips the market, which Woo's own test reads as bearish. The data lists no second support beneath that level, so a break would leave no nearby floor to catch the price.

The upside path starts closer to current levels. Resistance sits near $76K, right where the 200-day average runs. A daily close above that line would turn it from a ceiling into support. That shift would tell traders the longer trend has stopped working against them.

From there, the next target sits near $80K. A move to that level would mark a solid rebound and give Woo's fear signal another win.

Two Paths for Bitcoin Over the Next Three Days

Two clear triggers frame the next three days.

• Bullish: A daily close above the 200-day average would open a run toward the next resistance, just above the 50-day line. A slip back below today's price would void that setup.
• Bearish: A break of support would hand Woo's test to the bears and leave no nearby cushion. A recovery back above the 200-day average would cancel that view.

Fear Looks Like Opportunity While Support Holds

Woo's case survives on one condition. Bitcoin can stay fearful and still behave like a bull market, provided price avoids fresh lows. So far it has.

The risk sits outside crypto as much as inside it. Another wave of Nasdaq selling could drag Bitcoin lower with stocks. With sellers steering momentum, support may face a real test before the fear turns into a gift.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• LBank's latest Bullet Comment campaign invites users to create stickers for its trading interface, putting community creativity at the center of its product experience.
• A series of activations spanning Halloween, Pudgy Penguins, Ponke and real-time market events reflects a broader effort to bring internet culture into everyday crypto trading.
• As exchanges compete in an increasingly standardized market, LBank is exploring a different approach to attracting younger users: building a brand they can actively participate in.

Crypto exchanges have traditionally competed on trading fees, asset listings, liquidity and security. But as these core offerings become increasingly standardized across major platforms, a different question is emerging: how can an exchange build a brand that users actually identify with?

LBank appears to be approaching that question by bringing community creativity directly into its product experience.

Its latest initiative, a Bullet Comment sticker creative campaign, invites users to design stickers that could appear alongside scrolling comments on the exchange's trading pages. Selected participants will share a total reward pool of 200 USDT. Rather than simply asking users to participate in another promotional event, the campaign gives them an opportunity to influence how the platform looks and feels.

The initiative builds on LBank's Bullet Comment feature, which allows traders to post real-time comments directly over price charts. By introducing user-generated stickers, the exchange is turning what would otherwise be a standard trading interface into a more expressive, community-driven space. It also changes the relationship between the platform and its users: the community is no longer just consuming content created by the brand, but helping create the experience itself.

This approach has become increasingly visible across LBank's recent campaigns. During Halloween, the exchange experimented with an epitaph-themed Bullet Comment event, using internet humor and market-related interactions to bring a familiar online cultural format into trading. A separate Pudgy Penguins Halloween campaign encouraged users to share personalized posters on social media and join LBank's Telegram community through a themed #CuteGhost greeting, with dedicated reward pools of $5,000 and $50,000.

Earlier in November, LBank also connected market participation with a major economic data release through a gold-themed Bullet Comment challenge ahead of the US nonfarm payrolls report. Participants were invited to express their views on gold's price direction, with prizes including one gram of gold and a copy of GTA 6. The campaign combined a real-world market event with gaming culture and community interaction, extending the exchange's reach beyond conventional crypto trading discussions.

The common thread is not simply the use of giveaways or seasonal marketing. It is the way LBank connects different cultural touchpoints with actual product interactions. Halloween becomes a reason to communicate through Bullet Comments; a major economic announcement becomes a market prediction challenge; and a sticker design campaign turns the trading interface into a space for community expression.

The strategy also reflects a broader shift in how younger investors discover and engage with financial products. According to Coinbase's State of Crypto research, conducted with Ipsos, 45% of young US investors hold crypto, compared with 18% of older investors. The research also found that two-thirds of young investors would be interested in social or copy trading if given the option. For this generation, financial decisions increasingly intersect with online communities, social platforms and peer-driven discovery.

LBank's approach to IP partnerships offers another example of this shift. Its earlier collaborations focused largely on merchandise and external brand exposure, including a Pudgy Penguins mini camera released for the exchange's 11th anniversary. More recently, the exchange has started bringing these cultural elements into the product itself. Ponke co-branded stickers, including animated GIFs, are now available in Bullet Comments, alongside market-themed visuals such as Gems that allow users to react to price movements with a single tap. The latest sticker campaign takes the concept one step further by opening the creative process to the community.

There is a broader business rationale behind this direction. Security, liquidity and reliable trading infrastructure remain essential to any exchange, but they are increasingly the expected foundation rather than the sole basis for brand differentiation. When users can access similar assets and trading tools across multiple platforms, the overall experience surrounding those functions becomes more important.

For younger audiences in particular, brand affinity is often built through participation rather than advertising exposure alone. Memes, gaming references, creator communities and recognizable internet IPs can make a financial platform feel more accessible and culturally relevant. But the more significant step is allowing those elements to become part of the product, rather than keeping them confined to social media campaigns.

LBank's recent initiatives suggest an attempt to build precisely that connection. Users can react to market movements through stickers, contribute their own designs, engage with familiar IP characters and participate in campaigns linked to real-world events. Each interaction offers a different entry point into the platform, making the trading experience more socially expressive without changing its underlying financial function.

"Security is the floor every user deserves. What happens above that floor is whether trading feels like it belongs to you. When users design the stickers on our charts, LBank becomes something they help build, not just something they use," said Eric He, Community Angel Officer and Risk Control Advisor at LBank.

Following its October 26 brand upgrade under the positioning "Your Go-To Crypto Plug," LBank has increasingly emphasized a younger, more participatory approach to brand building. Its ambition goes beyond attracting younger traders through promotions. It is an attempt to make the exchange more relevant to the communities, interests and online cultures that shape how the next generation interacts with crypto.

Whether this approach can translate into lasting brand preference will depend on how consistently LBank brings community participation into its everyday product experience. But the direction points to a wider change in crypto exchange marketing: the next generation of brand differentiation may not come from offering users more reasons to trade, but from giving them more reasons to feel that a platform is theirs.

ContactPR & Communications TeamLBankpress@lbank.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• Investor James Lavish says Bitcoin could reach as much as $500,000 by mid-2029.
• Bitcoin trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and momentum still favors sellers.
• The 200-day average is the line buyers must reclaim before any longer climb can begin.

The call lands while the chart points the other way. Bitcoin has slid for weeks, and sellers are eyeing lower ground.

James Lavish Puts a $500,000 Ceiling on Bitcoin by Mid-2029

James Lavish, an investor known for his long-term bullish view on Bitcoin, says the largest cryptocurrency could climb to "as much as $500,000" by mid-2029. He framed the figure as an upper bound and gave no specific conditions for reaching it.

His case rests on a multi-year horizon. Lavish is betting that Bitcoin's long-run adoption trend outweighs short-term swings.

Today's chart sets a high bar for that view. Bitcoin trades near $73K, so the target sits roughly 585% above the current price. In plain terms, the coin would need to grow nearly sevenfold in about three years.

Nearer hurdles come first. Buyers must reclaim $76K and then $80K before the longer climb can start to take shape. A drop below $63K would weaken the bull case in the near term.

Bitcoin Trades Under Both Averages After a 10% Monthly Slide

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin has lost about 9% over the past week and roughly 10% over the past month. The losses came steadily and dragged the price under both of its main trend gauges.

A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set number of days. The 50-day average, now near $79K, reflects the recent trend. The 200-day average reflects the longer one. Bitcoin sits below both, which means each line now acts as a ceiling rather than a floor.

The 200-day line matters most right now. It sits at the same level as the first resistance noted above, so one zone carries two signals. A daily close above it would show buyers can hold ground the market has treated as fair value for most of the past year.

Trading over the past 24 hours was flat. That calm hints at a pause after a heavy week, though a pause alone does not reverse a trend.

Sellers Still Steer Momentum Despite a Stretched RSI

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 34 on the daily chart. That reading is weak, though it stays above the oversold line at 30. Sellers still have room to push lower before the market looks stretched to the downside.

Other momentum signals lean the same way. MACD still points down, and trend strength readings show sellers in the lead.

Buyers would need volume to lift RSI back toward the neutral middle of its range. Until then, any bounce looks like a breather inside a falling trend.

$63K Is the Floor Between Bitcoin and the $60K Target

Bitcoin's nearest floor is the support level flagged at the top of this report. The data shows no second support close below it. That gap matters, because a clean break would leave little to slow a slide toward the $60K area that sellers are watching.

Overhead, the path stays crowded. The first ceiling sits at the 200-day average, and the next lines up near the 50-day line.

A close above that upper zone would change the picture. It would put Bitcoin back above both averages and flip the medium-term trend in favor of buyers.

What Flips the Next 72 Hours

Two triggers should decide the next move.

• Bullish: A daily close above the 200-day average would open a run toward the 50-day line. That setup fails if Bitcoin slips back under today's trading level, which would show buyers could not hold the breakout.
• Bearish: A daily close below the support floor would clear a path toward the round number sellers are eyeing. A reclaim of the 200-day average would cancel that scenario and put buyers back in control.

A Distant Target Meets a Weak Tape

Lavish's call is a multi-year thesis, and today's chart can neither confirm nor refute it. Sellers hold the edge until Bitcoin climbs back over its 200-day average.

A break of the support floor would deepen the drawdown and test the patience of long-term holders first.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Fiat settlement, segregated client money accounts and correspondent banking to support MidChains’ institutional services.

MidChains FZE, a digital asset platform licensed by the Virtual Assets Regulatory Authority (VARA) to provide broker-dealer services to retail, institutional and qualified investors, today announced a strategic banking partnership with Standard Chartered.

Under the partnership, Standard Chartered will support MidChains with a range of banking services, including fiat settlement capabilities, segregated client money accounts, and correspondent banking. These services will power MidChains’ day-to-day operations and enable efficient settlement.

Rola Abu Manneh, Chief Executive Officer, UAE, Middle East and Pakistan, Standard Chartered, said: “The UAE has established itself as one of the world’s leading regulatory environments for digital assets and a global centre for financial activity. That creates a strong setting for regulated digital asset firms and established financial institutions to work together. Our partnership with MidChains puts that opportunity into practice, with Standard Chartered providing the banking services that support its institutional activity, including fiat settlement, segregated client money accounts and correspondent banking.”

Basil Al Askari, Chief Executive Officer, MidChains, added: “Institutional capital moves continuously between traditional and digital markets, and the infrastructure supporting that activity must keep pace. For institutional investors, digital asset services need to connect with the banking system that supports their wider activity. Our partnership with Standard Chartered brings that connection to MidChains’ institutional services, supporting clients as capital moves between traditional and digital markets.”

By bringing a VARA-licensed digital asset platform together with an established international bank, the partnership connects institutional digital asset activity with the banking infrastructure behind fiat settlement. It is a practical example of how the UAE’s regulated financial ecosystem can link innovation with established banking capabilities to support international business.

About MidChains

MidChains is a VARA-licensed regulated digital asset infrastructure provider headquartered in the UAE, serving institutional and corporate clients globally. Operating as a regulated entity since 2019, MidChains holds a VARA Broker-Dealer licence for retail, institutional and qualified investors.

MidChains is backed by Mubadala Investment Company, Lunate, MIAX Exchange Group, Brevan Howard, GSR, Emurgo, Dhabi Holdings and Ava Labs. Services include institutional OTC execution, regulated on/off ramps, and stablecoin-enabled corporate treasury execution and cross-border settlement.

For more information, visit www.midchains.com. Follow MidChains on X and LinkedIn.

About Standard Chartered

They are a leading international banking group, with a presence in 55 of the world’s most dynamic markets. Their purpose is to drive commerce and prosperity through the unique diversity, and heritage and values are expressed in brand promise, here for good.

Standard Chartered PLC is listed on the London and Hong Kong stock exchanges.

For more stories and expert opinions please visit Insights at sc.com. Follow Standard Chartered on X, LinkedIn, Instagram and Facebook.

ContactMarketing ManagerVincent CourquetMidChainsvincent@midchains.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Such a constant schedule makes both sports popular with in-play bettors. Coverage at licensed Web3 sportsbooks varies, though, from a full feed of matches to the major tournaments only.

The comparison below ranks eight licensed platforms on how they cover table tennis and badminton across the year.

Scores and Formats Shape the Prices

Both sports reward a read on form and conditions, though their scoring differs. The table compares the basics.

Sport

Match format

Core markets

What moves the price

Table tennis

Five or seven games to 11 points

Match winner, point totals, handicaps

Serve, spin, recent form

Badminton

Three games to 21 points

Match winner, set winner, handicaps, totals

Court drift, stamina, doubles pairings

Last verified: November 2026

Short matches and frequent fixtures mean form changes quickly. CryptoDaily's look at badminton markets covers the BWF World Tour in more detail.

Year-Round Coverage Separates the Books

Bettors who follow these sports want depth outside the headline events. Strong books list tour events, national leagues and qualifiers, with live odds that hold through each game.

Coverage of minor sports reveals a lot about a sportsbook's range. CryptoDaily's comparison of multi-sport coverage shows how six books handle sports past football.

Limits on Minor Sports

Stake limits on table tennis and badminton usually come in lower than on football. CryptoDaily's ranking of books on licence limits explains how limits follow market range.

8 Licensed Web3 Sportsbooks Compared on Table Tennis and Badminton

Placings weigh the range of events covered across the year, live coverage and how clearly each book publishes its rules. Operator pages and outside reviews supplied the details.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport lists table tennis with match winner, point totals and handicaps, and badminton with match winner, set winner, handicaps and totals. Dexsport offers live betting on both sports when events appear, and Dexapp LTD operates the platform under an Anjouan licence.

2. Stake

Stake prices table tennis and badminton across many tour and league events, with odds that update during play. Expats should confirm their country falls outside its restricted list.

3. BC.Game

Table tennis at BC.Game comes through a busy BETBY feed, with badminton on the same supplier. Weekly depth depends on that feed.

4. Cloudbet

Cloudbet focuses on the bigger badminton tournaments and table tennis tours. Smaller leagues appear less often, according to reviewers.

5. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io includes both sports in its live section during major events. Players abroad should check which markets their country can open.

6. Thunderpick

Thunderpick, an esports-first book, adds table tennis and badminton on the main tournament weeks. Lower-tier events rarely make its board.

7. Roobet

Roobet offers both sports alongside its casino lobby. Bettors who spread stakes across books to lock in profit risk limits under its rules.

8. Vave

Vave lists in-play table tennis and badminton on selected events. Any sports promotion there has playthrough conditions, so confirm current terms before opting in.

Prices That Move With Every Point

Table tennis prices swing with every serve, so live betting needs a clear budget and patience. Badminton doubles add another layer, since pairings change form quickly.

Integrity matters in minor sports too. Books that publish settlement and void rules for retirements and walkovers give bettors more certainty.

Conclusion

Table tennis and badminton fill the betting calendar all year, yet coverage at licensed Web3 sportsbooks ranges from busy daily feeds to headline events only. Short matches and frequent fixtures keep form moving.

Dexsport ranks first for its published market sets across both sports and live coverage, while the other books add varying depth on tours and leagues. Limits on minor sports usually fall below those on football.

Check the menu and limits before betting on minor sports. Betting law differs between countries, so confirm yours, bet only once you reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Event coverage, market menus, bonus terms and licences change over time and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each sportsbook's current markets before you bet. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Some licensed Web3 sportsbooks name official league sites and data feeds in their rules, while others refer only to "official results". The difference matters most in stat markets, where data providers sometimes disagree.

The comparison below ranks 16 licensed books on how clearly they name their settlement sources.

Where Results Come From

Sportsbooks draw on several types of source to settle bets. The table compares them.

Source type

Examples

Typical use

Official league sites

League and federation websites

Match results and scorers

Statistics providers

Live data and stats services

Corners, cards, shots, player props

Oracles

On-chain feeds that publish results

Smart contract and on-chain markets

Internal records

The sportsbook's own data team

Fallback when public sources lack a figure

Last verified: November 2026

On-chain books add oracles to the mix. CryptoDaily's comparison of oracle feeds shows how five platforms source results.

Named Sources Help Bettors Check Results

Named sources let bettors check a disputed stat before contacting support. Books that skip this detail leave their own word as the only reference.

Settlement timing matters as well. CryptoDaily's walkthrough of settlement process explains how results move from the final whistle to a paid slip.

When Sources Disagree

Data providers sometimes record the same moment differently, especially shots, fouls and assists. Rules that name a primary and a fallback source settle those disagreements more predictably.

16 Licensed Web3 Sportsbooks Compared on Settlement Sources

Placings weigh how clearly each book names its official and statistical sources, whether it lists a fallback and how it handles disputed data. Operator pages and outside reviews supplied the details.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport names premierleague.com, bundesliga.de, lequipe.fr, raisport.rai.it and uefa.com among its official sources. For statistics, Dexsport checks whoscored.com first and flashscore.com second, turning to internal data when neither has a figure.

2. Stake

Stake settles on official results and its data partners, with rules published by sport. Several countries appear on its restricted list.

3. Cloudbet

Cloudbet publishes settlement rules by sport and refers to official sources. Reviews describe clear rules on main markets, with less detail on stat props.

4. BC.Game

BC.Game settles through its BETBY-supplied book and the supplier's data feed. Source details appear mostly in the general rules.

5. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io sets out settlement rules tied to official results in each market it serves. Rules vary with the bettor's country.

6. Thunderpick

Thunderpick names official tournament results for esports and standard sources for other sports. Stat market sources appear less clearly.

7. Roobet

Roobet settles on official results under its sportsbook rules. Its arbitrage terms are strict, so hedging can affect accounts.

8. Shuffle

Shuffle publishes settlement rules for its sportsbook, with official results as the basis. Per-bet and daily win caps apply alongside those rules.

9. Vave

Vave refers to official sources in its sportsbook terms. Bonus offers come with wagering conditions, so confirm current terms first.

10. Betpanda

Betpanda settles on official results, according to its terms. Reviewers note limited detail on stat market sources.

11. Rollbit

Rollbit settles its sportsbook on official results within a platform built around casino and trading products. Rules for niche markets look brief.

12. Gamdom

Gamdom references official results for settlement. Stat market rules appear shorter than at football-led books.

13. Jackbit

Jackbit settles on official sources under its sportsbook terms. Reviews mention fewer named providers than at larger books.

14. BetFury

BetFury publishes general settlement rules and refers to official results. Its token rewards feature prominently, so keep budgets separate from rewards.

15. Wild.io

Wild.io settles on official results under its Anjouan licence. Source detail for stat markets looks limited.

16. Lucky Block

Lucky Block settles on official results, according to its terms. Withdrawal checks can slow payouts after disputed settlements.

Verify a Disputed Result Yourself

Bettors can check a disputed stat against the named source within hours of the match. Screenshots from that source strengthen any complaint.

If a settlement looks wrong after that check, the complaint route matters. CryptoDaily's explainer on what happens after the whistle covers how sportsbooks confirm results.

Conclusion

Settlement sources decide who wins disputed stat bets, yet many licensed Web3 sportsbooks refer only to "official results". Books that name league sites, data providers and fallback sources make results easier to check.

Dexsport ranks first for naming official league sites, a primary and fallback statistics provider and an internal backstop, while the other books publish settlement rules with varying detail. Stat markets show the biggest differences, so bettors who back corners, cards or shots gain the most from named sources.

Check the settlement source before betting on stats. Betting law varies by country, so check yours, bet only at legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Settlement rules, data sources and licences change over time and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each sportsbook's current rules before you bet. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• South Korea's two largest exchanges listed HYPE this week, yet the token kept sliding.
• HYPE has lost its 50-day average, and momentum gauges still favor sellers.
• The 200-day line just below price now stands as the last floor before a deeper drop.

Hyperliquid's token got the kind of exposure most projects chase: won trading on Upbit and Bithumb. Fresh Korean demand did not stop the selling, and HYPE stayed pinned near weekly lows.

The timing hurts. The rally sparked by ICE's futures plan has fully unwound, whales have sold, and ETF flows turned negative. Traders now face one question. Can the longer uptrend hold while everyone waits on a CFTC decision that has no date?

Korean Listings Land on a Token Already in Retreat

Upbit and Bithumb, South Korea's two largest exchanges, opened HYPE trading against the won on Nov 10. Upbit also added BTC and USDT pairs from 06:00 UTC. The exchange blocked buy orders for about five minutes at launch and allowed only limit orders for the first two hours.

Analysts doubt the listing will deliver a lasting lift. Research firm Four Pillars found in a study that Upbit listing spikes have been fading. Tiger Research analyst Jay Jo said Korean traders often mistake listing spikes for good news. Korean volume also pays no fees into Hyperliquid's Assistance Fund, the buyback program that had spent over $1.26 billion as of Oct 10.

The token arrived in Seoul already in retreat. HYPE climbed from a $76 close on Oct 25 to about $89 four days later. That jump came after ICE revealed plans for Hyperliquid-based US perpetual futures, which still need CFTC approval. The whole gain is now gone.

Two whales sold $109 million of HYPE on Oct 31. US Hyperliquid ETFs posted a $2.7 million net outflow on Nov 9. Most of it came from 21Shares THYP, while Bitwise BHYP drew small inflows. HYPE ended the week as the worst performer against BTC, ETH and SOL.

Losing the 50-Day Line Leaves the 200-Day as the Last Floor

Hyperliquid (HYPE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

HYPE traded near $72 at last check, flat over 24 hours. The Korean listings brought fresh volume but no bounce.

The weekly loss stands at about 15%. Over 30 days the token is down roughly 16%, which means almost all of the monthly damage came in the last seven days.

That drop pushed HYPE under its 50-day moving average, now near $81. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. When price falls below one, that line tends to act as a ceiling, because traders who bought near it often sell on any return to break even.

The ICE rally had carried HYPE well above that average. Bulls now need a climb of more than 10% just to test the line again.

Longer-term charts look calmer. It sits near $70, just under the current price. This longer line tracks the trend across most of the year, and HYPE has stayed above it through the latest selling.

That makes the 200-day the last floor still intact. A daily close below it would signal that the decline has moved from a short pullback into a break of the longer uptrend.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum Edge

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, stands at 35 on the daily chart. That reading is weak but sits above the oversold mark of 30. In plain terms, sellers have pressed hard without exhausting themselves yet. HYPE has room to slide further before bargain hunters usually step in for a reflex bounce.

The MACD, which compares short and longer price averages, remains below its signal line. That means momentum is still pointing down.

Trend strength readings show a directional move taking shape, with sellers leading it. A trend that is still forming can gain force over the coming sessions.

Where a Break Below $63.77 Would Send HYPE

The nearest resistance sits near $76.15, just above where HYPE traded when the Korean pairs opened. A daily close back over that level would be the first sign that buyers are stepping in.

Above that, HYPE faces a hurdle near $83, close to the 50-day zone. A close above it would reopen the range HYPE held after the ICE news. Bulls would then have a case that the October selling was a pullback inside a larger advance.

On the downside, the path is steeper. The nearest support lies near $64, a short drop below the 200-day line. Losing both in quick succession would leave little in the way of further selling.

Below that, the chart shows open air down to the second support near $55. That target sits past the $60 risk named in the headline. A move there would wipe out a large share of the year's gains.

Two Paths for the Next Three Days

The coming sessions likely hinge on which side of the 200-day line holds.

• Bullish: A daily close above the nearest resistance, just over the Seoul launch price, would put the second resistance near the 50-day zone in play. A close back under the 200-day average would cancel that setup.
• Bearish: A daily close below the 200-day average would open a drop toward the nearest support, then the second support. A reclaim of the nearest resistance would end that bearish case.

Listing Hype Cannot Replace a Regulatory Catalyst

HYPE remains in a downtrend until one of two things happens. The CFTC could rule on ICE's futures plan, or buyers could reclaim the 50-day average.

Leverage is the bigger near-term risk. Traders had stacked $612 million in leveraged longs below price by Nov 2. A break through support could force those positions to close quickly and deepen the drop.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The latest addition went live on November 10, when LBank opened DESU/USDT spot trading. Toobit added the token on November 2, following WEEX on October 1.

The three listings extend a centralised exchange expansion that began in June with MEXC, DESU’s first major CEX listing. Together, the additions give users more ways to acquire DESU through the trading platforms they already use while keeping the token’s role tied to the Dexsport product.

Expanding Access Beyond a Single Route

For most of its history, DESU was primarily available through PancakeSwap on BNB Chain. The MEXC listing introduced the first major centralised route into the token, supported by a $40,000 community campaign.

WEEX, Toobit and LBank have since brought the number of centralised venues supporting DESU to four, alongside its original on-chain route through PancakeSwap.

The different options are intended to serve users with different approaches to crypto. Someone comfortable with wallets and decentralised swaps can continue using PancakeSwap, while users already active on centralised exchanges can acquire DESU through an order book and, subject to each exchange’s withdrawal rules, transfer it to a compatible wallet for use inside Dexsport.

“When DESU first moved beyond decentralized trading with MEXC, the goal was to give users another practical way to access the token,” said Ivan Müller, CEO of Dexsport. “Some users are comfortable with wallets and swaps, while others already use centralized exchanges every day. As DESU has a practical role inside Dexsport, we want it to be easy to reach for users in different parts of the world. Adding WEEX, Toobit and LBank gives them more flexibility in how they acquire it.”

DESU Remains Tied to the Dexsport Product

DESU is used within Dexsport’s product, rewards and community mechanics and can be deposited and withdrawn through the platform on BNB Chain.

Dexsport has also continued its token burn programme. According to the company, 450 million DESU have been permanently removed from the original one billion token supply across 21 burn events, bringing the reported total supply to 550 million DESU. The burn transactions can be tracked on-chain.

A Broader Year for Dexsport

The exchange expansion comes during a year in which Dexsport has also developed other parts of its product and brand.

Prediction Markets launched as a third major product direction alongside sportsbook and casino.

The company also deepened its presence in esports through a partnership with OG Esports. Dexsport became the official Web3 betting partner and headline sponsor of the organisation’s Counter-Strike 2 roster, now competing as OG.Dexsport.

In October, Dexsport made its first major offline industry appearance at TOKEN2049 Singapore, where DESU was among the topics discussed with exchanges and other Web3 businesses.

For DESU, the latest listings continue a shift that began with MEXC earlier in the year: expanding the number of places where users can acquire the token while keeping its utility connected to the Dexsport platform itself.

About Dexsport

Dexsport is a Web3 iGaming platform combining sportsbook, casino and Prediction Markets in a single ecosystem. The platform supports more than 110 cryptocurrencies across 29 blockchain networks, allowing users to connect and play through a crypto wallet. Dexsport also operates its native DESU token and continues to expand its product range across sports betting, casino gaming and event-based prediction markets.

• Hotter-than-expected US inflation data revived rate hike bets and pulled major cryptocurrencies lower together.
• Ethereum trades under a tight band of moving averages that has capped every recent rally attempt.
• Bulls are watching one key floor, with little visible support beneath it.

Ethereum fell with the rest of the crypto market after a hot US consumer price report revived talk of another Federal Reserve rate hike. One analyst called the backdrop "horrific."

The timing hurts ETH more than most large tokens. The coin entered the week already deep in a yearly slump, and tighter money tends to hit leveraged, speculative trades first. Traders now want to know whether oversold momentum can spark a bounce before sellers test the last clear floor.

Hot CPI Print Drags Crypto Lower as Rate Hike Odds Return

Hotter-than-expected US inflation data released on Nov 10 pushed traders to price in another interest rate hike. The consumer price index came in above forecasts, and that cut demand for risky assets across markets. Crypto took the hit the next day.

Bitcoin, Ethereum, XRP and Dogecoin all fell together. Bitcoin slipped below $73,500, while XRP traded near $1.05. One market analyst described the setup as "horrific," pointing to the risk that the Federal Reserve keeps tightening.

Higher rates make cash and bonds more attractive. They also raise borrowing costs for traders who use leverage. Speculative assets like crypto tend to suffer first when money gets tighter.

ETH has felt that pressure more than most large coins. It is down about 30.6% year to date, one of the weakest showings among major tokens in 2026. The latest inflation surprise added fresh weight to a market that was already struggling to find buyers.

Ethereum Trades Beneath a Ceiling of Moving Averages

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ethereum changed hands near $2,060 on Wednesday, roughly flat over the past 24 hours. The calm session hides a rough stretch. ETH has lost about 9% over the past week and about 19% over the past month.

That slide began well before the inflation report, as buyers stepped back for weeks.

Two moving averages now sit just above the price. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the broader direction. The 50-day average stands near $2,350. The 200-day average sits just below it, around $2,310.

Those two lines are bunched closely together. That creates a thick band of overhead resistance. When price trades below both averages, they tend to act as a ceiling. Traders who bought higher often sell into any rally that reaches them.

A trend-strength gauge confirms that sellers are in charge. Short bounces have met fresh selling, with no follow-through buying.

ETH would need to climb back above the averages and hold there to change that picture. Until then, the path points sideways to lower.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum Edge

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 31 on the daily chart. That puts ETH just above the oversold line at 30. Readings this low show selling has been heavy and fast.

Oversold conditions often spark short relief bounces. Sellers run out of fuel, and bargain hunters step in for a few sessions. Still, a low RSI alone does not mark a bottom. Coins can stay oversold for weeks in a strong downtrend.

The MACD, another momentum tool, sits below its signal line. That means downward momentum has not faded yet. Bears still have the upper hand on this measure.

Wednesday's quiet session offers a small hint of exhaustion after a punishing week. Buyers need more than one calm day, though. They need higher closes on rising volume to prove the selling has ended.

$1,850 Is the Floor Bulls Cannot Lose

Support sits near $1,850 on the daily chart. Buyers have defended this zone before, and it marks the last clear floor. A close beneath it could open the door to a fast slide, with little to catch the price.

Overhead, the first hurdle stands near $2,280. That level sits just under the band of moving averages. Reclaiming it would ease the pressure and show buyers can win back lost ground. It would also put the averages within reach for a test.

The bigger test comes near $2,400. A push through that mark would lift ETH back above both averages. Those lines would then flip from ceiling to floor. That shift would change the trend picture and weaken the case for sellers.

What the Next Three Days Could Bring

Rate expectations will likely decide which way ETH breaks over the next three sessions.

• Bullish: Oversold conditions spark a relief bounce that carries ETH above the first hurdle under the moving averages. Buyers would then aim for the upper resistance, where both averages could flip into support. A close back below this week's lows would void that setup.
• Bearish: Traders price in more rate hikes, and ETH slides to test the support floor. A daily close beneath it leaves no clear level below. Reclaiming the first hurdle would cancel this view.

Macro Keeps the Pressure on Ethereum

Ethereum remains in a downtrend run by sellers. Many traders will keep selling rallies until the price holds above its moving averages.

Macro news carries the biggest risk. Another hot inflation reading or hawkish comments from Fed officials could knock ETH through its floor quickly.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Bitcoin has lost about a tenth of its value in a month, extending a slide that began last year.
• Price now sits below both of its key moving averages, and momentum gauges still favor sellers.
• The 200-day average near $76K is the first ceiling buyers must clear before any run at the headline target.

Bitcoin started the week on the back foot, holding near its lowest levels in months after a steady decline since early October. The daily move looked calm, but the monthly loss tells a rougher story.

The drop leaves recent buyers underwater and ready to sell into strength. Traders now want to know whether demand can return fast enough to lift the coin back over its long-term trend line, or whether the slide still has room to run.

Bitcoin Sheds a Tenth of Its Value in a Month

Bitcoin traded near $74,260 early on Nov. 10, 2026. That was down about $289 from the prior day. That is a dip of roughly 0.4%, small enough to look like a quiet session.

The longer view is harsher. A month earlier, BTC changed hands near $82,490, which leaves the coin down almost 10% since then. Over a year the damage is deeper still. Bitcoin sat near $106,000 a year ago and has since lost close to 30%.

This weak stretch began last year, when Bitcoin closed 2025 well below its October all-time high.

Size still favors the largest coin. Bitcoin's market value stands near $1.33 trillion, against roughly $233 billion for Ethereum. Ether traded near $2,090 and XRP near $1.07 on the same morning.

None of the usual drivers, from corporate adoption to regulation, has yet produced a clear trigger for a rebound.

Both Key Averages Now Sit Above the Price

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin now trades near $74K, under both of the moving averages that traders watch most. A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the mean closing price over a set period. The 50-day line reflects the recent trend, and the 200-day line shows the long-term one.

The 50-day average sits near $79K. The 200-day average sits closer, around $76K. Price below both lines is a bearish setup, because each average tends to act as a ceiling on rallies.

Their order also matters. The shorter average sits above the longer one, which means recent prices have fallen faster than the long-run trend. Buyers from the past few months mostly hold losses, and many may sell into any bounce near break-even.

That makes the 200-day line the first real test. It is the nearer ceiling, only a short climb from the current price. A daily close back above it would show buyers can absorb that selling. A rejection there would confirm the long-term trend has turned against the coin.

Bitcoin dropped about 4% over the past week. Over 30 days the live data shows a decline of about 12%.

A market that is finding a floor usually shows shrinking weekly losses. Bitcoin is still adding to them, so the selling has not yet run its course.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand Without Capitulating

Momentum readings show the same pressure. The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of how strong recent moves have been, stands at 35. That sits in weak territory, below the neutral middle band.

It is still above 30, the usual line for oversold conditions. Oversold markets often attract bargain hunters and snap back. Bitcoin has not reached that point, so sellers still have room to push lower before a reflex bounce becomes likely.

Trend gauges agree. The MACD, which compares short and long price averages, shows downward momentum has not turned yet, and trend strength readings favor sellers.

A flat 24-hour change hides that pressure. A quiet day without a sharp flush suggests holders are bleeding out slowly rather than giving up all at once.

$76K Stands Between Bitcoin and the $80K Target

The 200-day line doubles as the nearest resistance on the daily chart. Sellers have defended that level on recent tests, so it marks the first hurdle for any recovery.

Clearing it would show buyers can absorb supply from trapped holders and open the way toward $80K.

That target is the next resistance and sits just above the 50-day average, so the two ceilings overlap. A move there would mean recovering most of the past month's losses, and it would likely meet fresh selling from recent buyers.

Support below looks thin. The data shows no support until about $63K. If Bitcoin loses its current footing, few price levels stand in the way. That leaves an air pocket below the market, and a break lower could turn into a fast drop.

Two Paths for the Next Three Days

Both outcomes hinge on how Bitcoin handles the 200-day line in the coming sessions.

• Bullish: A daily close above the 200-day line would put the headline target back in play, with the 50-day average as the next test. The setup fails if Bitcoin slips back below today's trading range.
• Bearish: A rejection at the 200-day line, with RSI drifting lower, would expose the thin support zone far below. That view fails on a daily close back above the long-term average.

Recovery Has to Start at the 200-Day Line

Until Bitcoin closes back above the 200-day line, talk of a larger recovery stays premature. Momentum gauges still favor sellers, so a reclaim looks unlikely without a shift in demand.

The risk sits below. With little support until the next major floor, a failed bounce could prove expensive for buyers who step in early.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Solana has lost roughly a quarter of its value in a month as spot ETF buyers pull back.
• SOL now trades under both its 50-day and 200-day averages, with sellers firmly leading the trend.
• A support zone near $74 is the floor that could decide whether the slide deepens.

Solana's slide deepened this week, and the token has now broken under its long-term trend line. Recent ETF outflows and a wave of forced liquidations added fuel to the drop.

That break matters because SOL has fallen faster than bitcoin and ether, leaving it exposed if selling continues. Momentum gauges show the token deeply oversold. Traders now want to know whether buyers will defend the next floor or let it give way.

Solana Sheds a Quarter of Its Value as ETF Buyers Step Back

Solana has fallen much harder than its larger peers this month. Ether dropped about 20% to near $2,027 in that span, while bitcoin lost about 11%. SOL's slide was steeper than both, leaving it among the weakest large-cap tokens.

The damage looks worse over a longer stretch. SOL now trades about 72% below its peak near $293. That record came in January 2025.

Institutional money has stayed on the sidelines. U.S. spot Solana ETFs posted net outflows of about $7.7 million on Nov 9, according to fund flow data. That points to thin demand from the larger buyers who supported the token earlier.

Leverage made the selloff sharper. A wave of forced liquidations swept crypto markets on Nov 8, and smaller coins took the heaviest hits because traders hold more borrowed positions in them.

Traders expect more turbulence. Coinbase Markets data show SOL options pricing a move of up to about 9% in either direction through Nov 15.

Both Key Averages Now Sit Overhead

Solana (SOL) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SOL traded near $83 on Friday, flat on the day. The token lost about 10% this week. That slide has carried it to the bottom of its recent range, and no real bounce has formed yet.

The bigger problem is where price sits relative to its long-term trend lines. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying direction. SOL now trades well below its 50-day average near $99. That line tracks the trend of the past few months.

SOL is also far under its 200-day average near $97, a gauge of the longer trend. When price holds below both averages, they tend to act as ceilings on any rally. Sellers often step in as price climbs back toward them.

Those lines have drifted very close together. The 50-day line still sits slightly above the 200-day, but the gap has nearly closed. If weakness continues, the shorter average could cross below the longer one. Traders call that a bearish crossover and read it as confirmation that the trend has turned down.

Buyers would need to reclaim both lines to change that picture.

Sellers Stay in Charge Despite Oversold Readings

The momentum picture adds a twist. RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 24 on the daily chart. Readings below 30 count as oversold, meaning the selling has run unusually hard and fast.

Oversold conditions often come before a relief bounce. Short sellers lock in profits, and bargain hunters test the waters. That kind of bounce can be brief, though, and it does not mark a turn in the trend by itself.

Other gauges show the pressure is still on. MACD, a tool that tracks shifts in momentum, remains below its signal line. That means downside momentum has not faded yet.

Trend strength readings show a firm trend led by sellers. Until that changes, rallies may struggle to last.

Why $74.10 Is the Floor That Matters

On the daily chart, the nearest support sits near $74. That level lines up closely with SOL's Aug 16 close around $75, a spot traders have flagged as the next likely target.

The zone matters because little else stands beneath it. A close under it could leave SOL with few natural places for buyers to regroup.

In that case, attention would likely shift to the June 6 close near $62. That marked the token's lowest close in a year, and a return there would erase months of gains.

Bulls face a steep climb in the other direction. The first resistance sits near $96, just under both averages. Above that, the round number of $100 would need to fall before the trend looks repaired.

Relief Bounce or Another Leg Lower

• Bullish: A daily close back above the 200-day average would be the first sign that buyers are absorbing the selling. That move could set up a relief bounce toward the averages overhead. A slide back under current prices would cancel the setup.
• Bearish: A close below $80 would expose the support zone near the August low. A recovery above first resistance, just under both averages, would undo that bearish case.

The Burden of Proof Rests on SOL Bulls

Sellers still control the trend. Until buyers retake the averages overhead, the path of least resistance points toward the mid-$70s.

Traders should still expect sharp swings. Oversold momentum and heavy leverage can fuel sudden short squeezes, and those can unwind just as fast. Returning ETF demand would be the clearest sign that bulls are back.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Ether stakers are holding their coins even after a slide of about a fifth in a month.
• The chart still favors sellers, with price stuck under both major moving averages and momentum pointing lower.
• A floor near $1,850 is the line that could decide whether the slide stays orderly.

Ethereum stakers are holding firm through a sharp monthly decline.

That patience keeps a large block of supply off exchanges and limits panic selling. Still, demand is thin and sellers control the trend. Traders now want to know whether locked supply can steady the price before the nearest floor gives way.

Stakers Refuse to Blink as Ether Sheds a Fifth of Its Value

The holders with the most coins locked up have stayed calm through the drop. Stakers, who park ETH with the network to help secure it and earn rewards, are neither selling nor lining up to unstake.

That restraint matters for supply. Staked coins sit locked away from exchanges, so they cannot be dumped quickly in a panic. Fewer coins on the move means less forced selling when prices drop.

The broader picture is still grim. On Nov 10, ETH traded near $2,061 after sliding 2.4% in a day. Its five-day loss reached 7.8%, a sign the selling picked up pace.

Ether was also down 30.5% for the year at that point, a weak stretch for the second-largest crypto asset.

Ether Trades Beneath Both Averages With Sellers Steering

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ether now trades near $2,050, flat on the day after a rough stretch. The coin still sits below both of the moving averages that traders watch most closely.

The 50-day average, which tracks the past seven weeks or so of closing prices, stands around $2,350. The 200-day average, a gauge of the longer trend, is near $2,310. With price under both lines, each one now acts as a ceiling that buyers would have to break through.

That setup is a classic downtrend structure. The shorter average has also slipped toward the longer one, which shows recent selling has dragged down the bigger picture as well.

Ether is down about 19% over 30 days. That loss pushes the price toward the bottom of its recent range on the daily chart. The coin has spent the month making lower highs, and each bounce has faded before reaching the averages above.

Trend-strength readings confirm the decline is a genuine trend, with sellers in charge. Price is falling steadily instead of chopping sideways.

This is where the staker story meets its limit. Holding coins off the market removes potential sellers, but it adds no buyers. Locked supply alone cannot lift the price.

So far, nobody has stepped in with enough demand to absorb the selling from traders who are not staked. Until that changes, the averages overhead will likely keep capping any rally.

Momentum Nears Exhaustion Without Turning

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits at 30 on the daily chart. That reading marks the edge of oversold territory. In plain terms, sellers have pushed hard and fast, and the move is starting to look stretched.

Stretched conditions often come before a bounce, with no guarantee. Oversold readings can linger for days when a trend is strong, and this one is.

The MACD offers a second check on momentum. It remains below its signal line, so downside pressure has not flipped. Buyers have yet to show the kind of shift that usually comes before a turn.

The flat session hints that sellers are catching their breath, though a pause is no reversal. For now, momentum is tired but still pointing lower.

$1,850 Is the Floor Bulls Cannot Afford to Lose

Support sits near $1,850, the nearest level where buyers have stepped in before. No clear floor shows beneath it, so a daily close below could leave Ether with little to slow a fresh wave of selling.

Thin support below often turns a steady slide into a fast one, because stop orders cluster under obvious floors.

Overhead, first resistance stands around $2,280. That level sits just under the 200-day average, so the two form a tight band of selling pressure. Reclaiming it would ease the strain and show buyers can hold ground again.

The next barrier waits near $2,400. A push through it would put Ether back above the 50-day zone. That would mark the first real crack in the downtrend that has defined the month.

Two Paths for Ether Over the Next Three Days

Ether's next move likely hinges on which edge of its range breaks first.

• Bullish: A daily close above first resistance, just under the 200-day line, would open a run toward the next barrier overhead. The setup fails if price slips back under the current trading level, which would show buyers could not hold the breakout.
• Bearish: A break of support would leave Ether in open space with no mapped floor below. A reclaim of first resistance would cancel that view and suggest sellers had lost their grip.

Patience Holds Supply but Not Yet Price

Staker loyalty has kept coins off exchanges, but sellers still set the direction. Ether stays in a downtrend until it closes back above first resistance and holds there.

Oversold markets can snap higher fast, catching late sellers off guard. A slip through the floor, though, would leave no mapped level to catch the fall.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Bitcoin breakout one way or the other

Source: TradingView

The short-term chart illustrates how weak Bitcoin is currently. Lower highs and lower lows continue to be made. As a comparison, AI stocks were slammed down over a period of about a week, but the last few days have seen them recover significantly. Perhaps traders are expecting the AI trade to turn bullish again. You cannot say that for Bitcoin. Every surge turns into an eventual sell-off, and the $BTC price goes lower than when the surge began.

The above chart shows that the $BTC price is just about hanging on to support. Also, a descending trendline is managing to hold up the price if it falls below. If one draws another trendline from the last high a descending wedge pattern emerges. It can be seen that the $BTC price is flirting with a breakout to the upside currently. It will break out of this one way or the other on Wednesday, or Thursday at the latest. Generally these patterns do tend to break to the upside, but with the weakness displayed so far, the bearish case must be acknowledged.

A great place for a bounce

Source: TradingView

The daily chart really impresses on the viewer that if the $BTC price is going to recover, it is from here that this is going to take place. Yes, another grey swan could crash the stock market, spike the bond yields, and send oil rocketing skyward, which would probably have the effect of collapsing the $BTC price down to the bull market trendline, but if this doesn’t happen, this is a great place for a bounce. The 200-day simple moving average (SMA) can be an excellent support, although the bulls will not want to see this moving average bend to the downside.

Bulls need to get the $BTC price back above the 50-week SMA

Source: TradingView

The weekly chart shows the bulls what they must do in order to turn this current downtrend around. Primarily this is to carry on holding the strong $73,800 horizontal support, but in particular, to get back above the 50-week SMA. After having broken above it, and knowing that this moving average generally supports the entire bull market, preventing a weekly confirmation candle from closing below is imperative for the bulls. 

Futures markets are riding high on Wednesday morning. This potentially heralds a good day for US stocks and particularly the AI trade. The Bitcoin bulls will need to take full advantage of what could be a benign day, and start putting in the fight that will take the $BTC price clear of its current dangerous predicament.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Trump Media disclosed a purchase of 4,359 Bitcoin shortly after President Trump called crypto dangerous.
• Bitcoin trades below both its short and long trend averages, and sellers still lead the move.
• The 200-day average just overhead is the line that will show whether the corporate bid can turn the chart.

Trump Media has added a large block of Bitcoin to its treasury. The company revealed the buy soon after the president warned that crypto is dangerous.

The purchase arrives as Bitcoin drifts near its lowest level in almost three months, with sellers firmly in control. Corporate buying can lift the mood, yet it has not moved the price. Traders now want to know if this bid can stop the slide or will fade like recent bounces.

Trump Media Buys 4,359 Bitcoin Days After the President Calls Crypto Dangerous

Trump Media disclosed a purchase of 4,359 Bitcoin for its corporate treasury, according to the company. The buy adds a sizable block of coins to a balance sheet already tied closely to the president's brand.

The timing drew attention. The company revealed the purchase after President Trump called crypto dangerous, a remark that seemed to clash with his own media firm's strategy. The company has not explained how the two fit together.

Market conditions are weak. Bitcoin traded near $74,260 at 7:15 a.m. ET on Nov. 10, about 10% below the $82,492 it fetched a month earlier. A year ago the coin sat near $106,003, so it has lost close to 30% since then.

Corporate demand like this tends to lift sentiment. So far it has not changed the direction of the price.

Bitcoin Sits Under Both Averages as the Monthly Slide Deepens

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

The daily chart shows a market that has lost its footing. The price sits below both of the moving averages that traders watch most. A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set number of days.

The 50-day average runs near $79K and tracks the short-term trend. The 200-day average sits closer, around $76K, and reflects the longer view. With the price under both lines, each one now acts as a ceiling. That setup tells traders the sellers still control the trend.

That longer line matters most right now. It hangs just above the current price, so any bounce sparked by the Trump Media purchase would hit it first. A clean break back above that average would show that buyers can absorb the selling. A rejection there would suggest the treasury news gave the price only a brief lift.

Recent returns show a slide that has not paused. Bitcoin lost about 5% over the past week and roughly 12% over the past 30 days. The latest 24 hours were flat, but one quiet day after weeks of losses does little to change the direction. The coin needs several firm sessions before the trend can turn.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand Without Hitting Exhaustion

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 34 on the daily chart. That puts Bitcoin in weak territory but short of the oversold zone below 30. In plain terms, sellers have pushed hard without wearing themselves out, so the price still has room to fall before a rebound looks likely.

Momentum points the same way. The MACD indicator remains below its signal line, which means the downward push has not faded yet. Buyers have no clear sign of a turn to lean on.

Trend strength adds another warning. A trend is starting to form, and sellers are the ones leading it. In this setup, bounces often fade quickly as holders use any strength to sell.

Why $63K Is the Floor That Matters Most

The nearest resistance sits right at the 200-day line. Closing a day above it would be the first real sign of repair. It would show that buyers, perhaps helped by treasury demand like Trump Media's, can hold ground the sellers have owned for weeks.

Further up, the next ceiling waits near $80K, just above the 50-day average. Clearing that zone would put the price back above both trend gauges. Until then, any rally runs into a crowded stretch of overhead supply.

Below, support sits near $63K, and the data shows no intermediate step before it. That leaves a wide gap below the current price with little in the way of a cushion.

If the coin slips through its recent range, it has open air down to that floor. A move there would erase much of the comfort a corporate purchase can offer.

Two Paths for the Next Three Days

The next three days should show whether the treasury bid can reach the chart.

• Bullish: A daily close above the 200-day line near $76K would open a path toward $80K. That move would show buyers taking back ground. A drop back below $74K would cancel this setup.
• Bearish: A rejection at $76K would leave sellers in charge and open the way toward the $63K floor. Reclaiming $80K would invalidate this view, since it would put the price back above both averages.

A Treasury Bid Meets a Chart That Still Points Lower

Trump Media's purchase gives bulls a talking point. The trend still belongs to sellers. Bitcoin has to win back the 200-day line before the corporate buying counts on the chart.

Politics adds another risk. A single remark from the White House, like the president's warning about crypto, can jolt the price sharply in either direction.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• A launch-era Ethereum wallet woke up after 11 years and moved a large stack of ETH.
• Ether trades under both of its key moving averages, and sellers still drive momentum.
• One lone support zone below price now looks like the level bulls cannot afford to lose.

A dormant Ethereum address from the network's earliest days has moved its coins for the first time in over a decade. The owner has not said why.

The transfer lands while ETH is already sliding faster than bitcoin and sitting at its weakest point in months. Traders now want to know whether those old coins head to an exchange, and whether buyers can hold the floor if they do.

A Launch-Era Wallet Moves 2,155 ETH After 11 Years of Silence

An Ethereum wallet that sat untouched for 11 years has moved 2,155 ETH, on-chain data shows. The address dates to the network's 2015 launch era, when early buyers picked up coins for pennies. Its owner remains unknown.

The exact profit has not been disclosed. Even so, any holder from that period sits on a gain many thousands of times the original cost. That holds even with ETH down about 41% in a year.

Old coins waking up tend to rattle traders. A transfer like this can signal plans to send supply to an exchange and sell. A move is not a sale, though, and the coins may simply be going to a new wallet for safekeeping.

The timing adds to the unease. ETH fell about 10% over the past seven days, double bitcoin's drop of about 5%. The slide also dragged it to an 84-day low.

Both Key Averages Now Sit Overhead

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

ETH traded near $2,060 on Tuesday, little changed on the day. The flat session offered no relief bounce after a rough week.

The monthly picture looks worse. ETH has lost about 19% in 30 days, leaving price pinned near the bottom of that range. Traders who bought at any point this month are mostly holding losses.

Moving averages help explain the pressure. A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set period. The 50-day line shows the recent trend, while the 200-day line shows the longer one.

ETH now trades below both. The 50-day average sits near $2,350. The 200-day average sits near $2,310. When price holds under both lines, they tend to act as ceilings, and rallies often stall as they approach them.

The gap between the two averages is also closing. The 50-day line has slipped to within about $40 of the 200-day line. If it crosses below, traders call that a "death cross," a signal that short-term weakness has spread into the longer trend.

A crossover would not force prices lower on its own. It would, however, confirm what the chart already shows. Sellers set the direction, and any recovery faces two layers of overhead pressure before the trend can turn.

Sellers Keep Control Even Near Oversold

The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 31. Readings under 30 count as oversold, so ETH is close to that line. In plain terms, selling has run hard and fast.

That can slow the drop. Sellers often tire after a steep weekly loss, and short covering can spark brief bounces. An oversold reading does not mark a bottom by itself, though. Prices can stay stretched for days while the slide continues.

Other gauges point the same way. The MACD, which compares short and longer price trends, remains below its signal line. That means downside momentum has not faded yet.

Trend strength readings also show a real trend in place, and sellers are leading it. Until those signals turn, any rebound looks more like a pause than a reversal.

$1,850 Is the Floor a 10% Drop Would Test

On the daily chart, the nearest support sits near $1,850. That level lies roughly a tenth below the current price, the drop flagged in the headline.

The level also stands alone. The data shows no clear support beneath it. If buyers fail to defend that zone, ETH would trade in unmapped territory with no obvious floor to slow the fall.

Above, the first resistance sits near $2,280. A daily close back over that line would ease some of the pressure.

The next ceiling waits near $2,400. That mark sits just above the 50-day line, so the two form one thick band of resistance. Bulls would need to clear both to change the tone.

What Flips the Bias Over the Next Three Days

Two outcomes stand out, and the first ceiling decides which one plays out.

• Bullish: A daily close above first resistance would open a path toward the second ceiling near the 50-day line. The setup fails if ETH drops back below its current trading area.
• Bearish: Repeated failures under first resistance keep the slide aimed at the lone support zone. Sellers stay in charge on that path. A daily close above first resistance would cancel this view.

Bears Hold the Edge Until Resistance Breaks

For now, trend and momentum both favor sellers. Unless buyers reclaim the first ceiling, a test of the lone support zone looks like the likelier path.

The old wallet remains the wild card. If those coins land on an exchange, selling could pick up fast. The stretched RSI cuts the other way, since a sharp bounce could squeeze traders betting on further losses.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• David Schwartz told angry XRP holders that Ripple has no secret plan to lift the token's price.
• XRP's daily momentum gauge sits deep in oversold territory, yet sellers still control the trend.
• The August low near 99 cents is the floor that could decide where XRP heads in November.

Ripple CTO Emeritus David Schwartz has told frustrated XRP holders there is no hidden strategy behind the token. He said the price mostly follows the wider crypto market.

That message lands as XRP sits close to a key floor after a heavy selloff. Ripple's banking and stablecoin deals keep growing, but the token has not benefited. Traders now watch whether buyers can defend the August low.

Schwartz Tells Frustrated Holders There Is No Secret Plan

Users on X had urged CEO Brad Garlinghouse or Schwartz to explain "the real plan." Schwartz replied that "there's no secret plan we aren't telling you about."

In a November 9 post, he said XRP's price is "largely dragged around by the market." He called developments on the XRP Ledger secondary. He did agree that a higher price makes liquidity on the ledger cheaper and cuts slippage. "The higher the price, the better," Schwartz said.

He rejected the idea that XRP's use as gas would drive its price. He pointed instead to XRP being the only asset on the ledger held without a counterparty. Schwartz has also said he sold nearly all his digital assets.

Ripple's business keeps expanding. BBVA and DZ BANK use Ripple Custody. The company holds a national trust bank charter, and its RLUSD stablecoin carries an investment-grade rating. Ripple says euro stablecoins grew from about €50 million to €450 million since early 2024. Qivalis, a group of 37 European banks, plans its own euro stablecoin. Garlinghouse has denied rumors that Ripple is ditching XRP for RLUSD.

None of that has helped the token, which has lost more than half its value in a year.

XRP Trades Far Below Both Long Averages After a Brutal Week

XRP (XRP) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

XRP traded near $1.06 on Tuesday, unchanged over the past 24 hours. The calm day followed a week in which the token dropped about 17%, the worst showing among major coins. XRP has shed roughly a quarter of its value in a month.

The price now sits well below its 50-day moving average, near $1.28. A moving average smooths daily swings to show the underlying trend, and the 50-day tracks the past couple of months. Trading this far under it means recent buyers are mostly holding losses.

XRP also trades below its 200-day average, around $1.35, which tracks the trend over most of a year. Both lines sit above the price and now act as ceilings. That setup marks a clear downtrend.

This fits what Schwartz described. XRP has moved with the broader crypto selloff, and Ripple's banking deals have done little to slow it.

The flat session suggests sellers paused for breath. A single quiet day does not change the direction, though. Buyers would need several strong sessions before the downtrend looks broken.

Sellers Are Exhausted Yet Still in Charge

The Relative Strength Index, or RSI, tells a more nuanced story. RSI is a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, and readings below 30 signal oversold conditions. XRP's daily RSI sits near 24. That means selling has run hard and fast, and the token looks stretched to the downside.

Oversold readings often come before a relief bounce. Traders who sold late tend to cover, and bargain hunters step in. A deep reading alone does not mark a bottom, though.

Other gauges still favor the bears. Momentum keeps pointing down, and trend strength shows a selloff gaining shape under seller control. Any bounce from here would lack confirmation until those signals turn.

Why 99 Cents Is the Floor That Matters Most

The nearest floor sits at 99 cents, the low XRP set in August. Buyers defended that level once already, so traders watch it closely. The price trades only a few cents above it now.

Below that mark, the chart offers no clear support. A daily close under 99 cents would leave the token with little to stop a faster slide.

Overhead, the first barrier stands near $1.20. Reclaiming it would ease the pressure and show that buyers have real interest. The next ceiling waits around $1.31, just under the 50-day line.

Two Paths Out of the Oversold Zone

The oversold reading leaves XRP at a fork, and each path has a clear trigger.

• Bullish: A daily close above the first ceiling would open a run toward the second barrier just under the 50-day line. That would show buyers turning the relief bounce into a real recovery. The case fails if the token slips back below Tuesday's trading level.
• Bearish: A close below the August low would extend the decline, with no nearby support to catch it. A recovery above the first ceiling would cancel this outlook.

The Wider Market Decides What Comes Next

XRP looks oversold, yet its trend remains broken. Any rebound depends on buyers holding the 99-cent floor through November.

The bigger risk sits outside Ripple's control. Schwartz tied the token's price to the wider market, so a broad crypto sell-off could crack that support. Fresh bank deals or stablecoin news would likely do little to stop it.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Bitcoin hit a three-month low after a hot October inflation report pushed traders to bet on a December Fed hike.
• The chart has turned bearish, with price stuck beneath both of its key moving averages and sellers setting the pace.
• One support zone near $63K now stands between Bitcoin and a deeper slide.

Bitcoin fell sharply after US consumer prices ran hotter than expected. Two Fed officials then pushed for higher rates, and traders abandoned bets on a December hold.

That shift hits Bitcoin where it hurts. A stronger dollar, rising yields and steady ETF outflows have drained demand for risk assets. Traders now want to know whether buyers will defend the next floor or let sellers drive the price much lower.

Hot CPI Flips the Fed From Hold to Hike

Bitcoin slipped about 1.2% to near $73,935 early on Nov 11, after hitting its lowest level in three months overnight. The trigger was a hotter-than-expected October US consumer price report. Two Federal Reserve officials, including Governor Christopher Waller, then called for higher rates.

Traders quickly dropped their bets on a hold. CME FedWatch now shows nearly 89% odds of a 25 bps hike in December, with a small chance of a larger move. The dollar and Treasury yields climbed on the shift, which tends to drain demand for risk assets.

Other pressures piled on. Spot Bitcoin ETFs kept bleeding outflows this week. Democrats also won both chambers of Congress in the midterms, raising fears of stricter rules on anti-money laundering and risk management.

History offers little comfort. Bitcoin lagged during the 2022-2023 hiking cycle. Altcoins fell harder this time, with Ether down 2.4% to $2,066.29. XRP lost 3.8% and Solana dropped 3.5%.

Bitcoin Trades Beneath Both Moving Averages

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin now trades near $74K, under both of the moving averages that traders watch most. A moving average smooths out daily swings and shows the trend over a set period. The 50-day average sits around $79K and tracks the short-term trend. The 200-day sits near $76K and tracks the broader trend.

Price below both lines is a bearish setup. Each average now acts as a ceiling that buyers must clear before any recovery looks real. The 50-day sits above the 200-day, so the 200-day is the first hurdle, just a few thousand dollars overhead.

The chart lines up with the rate story. Buyers have had little reason to step in while borrowing costs look set to rise.

Losses have built steadily. Bitcoin lost about 5% over the past week and roughly 12% over the past month. That leaves the price close to the bottom of its 30-day range, with few recent rebounds to show for the month.

Losing the 200-day line carries extra weight. Bulls had treated it as a cushion, and dips toward it used to draw buyers. With price now below it, that cushion is gone, and the line becomes resistance instead of support.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand Without Capitulating

The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 34. That reading is weak, yet it stays above the oversold mark of 30. Sellers still have room to push lower before the market looks stretched enough to force a bounce.

Other momentum signals point the same way. The MACD, which tracks shifts in trend speed, remains below its signal line. That means downside momentum has yet to fade. Trend gauges also show a new downtrend taking shape, with sellers setting the pace.

There is no sign of panic, though. Capitulation usually brings a sharp flush on heavy selling, followed by a fast rebound. Bitcoin has seen neither so far.

Price ended the past 24 hours flat, which looks like a pause after the CPI shock.

Support Near $63K Guards the Path to $60K

The nearest support sits near $63K, well below the current price. The data shows no shelf between here and that floor. A break lower could run quickly because few buyers have defended the levels in between.

That gap explains the headline risk. A daily close below that floor would remove the last clear support on the chart. The $60K area would then become the next natural target, with momentum already pointing down.

Bulls have a clear task on the upside. Price first needs to reclaim the 200-day line overhead. That would turn the average back into a floor and ease the bearish setup. The next resistance stands near $80K, just above the 50-day average. That zone would likely cap any recovery, since sellers have used both levels to lock in exits during the recent slide.

What Flips the Next 72 Hours

Fed speakers and spot ETF flows will likely decide which path Bitcoin takes next.

• Bullish: A daily close above the 200-day line would turn that ceiling back into a floor. It would also open a run toward the upper resistance near the 50-day average. The setup fails if price slips back under today's trading level.
• Bearish: A rejection at the 200-day keeps sellers in charge and points toward the floor discussed above. A close back above the 200-day would cancel this view, since it would show buyers regaining control.

Rate Fears Hold the Wheel for Now

Until Bitcoin reclaims its 200-day average, the bias stays bearish.

Short sellers face their own risk, though. A softer inflation reading or a dovish remark from a Fed official could revive hopes of a hold. That shift could force bearish traders to cover quickly and spark a sharp squeeze higher.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Leveraging the industrial background of a Korean listed company and global computing resources, AQUA AI is building a next-generation AI-native ecosystem that connects AI Agents, digital assets, and Web3.

As AI Agents evolve from conversational tools into autonomous task execution and intelligent collaboration systems, AQUA AI announces the official launch of its AI-native value ecosystem on November 11, 2026. Centered on Personal AI Agent Infrastructure, the initiative explores the deep integration of personal AI agents with computing power, digital assets, and Web3 services.

AQUA AI’s initial roadmap includes six AI-native applications covering AI prediction, global payments, social & skill collaboration, digital asset management, intelligent investment advisor, and decentralized trading. This launch will first open the computing power mining product built around APA (the ecosystem token), as well as AQUA ALPHA (AI Prediction).

On the technical architecture front, AQUA AI adopts a design that combines the application layer, middleware layer, and underlying computing infrastructure. In the future, every user will be able to own a persistent Personal AI Agent. Through the Agent Runtime platform, users can centrally manage memory, permissions, task scheduling, and tool invocation, and collaboratively call specialized agents for prediction, payments, social networking, asset management, and trading as needed. The platform also plans to open a standardized plugin SDK to provide SaaS services and private deployment capabilities for enterprises.

In terms of industrial foundation, AQUA AI is driven by the Singapore-based AQUA AI Foundation in partnership with Asian capital and industrial resources, and leverages the background of a Korean listed company to expand its global business presence. Its computing infrastructure covers South Korea, Japan, and Malaysia, with a total scale of approximately 65 MW. Industrial ecosystem partnerships include chip and semiconductor resources from NVIDIA, Samsung, and SK Hynix, as well as industrial and computing collaboration networks involving companies such as Tencent, ByteDance, miHoYo, and Qwen.

The AQUA AI core team brings together professionals from institutions including Google, Meta, and High-Flyer Quant, as well as experts from the global AI, fintech, and internet sectors, possessing strong experience in AI research and development, quantitative technology, and international business operations.

For user access, AQUA AI connects to the Web3 ecosystem through AquaPay Wallet. This MPC self-custodial digital asset wallet supports more than 60 public chains and integrates DApp, Swap, and Perp DEX services.

AQUA AI’s long-term vision is to become the underlying operating system of the global personal AI agent network, enabling everyone to own a dedicated AI Agent and continuously create and accumulate value in the digital world with the support of computing power and blockchain infrastructure.

About AQUA AI

AQUA AI is an AI-native ecosystem focused on Personal AI Agent Infrastructure, connecting AI applications, digital assets, Web3 services, and global computing resources to build the next generation of personal AI agent networks

Links

App Download: https://aquapay.app/download

X (Twitter): https://x.com/aqua_ai_agent https://x.com/aquapay_wallet

Official Website: https://aquapay.app/

ContactLEEcontact@aquaai.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• Veteran trader Michaël van de Poppe sees Bitcoin's pullback as a chance to buy, with one firm condition attached.
• Bitcoin trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and momentum still favors sellers.
• The $74K area is the line his bullish case cannot afford to lose.

Michaël van de Poppe has turned bullish on Bitcoin after its slide this month. The veteran trader calls the current zone a buying window, provided buyers defend it first.

His call lands at a fragile moment for the largest cryptocurrency. Sellers have controlled the trend for weeks, and the chart shows thin support below.

Van de Poppe Calls $74K a Buying Window

Van de Poppe, who has a large following among active investors, sees the recent drop as a chance for traders willing to buy on weakness.

Bitcoin has to hold the $74K area first, he said, before any recovery toward $80K can take shape. He did not give a time frame. He sees the level as a zone where buyers can absorb selling and set a base.

His target sits about 8% above the current price. That gap is modest by Bitcoin standards, yet resistance near $76K would need to give first.

A clean break below that floor would undercut the idea of a buying zone.

Bitcoin Trades Beneath Both Averages After a 12% Monthly Slide

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin is down about 12% over 30 days. It also lost roughly 5% over the past week, a sign of steady, grinding pressure.

Today's session was flat. A quiet day after a slide like this often reflects sellers catching their breath.

The bigger concern is the moving averages. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend over a set period. Bitcoin trades below its 50-day average, now near $79K. It also sits under its 200-day average, the longer-term gauge many traders watch most closely.

Trading beneath both lines is a bearish structure. Each average now acts as a ceiling, a place where rallies tend to stall as earlier buyers sell to break even.

The 200-day line lines up with the resistance level already flagged above. That overlap makes it the first real test for Van de Poppe's view. A daily close back above it would be the first sign his forecast has legs. Until then, the trend still favors sellers.

Sellers Still Steer Momentum Near Oversold

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 34 on the daily chart. That reading is weak, but it has not yet reached the oversold zone below 30. In plain terms, sellers still have room to push before the move looks stretched.

Other momentum signals agree. MACD, which tracks shifts in trend speed, still points down, and trend-strength readings favor sellers.

Buyers would want to see MACD turn back up. That shift would suggest selling pressure is fading and give his thesis its first technical support.

Little Floor Between $74K and $63K

Overhead, sellers have defended the 200-day zone throughout this slide. A second ceiling waits higher, where the 50-day average sits close to his target.

Below, the next support sits near $63K, with no firmer floor in between. That leaves an air pocket under the market.

If buyers lose his pivot, price could slide quickly toward that lower support.

Two Paths From the $74K Pivot

The setup now splits into two clear scenarios.

• Bullish: A close above the 200-day zone would clear the first ceiling and open a run toward his target. That path fails if price slips back under the pivot.
• Bearish: A close below the pivot would point toward the lower support. That view fails if Bitcoin reclaims the 200-day zone.

A Call That Needs Confirmation

Until Bitcoin retakes the 200-day zone, the trend belongs to sellers, and the buying window remains a bet on a level holding.

With little support under the pivot, a failed hold could prove costly for early buyers.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

LBank, the leading global crypto exchange, has launched its UCL Rush with Penguins trading campaign, featuring Pudgy Penguins and a 100,000 USDT reward pool. Running through December 10, 2026, the campaign gives users several ways to participate through futures trading and prediction markets, with rewards ranging from a 10 USDT Futures Bonus for eligible new users to cumulative Futures Bonuses of up to 1,888 USDT.

For new users, the first reward begins with a transfer of more than 100 USDT to a futures account. After completing their first futures trade of more than 20 USDT, they can receive a 10 USDT Futures Bonus. Users who want to continue trading can take part in a separate volume challenge: cumulative futures trading volume of 10,000 USDT qualifies for a 3 USDT Futures Bonus, with higher milestones unlocking further rewards. At the top milestone of 10 million USDT in cumulative volume, users can earn up to 1,888 USDT in Futures Bonuses in total.

The campaign also offers a route through LBank Predict. Users who register for the event and complete any prediction market trade during the campaign can receive a seven-day VIP2 trial. Together, the three tasks allow participants to engage with the campaign according to their interests and trading activity.

“Football brings people together around shared moments, while every participant follows the game in their own way,” said Eric He, LBank Community Angel Officer and Risk Control Advisor. “With this campaign, we wanted to bring that sense of participation to LBank. Whether users are making their first futures trade, working toward a trading milestone, or exploring prediction markets, there is a clear path to take part and earn rewards.”

Looking ahead, LBank will continue developing campaigns that connect trading and prediction markets with the interests that bring communities together. By offering different ways to participate, the exchange aims to make its products more accessible to new users while giving existing users more reasons to explore the platform.

About LBank

Founded in 2015, LBank is a leading global cryptocurrency exchange serving over 30 million registered users in 160 countries and regions. With a daily trading volume exceeding $23.81 billion and 11 years of safety with zero security incidents, LBank is dedicated to providing a comprehensive and user-friendly trading experience. Through innovative trading solutions, the platform has enabled users to achieve average returns of over 130% on newly listed assets.

LBank has listed over 300 mainstream coins and more than 50 high-potential gems. Ranked No. 1 in 100x Gems, Highest Gains, and Meme Share, LBank leads the market with the fastest altcoin listings, unmatched liquidity, and industry-first trading guarantees, making it the go-to platform for crypto investors worldwide.

Follow LBank for Updates:

Website: https://www.lbank.com/

X: https://x.com/LBank_Exchange

Telegram: https://t.me/LBank_en

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/lbank_exchange

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/lbank

ContactPR & Communications TeamLBankpress@lbank.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• Fewer Dogecoin coins are moving on-chain, and daily transfer volume has dropped by roughly a third since mid-October.
• The daily chart still favors sellers, with price stuck under both major moving averages and momentum pointing lower.
• Monday's intraday low near $0.068 now marks the line that separates a pause from a deeper slide.

Dogecoin's network has gone quiet. Block data shows coin transfers shrinking through early November, while the project lost two business partners and no new catalyst has appeared.

That matters because thin demand leaves DOGE exposed as fear grips the wider market. The token has lagged Bitcoin badly this month and just broke a floor that held for days. Traders now face one question: can buyers defend Monday's low, or does fading interest pull the price lower?

Dogecoin's Blockchain Goes Quiet as Partners Walk Away

Block data from Blockchair covering 42,351 blocks between Oct 10 and Nov 9 shows far fewer coins changing hands. From Nov 6 to Nov 8, the network moved an average of 7.96 billion DOGE per day. That is about 37% below the 12.62 billion moved daily in mid-October.

The decline looks steeper in dollar terms. Daily value moved slid from around $1.06 billion in mid-October to roughly $570 million, down about 46%. Falling prices amplified the shrinking coin count.

Nov 7 was the quietest day in a month, with 6.66 billion DOGE moved. Miner revenue also slipped under $1 million a day, reaching about $965,000 on Nov 6. A Nov 5 spike to 174,641 transactions appears technical. Daily counts normally run far lower, so the jump says little about demand.

The project has also lost two partners. The Dogecoin Foundation ended its brand deal with House of Doge, and 21Shares parted ways with its partner for the TDOG ETF. No fresh catalyst has emerged since.

Taken together, the data shows fading interest without signs of an imminent sell-off. Market mood is weak too, with the Fear and Greed Index at 29, firmly in fear.

Both Moving Averages Now Sit Overhead

Dogecoin (DOGE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

DOGE traded near $0.070 on Monday, flat over the past day. The token is down about 6% on the week and roughly 18% over the past month.

A moving average smooths out daily price swings to show the underlying trend. DOGE now sits below its 50-day average near $0.080. It also trades well under its 200-day average, around $0.089. Both lines sit overhead, so each one is likely to act as a ceiling on any rebound.

That layout is a textbook downtrend. The shorter average also sits below the longer one, which shows recent selling has been heavier than the long-run pace. Bulls would need a gain of about 14% just to reach the 50-day line.

Bitcoin shows how much weaker DOGE has been. The largest crypto fell about 9.7% over the past month. It traded near $75,223 on Nov 9. DOGE lost nearly twice as much in that window. Traders tend to cut riskier tokens first when fear spreads, and Dogecoin has taken that hit.

The most recent damage came on Nov 9. Price broke through the $0.0690 floor that had held in prior sessions and touched an intraday low of $0.0679. Buyers then pulled it back. The broken floor now leaves a fresh low for sellers to target.

Sellers Still Steer Despite Stretched Readings

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits at 33 on the daily chart. That reading is weak and edging toward the oversold zone below 30. The selling has run hard and could be getting tired.

A stretched reading alone does not mark a bottom, though. Oversold coins can stay oversold for weeks when buyers stay away. The thin on-chain traffic suggests that demand is still missing.

Other gauges back the sellers. MACD, which tracks shifts in momentum, remains below its signal line, so momentum is still pointing down. Trend strength readings show sellers driving a real trend.

For a lasting bounce, momentum has to turn first. Traders would want to see MACD cross back above its signal line while RSI climbs toward neutral. Until then, any lift is likely to fade.

$0.066 Is the Last Cushion Before a Deeper Drop

Support sits near $0.066, just under Monday's intraday low. That level is the nearest floor still standing.

Losing that floor opens a much deeper target. The next support shows up near $0.056, a sizable gap below. With volume thin and momentum weak, few buyers may step in along the way.

Upside levels are close but stacked. First resistance sits around $0.075. Reclaiming it would ease the immediate pressure and show that buyers can hold ground above the broken floor.

The second hurdle comes near $0.078. Bulls would need to clear that level before they could test the 50-day line.

Where the Next Three Days Could Take DOGE

Two paths stand out over the next three sessions.

• Bullish: A daily close above first resistance would put the second hurdle near the 50-day line in play. That setup fails if price slips back under Monday's intraday low, which would show buyers lost their grip.
• Bearish: A daily close beneath the nearest floor would point toward the deeper support level. That view loses force if DOGE climbs back above first resistance, since sellers would have given up ground.

Fading Demand Leaves Bulls on the Back Foot

For now the bias stays bearish. DOGE needs two things to change together: on-chain activity has to pick up, and price has to climb back over the levels it lost.

Thin activity cuts both ways. Light traffic can exaggerate swings in either direction, so careful position sizing matters more than usual.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Large funds keep selling Ethereum while whales quietly add to their holdings.
• ETH trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and momentum still favors sellers.
• A cluster of resistance near $2,300 has capped every recent bounce, and buyers have yet to crack it.

Institutional investors are still cutting their Ethereum exposure, while on-chain data shows large holders buying the coins the funds are dumping.

That tug of war has slowed the decline in ETH without reversing it. Sellers still control the trend, and the overhead averages have turned into a ceiling. Traders now want to know whether whale demand can outlast fund selling, or whether it will give way first.

Wall Street Sells While Whales Quietly Buy Ethereum

Market data around Nov 9, 2026 shows a steady pattern of selling from Wall Street desks and funds. That supply has hit the market week after week.

A different group is taking the other side. On-chain data points to large holders, known as whales, adding ETH to their wallets during the same stretch. These buyers usually hold big balances and tend to trade less often than funds.

The result is a market split between two camps. One side is cutting exposure, while the other treats lower prices as a chance to build positions.

That split shapes how the price behaves. Whale bids can soak up some of the institutional selling and slow the slide. Reversing the downtrend would require buyers to outpace sellers, and so far they have only kept up.

Ethereum Trades Under Both Key Averages After a 15% Monthly Slide

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ethereum traded near $2,120 on Monday, flat over the past 24 hours. The quiet day comes after a rough month. ETH has lost about 15% over 30 days and about 6% in the past week alone.

The losses arrived steadily, with no single crash, which is how large funds usually exit a position. They sell in pieces over many sessions, and the price drifts lower with each round.

The chart now puts the coin under both of its key moving averages. A moving average tracks the average closing price over a set period and helps show the broader trend. The 200-day average sits near $2,310. The 50-day average sits higher, near $2,360.

Both lines are above the current price, so they act as a ceiling. Rallies toward that zone tend to meet sellers who want out near their break-even level. This cluster is the sell wall that has capped recent bounces.

The 50-day line also sits above the 200-day line. The 50-day was set during stronger weeks and has not yet caught up with the slide. As it falls, the two averages may squeeze even tighter overhead.

Monday's quiet trade is the first sign of a pause. Whale buying appears to be absorbing some supply. One steady day leaves the trend intact, yet it shows buyers are present at these levels.

Sellers Still Steer Momentum Despite Oversold Edges

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits at 33 on the daily chart. That weak reading shows sellers have had the upper hand for weeks. It still sits above 30, the line most traders treat as oversold.

That gap matters for anyone hoping to buy the dip. Coins often find a bounce once RSI drops below 30 and sellers run out of steam. ETH has not reached that zone yet, so the price has room to slide further first.

Other signals agree. The MACD still points down, and trend strength readings show a seller-led downtrend taking shape.

Together these gauges offer no reversal signal yet.

Where Whale Bids Need to Show Up

Overhead, the first test sits near $2,280. That level lies just under the 200-day average and marks the front edge of the resistance zone. Funds looking to exit have used rallies into this area to unload, so buyers would need real volume to push through.

A daily close above it would be the first sign that whale demand is beating institutional supply. The next hurdle would then come near $2,400, just past the 50-day line. Clearing both averages would flip that ceiling into a floor.

Below the price, support forms a tight band between about $1,850 and $1,860. This is where whale accumulation faces its real test. Large holders who have been buying the decline would be expected to defend it with fresh bids.

If they step back, the band offers little cushion. A clean break lower would expose ETH to deeper losses, with no nearby level on the chart to slow the fall.

Two Paths for ETH Over the Next Three Days

• Bullish: A daily close above first resistance would show whale bids winning. That opens a move toward the 200-day average and then the second hurdle past the 50-day line. A drop back under Monday's trading range would cancel this setup.
• Bearish: A break below the support band would extend the slide into open space on the chart. A reclaim of first resistance would invalidate this view and ease the pressure from sellers.

Whale Buying Has Not Yet Beaten the Trend

For now, the bias stays bearish. ETH needs to reclaim the resistance overhead before that view changes. Whale buying has steadied the price without lifting it.

The main risk is a fresh wave of fund selling. If funds speed up their exits, whale demand could be swamped quickly.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Depth in those sections varies widely. Some casinos list dozens of crash games from several studios, while others offer a handful of in-house originals and little else.

The comparison below ranks nine licensed Web3 casinos on the range of their crash and quick-play categories, from studio crash titles to provably fair originals.

What Counts as Quick-Play

Quick-play covers several formats with short rounds and simple controls. The table outlines the main types.

Format

How a round works

Where it usually appears

Crash

A multiplier climbs until it stops, and players cash out first

Crash tab or originals

Dice

Players pick a target and roll

Originals

Mines

Players reveal tiles while avoiding hidden mines

Originals

Plinko

A ball drops through pegs into multiplier slots

Originals or casual tab

Scratch and casual

Quick reveal or short arcade games

Casual tab

Last verified: November 2026

Crash mechanics look simple, yet the maths behind them matters. CryptoDaily's explainer on crash games covers how the multiplier works.

Short Rounds Make the Licence Matter More

Short rounds let players place many bets in a few minutes, which makes budgets and session limits more important. Licensed operators publish game rules and RTP information, and provably fair titles let players verify results themselves.

CryptoDaily's guide to verifying provably fair results shows how to check a round step by step.

House Edge in Originals

Originals often publish a fixed house edge, and some reach very high RTP figures. CryptoDaily's look at how Plinko and dice games set their odds explains the pricing.

9 Licensed Web3 Casinos Ranked on Crash and Quick-Play Depth

Placings weigh the number of crash and quick-play titles, the studio mix, provably fair coverage and how clearly each casino publishes game rules. Operator pages and outside reviews supplied the details.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport lists around 50 titles in its Crash tab and more than 500 games tagged crash, casual or quick-win across its wider library. Around 60 Dexsport games hold a provably fair flag, and Dexapp LTD operates the casino under an Anjouan licence.

2. Stake

Stake offers a wide originals section with crash, dice, mines and Plinko, plus studio quick-play titles. Stake's terms list several restricted countries, so players should confirm access first.

3. BC.Game

BC.Game lists a large originals collection with crash, dice and many variants, alongside studio titles. Some originals follow their own rules, so reading each game's info page helps.

4. Roobet

Roobet features crash and in-house games next to studio slots. Reviewers note that its originals range is smaller than at the larger originals-led casinos.

5. Shuffle

Shuffle offers originals including crash, dice and mines, with house edge figures shown in game. Its token rewards feature heavily, so keeping budgets separate from reward chasing helps.

6. Rollbit

Rollbit lists crash and other quick games beside its casino and trading products. The trading section can blur session limits, so players should set them clearly.

7. Gamdom

Gamdom offers crash, dice and other originals alongside studio games. Reviews describe a solid originals tab with fewer studio quick-play titles.

8. Wild.io

Wild.io includes studio crash games and casual titles in its lobby. Originals appear less prominent than at casinos built around them.

9. Cloudbet

Cloudbet lists studio crash and quick-win titles within a casino focused on slots and live tables. Quick-play depth trails the originals-led platforms, according to reviews.

Quick Rounds Need Firm Budgets

Short rounds compress time, so a fixed budget and a session timer help keep play under control. Auto-cashout settings in crash games can also stop a round from turning into a chase.

Players who notice they are chasing losses should pause and use the casino's self-exclusion route or an outside support service.

Conclusion

Crash and quick-play sections at licensed Web3 casinos range from a few originals to large libraries mixing studio titles and in-house games. Provably fair coverage and published rules help players understand each format.

Dexsport ranks first for the breadth of its crash, casual and quick-win categories and its provably fair titles, while the other casinos offer originals-led or studio-led sections of varying depth. Short rounds make budgets essential.

Set a session limit before playing quick games. Gambling law differs between countries, so check yours, play only once you reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Game libraries, RTP figures and licences change over time and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each casino's current lobby and rules before you play. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• A new DWF Labs study finds most tokens with buyback programs beat Bitcoin this year, and HYPE led the pack.
• HYPE has slipped under its 50-day average, and momentum gauges still favor sellers.
• The support zone resting just above the 200-day average now decides whether the long uptrend survives.

Hyperliquid's token tops a new ranking of crypto buyback programs. DWF Labs found that nearly every token returning value to holders outperformed Bitcoin in 2026, with HYPE far ahead of the field.

The win comes with a catch. Last week's selloff erased more market value than the protocol has spent buying its own token, and ETF money flowed out. Traders now want to know whether steady buybacks can hold the long-term trend in place.

Buyback Tokens Outrun Bitcoin as HYPE Leads the Pack

Tokens that buy back their own supply have crushed Bitcoin this year. A DWF Labs study released Nov 9 found that 13 of 15 cryptos with buyback or value-return programs outperformed the largest coin. Hyperliquid's HYPE led the group, up more than 200% year to date as of Oct 27. Pump.fun's PUMP followed with a gain above 120%, while Bitcoin fell 14.5% over the same stretch.

Hyperliquid sends 95% to 99% of its revenue into HYPE purchases through its Assistance Fund. Those buybacks now total over $1.26B. That equals about 6.9% of the token's market cap.

The program could not stop last week's slide. HYPE shed about $1.85B in market value in seven days, more than every dollar spent on buybacks. U.S. Hyperliquid ETFs posted net outflows of $8M on Nov 6. The token peaked at $98 on Sept 23.

Some news cut the other way. Binance resumed HYPE withdrawals. The Elysium layer-2 network went live Nov 9 and uses HYPE for gas. Hyperliquid futures also earned $2.8M in fees over 24 hours on Nov 7.

HYPE Slips Under Its 50-Day Average but Keeps the Long Trend

Hyperliquid (HYPE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

HYPE traded near $74.60 on Sunday, flat on the day. The calm session follows a rough week. The token has lost about 11% in seven days, and the selling pushed it under its 50-day moving average.

That average, which tracks the mean closing price over the past 50 sessions, now sits near $81.41. Price below it means the line tends to act as a ceiling. Any bounce will likely meet sellers there first.

The longer picture still looks intact. HYPE remains above its 200-day average, near $69.65. Traders often treat that slower line as the dividing mark between a long-term uptrend and a downtrend. As long as price stays above it, the rally that started at the end of 2025 has not been broken.

HYPE has dropped out of its recent trading range without falling into a deeper decline.

Across 30 days the token is down about 13%. Most of that loss came in the last week, after a slow fade through October. A steady drip of selling drove it, pulling the price lower even as the buybacks continued.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum Edge

HYPE's daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 38. That sits in weak territory, below the neutral middle band. It is still well above 30, the line that marks oversold conditions.

An oversold reading often signals that sellers are running out of steam. HYPE has not reached that point, so the token still has room to slide before a bounce looks likely.

The MACD, which compares short and long price trends, sits below its signal line. In plain terms, momentum is still pointing down. Trend strength readings also show a move taking shape, with sellers in control. Neither gauge has flashed a reversal yet.

Why $72.49 Decides the Next Leg

Nearest support sits near $72.49, a short step below the current price. That floor rests just above the 200-day average, so the two levels work as one zone. Buyers have a clear line to defend.

A drop under that zone on a closing basis would change the picture. It would put HYPE below its long-term trend line for the first time since the rally began. The next support on the daily chart waits near $63.77, which leaves a lot of open air below.

The upside map is tighter. Resistance stands near $82.61, just above the 50-day average. A move back over that level would put price above both, and it would ease the selling pressure that has built through the week.

The next ceiling sits near $84.64, close behind the first. A rebound would need to clear both before traders start talking about the old highs again.

Two Paths for HYPE Into Midweek

Both setups for the week hinge on the levels mapped above.

• Bullish: A daily close above first resistance would put HYPE back over the 50-day line and open a run at the next ceiling just behind it. Fresh ETF inflows and steady fee income would help that case. The setup fails if price drops back under nearest support.
• Bearish: Settling below that support and the 200-day average would point toward the lower floor on the daily chart. The setup fails if buyers reclaim the 50-day average.

Buybacks Need Buyers Behind Them

Sellers control the short term until HYPE wins back its 50-day average. The flywheel keeps turning, but it cannot carry the price alone. More ETF outflows could swamp the buybacks and push HYPE under its long-term floor.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The company announced the expansion on November 10, just ahead of Solana Breakpoint. It’s the next step in Jupiter’s mission to make digital assets easier to find, own, earn from, and manage. Instead of bouncing between a handful of apps, users will be able to handle more of it from Jupiter.

The push builds on Jupiter’s track record as a decentralized exchange aggregator, which has handled more than $2 trillion in total trading volume. According to early-November data from DeFiLlama, Jupiter’s wider ecosystem holds roughly $1.7 billion in total value locked, and its lending market has passed $1 billion in active loans.

The Four New Products

The releases cover four areas: finding assets, managing a portfolio, investing, and earning yield.

Upgraded Pulse and token pages. The first update helps users research assets before they buy. Token pages now show information suited to each type of asset. Tokenized stocks and ETFs get real-world market data, DeFi projects get tokenomics, and there are new tools for comparing tokens side by side.

Baskets. This new feature lets users buy several tokens at once with a single deposit in SOL or USDC. Instead of placing trade after trade, users invest in a group of assets weighted either by market cap or by fixed amounts. Baskets rebalance on their own, and every deposit, adjustment, and withdrawal runs through Jupiter’s existing trading engine.

Jupiter Vaults. Vaults give users access to yield strategies run by independent curators. These range from optimized stablecoin lending to opportunities tied to real-world assets. Before putting money in, users can check each strategy’s risk profile, allocations, and past yields. Vaults open in private beta on November 11 for eligible JUP stakers and people from a waitlist that has drawn more than 19,000 sign-ups.

Portfolio V3. The last piece is a rebuilt portfolio dashboard. It does more than show what you hold: you can act on it directly. Balances, market moves, relevant news, and risk alerts all appear together, and from the same screen users can trade, open perpetuals, join prediction markets, and lend.

Portfolio V3 also adds universal transfers, which pull together multiple bridges so users can move assets across chains from a single Solana wallet. Jupiter says portfolio positions now load in under 200 milliseconds on average.

From Trading Aggregator to All-in-One Platform

These launches show Jupiter taking the aggregation approach that made it a leader in Solana trading and applying it to much more.

As tokenized stocks, stablecoins, DeFi products, and other assets move onchain, users often end up using one platform to research, another to trade, another to earn yield, and yet another to track it all. Jupiter wants to fold all of that into a single ecosystem.

“What Google did for information, Jupiter is doing for assets,” said Kash Dhanda, Chief Operating Officer at Jupiter. “We started with the trade because it was the hardest problem on Solana, and aggregation solved it. That taught us something: aggregation doesn’t just work for trading, it works for everything.”

The new products join a lineup that already includes perpetual futures, lending, staking, tokenized assets, and prediction markets, as Jupiter works to become the main gateway to onchain finance.

Rolling Out Ahead of Breakpoint

Jupiter is releasing the new products over the week leading up to Solana Breakpoint on November 15, sharing more details on each one before the conference.

Portfolio V3 is already live, and Vaults enters private beta on November 11. Pulse, the new token pages, and Baskets are also part of the phased rollout.

Taken together, the launches mark a shift for Jupiter. It is moving from a focus on trade execution toward a full financial ecosystem. Rather than building separate destinations for every asset type and activity, the company is betting that aggregation can make increasingly complex onchain markets easier for everyday users to navigate.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Bitcoin slid to a two-month low as an Nvidia board probe and stalled Iran talks hit risk appetite.
• Price sits under both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and momentum still favors sellers.
• The 200-day line near $76,000 is the level bulls must reclaim to stop the slide.

Bitcoin fell to its weakest level since August on Monday as a forced unwinding of leveraged bets swept crypto markets. Most of the positions closed out were bullish wagers, caught off guard by a probe at Nvidia and a deadlock in U.S. talks with Iran.

Traders now want to know if the long squeeze has cleared out leverage or opened the door to deeper losses.

Nvidia Scandal and Iran Deadlock Trigger a Long Squeeze

Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang acknowledged an affair with Alice Huang, a woman U.S. officials reportedly believe passed information to China. The chipmaker's board has opened an independent investigation. The news hit tech stocks and dragged risk appetite lower across markets.

Washington added a second blow. Secretary of State Marco Rubio said negotiations with Iran had stalled, calling Iranian demands "outrageous." That raised the odds of a longer geopolitical standoff.

Crypto traders were caught leaning the wrong way. CoinGlass data showed over $1.14 billion in leveraged positions wiped out in 24 hours. About 90% of those were longs, bets on higher prices.

Ether took the biggest hit, with roughly $500 million liquidated. Bitcoin saw $305.3 million in forced selling. It dipped to $73,650 on Monday, its lowest level since August.

Altcoins fell harder. ETH dropped 5.6% and XRP lost 6.3%, while SOL also slid. Retail sentiment on Bitcoin turned bearish on social platforms.

Bitcoin Trapped Beneath Both Major Averages

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin traded near $75,000 on the latest data, below both of its key moving averages. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. When price sits under one, that average tends to act as a ceiling.

The 50-day average stands around $79,000, well overhead. The 200-day average, a gauge of the long-term trend, sits near $76,000. Price is just under that line. The shorter average still rides above the longer one. Traders call this a bearish stack, because each rally runs into two layers of selling.

Losses have built up steadily. Bitcoin is down about 10% over the past month. That pattern points to a grinding downtrend, without any single panic candle behind it.

Analyst Ted Pillows flagged the same weakness on a longer timeframe. He said Bitcoin just closed its fifth straight red week and fell below its 50-week moving average. Failure to win that level back, he said, could open a path toward $70,000.

The past 24 hours offered a pause. Bitcoin was flat on the day after the liquidation wave cleared out crowded longs. Buyers have not yet shown the strength to turn the trend.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum Edge

Momentum readings back up the bearish picture. The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits at 36. That is weak, but it has not yet dropped into oversold territory below 30. In plain terms, sellers still have room to push before the market looks stretched.

The MACD, a tool that tracks shifts in momentum, is still below its signal line. That means downward pressure has not faded. Trend strength readings tell the same story, with a fresh trend taking shape and sellers in charge.

Buyers would need a clear shift in momentum before any recovery looks durable.

$76K Is the Ceiling Bulls Need to Crack

The nearest resistance lines up with the 200-day average, which makes that zone the first real test for buyers. A move through it would turn a long-term ceiling back into a floor.

MN Fund founder Michael van de Poppe set an even tighter trigger. He said a daily close above the round number where Bitcoin now trades could support a bounce. Without it, he warned, the market could see another deep decline this week. He added that a rebound in stocks could help crypto recover more strongly.

Clearing the 200-day line would not end the work. The next ceiling sits near $80K, close to the 50-day average. That second layer is where the bearish stack would face its real challenge.

The downside looks thinner. Support on the daily chart does not appear until about $63K, a wide gap. Pillows' downside target would likely serve as a waypoint on any slide toward that deeper floor.

Two Paths From the $76K Pivot

The 200-day line decides which of two outcomes plays out.

• Bullish: Reclaiming the 200-day average on a closing basis would open a run toward the 50-day line. A stock market recovery after the Nvidia shock could tilt odds this way, echoing van de Poppe's view. A drop back under Monday's August-level low would cancel this setup.
• Bearish: A rejection at the 200-day line, followed by a break below the two-month low, would put Pillows' downside target in play. A close back above the 50-day zone would invalidate it.

Bears Keep Control Until the 200-Day Is Reclaimed

The bias stays bearish while Bitcoin trades under its 200-day average.

Headlines remain the wild card. Any new turn in the Nvidia probe or the Iran talks could jolt prices quickly. With leverage still in the market, those swings can force fresh liquidations on either side.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

New funding will advance institutional-grade blockchain infrastructure built for privacy, compliance, and global connectivity

Alta, a financial infrastructure company building the foundation for the next generation of global finance, today announced it has raised $80 million in total funding, including a $47.5 million Series A round and $32.5 million in previous seed financing. The Series A was led by Index Ventures, with participation from GV (Google Ventures), Blackbird Ventures, Square Peg, and Capital 49.

Alta is building new institutional-grade blockchain infrastructure that enables financial assets and products to move instantly, globally, and programmatically. Unlike existing infrastructure built primarily for crypto-native applications, Alta is designed to meet the privacy, compliance, neutrality, and operational requirements of regulated financial institutions while supporting transactions across assets, chains, and jurisdictions. Its launch comes as regulatory clarity improves and institutional demand for tokenized finance accelerates.

“Existing blockchains aren’t designed for the privacy and compliance requirements of global financial institutions,” said Loong Wang, Co-Founder and CEO of Alta. “We're taking a fundamentally different approach, building privacy, programmable compliance, and identity and authorization directly into the blockchain. This will enable money and assets to move instantly, globally, and securely, whether it's a bank settling a transaction or an AI agent making a payment.”

Today's global financial system is fragmented and still has many areas of inefficiency. Moving money across borders can take days, and institutions must maintain substantial cash buffers to ensure liquidity across jurisdictions and payment networks. An estimated $4 trillion is tied up in prefunded accounts globally. Alta is building a more efficient system, combining instant settlement with global payment connectivity, foreign exchange, and treasury management capabilities. 

At the core of Alta's technology is a new blockchain architecture built on recursive zero-knowledge cryptography. It enables institutions to keep balances, transactions, identities, and compliance policies private while verifying that transactions meet the required rules. Designed to work across assets, chains, and jurisdictions, Alta combines programmable compliance with the controls and scalability needed for institutional finance and agentic commerce.

“Technology alone won't be enough to modernize global finance. Financial institutions need infrastructure they can trust, with clear controls over who they're transacting with, where money can move, and how sensitive information is protected,” said Catherine Porter, Co-Founder and President of Alta. “As AI agents increasingly make financial decisions and execute transactions, that trust becomes even more critical. Privacy, compliance, and accountability just aren’t barriers to innovation – they’re what will allow it to scale.”

Leading financial platform Airwallex has chosen to build on Alta, connecting its global payments infrastructure with Alta’s blockchain technology. In addition to pay-ins and pay-outs via stablecoins, the collaboration will support connectivity to local fiat payment networks across 200 countries and 90 currencies. Alta is designed as neutral infrastructure that banks, payment providers, and other financial institutions can build on.

Alta’s first product will help businesses manage liquidity more efficiently and reduce cash buffers tied up in prefunded accounts. Built on tokenized assets, it will enable just-in-time funding, more efficient foreign exchange, and allow businesses to instantly move in and out of yield-bearing tokenized assets, maximizing the interest earned on otherwise idle capital.

“With the rise of agentic banking and programmable payments, stablecoins are becoming an important vector for settlement. Financial institutions need blockchain infrastructure that is private, neutral, regulated, and connected to global fiat rails. Alta is building exactly that,” said Jack Zhang, Co-Founder of Alta and Co-Founder/CEO of Airwallex. “We’re proud to be an early design partner and help Alta deliver onchain finance at institutional scale.”

Backed by Leading Global Investors

Alta’s investors bring together expertise across financial technology, enterprise infrastructure, and blockchain innovation.

“Loong is the sort of technologist you only meet a few times in a career. After a major fintech exit from his first company, he went on to run the largest supercomputing calculation in history at its time, then discovered a cancer drug now in human trials. With Catherine’s exceptional track record of bringing industry leaders to the table and Jack’s understanding of the problem space, this is a team we had to back,” said Jan Hammer, Partner at Index Ventures.

“The Alta founders have successfully built and scaled multi-billion-dollar technology and financial infrastructure businesses, and understand how to de-risk complex institutional execution. We have been impressed with their combination of deep-tech blockchain engineering, institutional go-to-market knowledge, and vision for scale, and we look forward to supporting them in their mission to reimagine financial infrastructure at its core,” said Tom Hulme, Managing Partner at GV. 

The new funding will support continued development of Alta's blockchain infrastructure, expansion of its institutional partnerships and global financial connectivity, and growth of its engineering and compliance teams.

About Alta

Alta is building global financial infrastructure for the future of tokenized finance. Combining an institutional-grade blockchain with global payments connectivity, foreign exchange, and treasury capabilities, Alta is creating the foundation for a more efficient, private, compliant, and connected global financial system. Learn more at alta.finance. 

ContactBridgett Freybridgett@dowling-group.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• Charles Schwab added Solana to its retail crypto platform, alongside Avalanche and Chainlink.
• SOL sits deep in oversold territory, yet momentum gauges still favor sellers.
• A break of the nearest support floor could open a slide toward $70.

Charles Schwab now lets its retail clients buy Solana. The brokerage added SOL, Avalanche and Chainlink to its crypto service, ending a lineup that held only bitcoin and ethereum.

The timing is awkward for Solana bulls. The token barely moved on the news while rival listings rallied, and its chart still shows a market controlled by sellers. Traders now want to know if new brokerage demand can hold the floor before it gives way.

Schwab Adds Solana as Its Crypto Menu Grows to Five

Charles Schwab added Solana (SOL), Avalanche (AVAX) and Chainlink (LINK) to its Schwab Crypto platform on Nov 9, 2026. The service had offered only bitcoin and ethereum until now. Clients can trade five assets in total.

Schwab Crypto began rolling out in May and reached all eligible retail clients in October. Charles Schwab Premier Bank, SSB, offers the service. Trades carry a fee of 75 basis points on the dollar value of each order. Clients can use Schwab.com, Schwab Mobile or thinkorswim.

The product is not available in New York, Louisiana, US territories or outside the country. The company said it plans to add more coins over time.

Joe Vietri, Head of Digital Assets at Charles Schwab, said the firm wants "to give clients greater choice and flexibility in how they invest in digital assets."

Traders responded unevenly. AVAX jumped about 8% and LINK gained about 2%. SOL slipped about 0.2%, while bitcoin rose about 0.6% and Schwab shares added about 1.4%. Of the three new listings, Solana drew the weakest response.

Solana Trades Well Beneath Both Long Averages

Solana (SOL) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Solana traded near $86 on the latest daily close. That leaves the token well under both of the long moving averages that traders watch to judge the bigger trend. A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the mean closing price over a set number of days.

The 50-day average sits near $100. The 200-day average is close to $97. Price below both lines means sellers have controlled the market over the past two months and the past half year. Those averages now act as ceilings. Any bounce would have to clear them before buyers could claim the trend had turned.

Most of the damage came before Schwab made its move. SOL fell about 22% over the past 30 days and roughly 7% over the past week. New retail access did little to change that direction on day one.

Yesterday's session was flat, a breather after weeks of selling. A quiet day can let short-term sellers step back, but it does not show buyers taking charge.

Traders will want a run of higher closes before reading the calm as more than a pause.

Oversold Readings Have Not Stopped the Sellers

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 27. Readings below 30 count as oversold. That means sellers have pushed hard and fast, and the selling may be stretched.

Still, a floor may not be in. In strong downtrends, RSI can stay low for days or weeks while price keeps grinding lower. Buyers often wait for proof before stepping in.

Other gauges point the same way. The MACD line, which tracks shifts in momentum, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, momentum is still pointing down. Trend strength readings also show a real trend, and sellers are the ones leading it.

A relief rally would likely need momentum to turn first. Traders will watch for the MACD to cross back above its signal line and for RSI to climb out of oversold territory. Until then, rallies may fade quickly.

Why $73.83 Matters More Than the Listing

Nearest support sits near $74, the last floor the data maps. No mapped level lies beneath it, so a clean break would leave little to slow a slide toward $70.

That gap explains why traders care more about this line than about Schwab's move. New retail access cannot help much if price keeps sinking with no clear floor below.

Overhead, resistance sits near $96. Rebounds have stalled under that zone, and it caps any bounce for now. A daily close back above it would be the first real sign of strength from buyers.

The next hurdle is the round number just above. Clearing it would put SOL back alongside both long averages, where the bigger trend gets decided. Until then, sellers keep the upper hand.

Two Paths for Solana Over the Next Three Days

The next three days should show which side tests its line first.

• Bullish: An oversold bounce that ends with a daily close above resistance would open a run toward the round number overhead. A slide back through the current price area toward the support floor would cancel that setup.
• Bearish: Steady selling would bring a test of support, and a break would point toward the lower round number. A reclaim of resistance would undo the bearish case and hand buyers the short-term edge.

Access Is Expanding Faster Than Demand

Schwab's listing puts SOL in front of millions of brokerage clients, and that should help demand over time. In the near term, sellers still control the trend, and support looks like the likelier test.

Short sellers face a real risk. Deeply oversold markets can snap higher fast, forcing bearish traders to buy back positions in a hurry.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Spin Casino in New Zealand, for example, currently lists 12 cryptocurrencies as deposit methods: 

• Bitcoin

• Ethereum

• Binance Coin

• XRP

• USD Coin

• Bitcoin Cash

• Litecoin

• Solana

• Dogecoin

• Tron

• Cardano

• Tether

Similar combinations also appear on the payment pages of BitStarz, Jacks Club and Wild.io, although the exact lists and supported networks vary by operator. The change is less about a single industry-wide launch and more about payment menus expanding to reflect a wider range of crypto holdings.

Bitcoin and Ethereum still anchor the list

Bitcoin and Ethereum remain the two most recognisable names on crypto payment pages, but they are now part of a much larger selection.

Players reviewing the crypto currencies at Spincasino.com can currently find 12 supported deposit options, with Bitcoin and Ethereum listed alongside ten other assets. BitStarz, Jacks Club and Wild.io also list both BTC and ETH among their supported cryptocurrencies. 

The broader selection matters because it reduces the need for users to convert one digital asset into another simply to use a supported payment method. A player holding Litecoin, Cardano or Solana, for example, may be able to deposit that asset directly if the operator supports it and the correct blockchain network is used.

The exact process remains platform-specific. Operators can set their own minimum deposits, supported networks and wallet requirements, so users still need to check the payment page before transferring funds.

Stablecoins have become part of the standard mix

Tether and USD Coin are also appearing alongside more volatile cryptocurrencies. Both are designed to track the value of the US dollar, which makes them different from assets such as Bitcoin, Ethereum and Dogecoin. Their inclusion gives users access to blockchain-based payments without requiring them to hold an asset whose market price can move sharply over short periods.

The network detail is important. A platform may support USDT on one blockchain but not another, or accept several network versions of the token. Sending funds over an unsupported network can prevent a deposit from being credited automatically, so compatibility matters as much as the asset name itself.

Alternative networks are filling out payment menus

The rest of the 12-asset group shows how far casino crypto support has moved beyond the original Bitcoin-only model. These coins do not serve identical purposes; some operate on networks designed around general-purpose blockchain activity, while others were developed with payments, lower transaction costs or faster settlement in mind. 

From a casino payment perspective, however, the practical change is simpler: operators are offering users more ways to fund their accounts with assets they may already hold.

There is still no universal list. Bitcasino.io, for example, supports several of the same currencies but also includes Polygon and The Open Network. Other operators support even larger selections. The result is a market in which Bitcoin and Ethereum remain common reference points, while the surrounding list can differ substantially from one platform to another.

The shift is from crypto support to multi-asset support

A few years ago, saying that an online casino accepted cryptocurrency often meant that it accepted Bitcoin. Current payment pages increasingly show a different model: multiple assets, multiple networks and, in some cases, both stablecoins and established altcoins available in the same wallet interface.

For users, the immediate benefit is choice. Direct support for more currencies can reduce the need to move funds through an exchange simply to obtain a specific deposit asset. It can also make existing crypto holdings more usable across platforms.

The trade-off is greater complexity. More supported currencies mean more wallet addresses, network options and transaction rules to check. A correct coin sent over the wrong network may still create problems, which is why several operators now publish network-specific deposit instructions alongside their currency lists.

What changed?

The clearest change is not that one new cryptocurrency has displaced another. It is that online casino payment systems are moving towards broader multi-asset support.

Bitcoin, Ethereum, Binance Coin, XRP, USD Coin, Bitcoin Cash, Litecoin, Solana, Dogecoin, Tron, Cardano and Tether now appear together on Spin Casino's payment page, while substantial overlap can be seen at several other crypto-enabled casinos.

That does not make the 12 assets an industry standard, and availability can change by operator and region. It does show that crypto payment support is no longer defined by Bitcoin alone. The current product trend is towards offering users a wider set of digital assets to choose from, with the payment page increasingly functioning like a multi-currency wallet rather than a single-coin deposit option.

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored article and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• BitMine Immersion kept stacking ether in its latest weekly update, yet the coin still lost ground to Bitcoin.
• Ether now trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and momentum gauges still favor sellers.
• A tight support band below the market is the floor traders are watching if the slide continues.

Ethereum's largest corporate holder is still buying. BitMine Immersion added more ether last week, but the token keeps sliding against Bitcoin, and its ratio to BTC just hit a four-month low.

The split matters because whale demand has failed to offset ETF redemptions and growing supply. Traders now want to know whether corporate buying can build a floor before sellers set one.

Whale Buying Fails to Stop the Slide Against Bitcoin

Ethereum closed at 0.0284 BTC on Nov 8, its weakest reading against Bitcoin since July 12. Back then the pair bottomed at 0.0283. The ratio shows how much Bitcoin one ether buys, so a lower number means ETH is losing the race.

The slide came even as BitMine Immersion kept buying. The company added 9,587 ETH in its latest weekly update. It now holds 6,070,092 ETH, about 4.97% of supply. The company has staked 5,227,037 of those coins.

Fund investors are moving the other way. U.S. spot ether ETFs lost a net $365.3 million from Nov 2 to Nov 6, leaving the average buyer underwater. Bitcoin funds shed $1.28 billion over the same days, but their holders sit on firmer ground.

Supply adds pressure. Roughly 122.2 million ETH now exist, up from about 120.7 million in October 2025. Token Terminal data shows on-chain stablecoins and funds fell about 19% after the KelpDAO exploit. The total dropped to $168.3 billion. Vitalik Buterin said the fee burn was never a price floor.

ETH trades about 56.7% below its $4,946 record. A turnaround needs the ratio back above 0.0320. A close below 0.0283 keeps Bitcoin the stronger hold.

Both Moving Averages Now Sit Overhead

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ether changed hands near $2,120 on Monday, flat over the past day. The calm hides a weak week. The token is down about 6% over seven days, and buyers have not stepped in to reverse it.

A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. ETH now trades below its 50-day average near $2,360. It also sits under the 200-day average, around $2,310. When price holds below both lines, each one tends to act as a ceiling.

The order of the two averages adds a wrinkle. The 50-day still sits above the 200-day, a leftover from stronger months. That gap is narrow, and price has dropped beneath both. In practice, a recovery would have to clear the 200-day first and then fight through the 50-day just above it.

Over the past month, ETH has lost about 15%. On the daily chart, that drop leaves price pinned near the bottom of its 30-day range. There is no sign of a base yet, and each dip has carried on lower.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum

Momentum readings point the same way as the averages. The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of buying and selling pressure, sits near 33. That reading is weak but still above 30, the usual oversold line. In plain terms, sellers have pushed hard, but the gauge leaves room for more downside before any stretched bounce becomes likely.

The MACD, a tool that compares short and longer price trends, stays below its signal line. That means momentum is still pointing down. Buyers have not produced the crossover that often marks the first turn higher.

Trend strength tells a similar story. A trend is starting to form, and sellers are leading it. A fresh downtrend tends to feed on itself as late buyers give up. For now the chart offers no bounce signal.

Where Does the Floor Sit if $2,120 Gives Way?

The first hurdle sits overhead at about $2,280. Buyers would need to settle above that mark to show the selling has paused. A reclaim would open the way toward the zone where both averages cluster. Above them, the next resistance waits near $2,400, a level that would put ETH back inside its earlier range.

Below the market, the picture is thinner. The nearest support forms a tight band between roughly $1,850 and $1,860. That shelf sits well beneath the current price, so a slide toward it would mean a further drop of more than 12%. Little on the daily chart stands in the way before then.

The two levels sit so close together that they act as one floor. If ETH closes below it, the chart shows no nearby support. Large holders like BitMine might buy that dip, but their buying has not stopped this decline so far.

Two Paths for the Next 72 Hours

• Bullish: A daily close above the first resistance would show buyers back in charge and target the next ceiling just above the averages. A drop back below Monday's price would cancel that setup.
• Bearish: If ETH keeps failing under that first hurdle, sellers likely press it toward the lower support band. A close above the higher resistance level would invalidate this path.

Bitcoin Remains the Stronger Hold

Until ether climbs back over its two moving averages and lifts its Bitcoin ratio, the trend stays with sellers. So far the chart has ignored BitMine's steady buying.

The main risk sits with fund flows. Another week of ETF redemptions, or a break through that support band, could speed up the selling.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Those rules differ sharply between regulators. Malta-licensed casinos work under European data protection law, while offshore frameworks lean more on anti-money laundering rules than on privacy rights.

Here is what the main licences expect on player data, how that shapes the signup and verification process and what players can check in a privacy policy.

Two Sets of Rules Shape Player Data

Casino data obligations come from two directions. Anti-money laundering rules push operators to collect and keep records, while privacy laws limit what they may gather and how long they may hold it.

Framework

Main data focus

What players usually see

Malta

Privacy rights under EU law, plus AML duties

Data access requests, consent controls

Curaçao

AML and player protection under the 2024 framework

Verification at deposit or withdrawal stages

Anjouan

AML and KYC record keeping

Checks on request, records kept for compliance

Global AML standards

Record retention after an account closes

Data kept for several years

Last verified: November 2026

International AML standards from the Financial Action Task Force call for transaction records to be kept for at least five years. CryptoDaily's overview of licence regimes covers the wider licence obligations.

Data Collected at Different Stages

Licensed Web3 casinos often stage data collection. Signup may ask only for a wallet or email, while deposits, withdrawals and larger wins trigger further checks.

Third parties see part of that data too, from payment partners to KYC vendors and analytics tools. CryptoDaily's look at cookie banners to KYC vendors traces who sees what.

Retention After Closure

Account closure rarely deletes everything at once. AML rules require some records to stay on file, while privacy laws limit what the operator may keep past that point.

Privacy Policies Differ in Clarity

Privacy policies vary in clarity. Strong policies name the categories of data collected, the purposes, the third parties involved and the retention periods.

CryptoDaily's ranking of casinos on privacy policy clarity shows how widely those documents differ.

Dexsport Keeps Signup Data Light Under Its Anjouan Licence

Dexsport opens accounts through an email, Google, Telegram or one of six wallets, with agreement to its terms and privacy policy implied on submission. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence, and the terms reserve the right to request identity documents, so KYC or AML checks may apply later.

The platform works with a third-party partner for payment processing, crypto exchange and wallet connection, which means some data passes to that partner. Its terms add that Dexsport deletes data collected from accounts in restricted countries under its privacy policy when it closes them.

Conclusion

Licensed Web3 casinos balance two sets of rules on player data, with AML duties pushing for collection and retention while privacy laws set limits. Malta follows EU data protection law, while offshore frameworks focus more on AML records.

Data collection often happens in stages, from a wallet signup to checks at withdrawal, and some records stay on file after an account closes. Privacy policies differ widely in how clearly they explain those practices.

Read the privacy policy before signing up. Gambling rules vary by country, so confirm the law where you live, play only at legal age and keep in mind that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Data protection rules, AML requirements and licences change over time and vary by jurisdiction, so read each casino's current privacy policy and terms before you sign up. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Tokenized U.S. high-yield credit products are now accessible to institutions on Fireblocks, after real-world asset blockchain Pharos Network announced Tuesday that it has integrated the custody platform.

The products available at launch include the Raffaello NYLIM HYB Vault (pRNH), the NYLIM Anemoy fund and Axil Prime Credit (APC), a credit strategy issued on R25 Protocol. PROS, the native coin of Pharos, is also supported. Pharos said assets aggregated across its RWA platform now exceed $241.64 million.

For institutional allocators, the integration addresses one of the main operational hurdles in tokenized credit: holding the assets inside approved custody systems. Funds, asset managers, payment service providers and exchanges already using Fireblocks can hold, transfer and manage the supported assets within their existing workspaces, applying the same approval workflows and security policies they use for other digital assets.

Fireblocks provides multi-party computation (MPC) private key management and configurable transaction policies, including smart contract whitelisting and multi-party approvals, which govern supported Pharos transactions according to each institution’s own permissions.

For credit issuers, the deal opens a distribution channel to institutions that were previously unable to engage with assets on the network. Pharos said the integration connects onchain credit strategies such as APC directly to institutional digital asset infrastructure.

“Institutions do not adopt new networks by rebuilding their stack. They adopt them through the infrastructure they already run,” said Wish Wu, co-founder and CEO of Pharos.

The two companies also plan joint go-to-market work, including coordinated industry event appearances and selective introductions between Pharos issuers and institutional audiences.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• MARA sold a large share of its bitcoin treasury in about six weeks and says more sales are coming.
• Bitcoin trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, with sellers still steering momentum.
• The 200-day line near $76,000 now stands as the first test for any rebound.

MARA Holdings, one of the largest public bitcoin miners, has turned into a steady seller of its own coins. The company is raising cash to pay down debt and build AI data centers, and it plans to keep going.

That shift lands at an awkward time for bitcoin. The price sits near a two-month low, and buyers have shown little appetite. Traders now want to know whether the market can absorb a miner that keeps selling.

MARA Sells 40% of Its Bitcoin Stack to Fund an AI Pivot

MARA Holdings sold 13,597 BTC in the roughly six weeks after September, raising about $1.1 billion. The average price came to about $81,039 per coin. The sale equals about 40% of the 34,012 BTC the miner held at the end of September. It also equals six times what MARA mined in the third quarter.

Most of the cash went to debt. MARA said it used $750 million to repay bitcoin-backed loans, which released 17,477 pledged coins. The share of its bitcoin pledged or lent out fell to under 5% from 57%. The company took those loans in August to help buy Long Ridge, a 485 MW natural-gas power business set to close in the coming weeks.

The selling will continue. "We intend to continue using bitcoin to build cash for purposes such as AI infrastructure opportunities," MARA said. Proceeds may also cover debt and buybacks, with up to $500 million authorized by the board.

That reverses the miner's July 2024 pledge to hold every coin it mined. Its 2026 sales now top 40,000 BTC. Third-quarter revenue fell 35% to $164 million. The quarter's $632 million profit leaned on a large accounting gain.

Bitcoin Slips Under Both Key Averages as Miner Supply Hits the Market

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin traded near $75,000 on Tuesday, flat over the past day. That leaves the price below its 50-day moving average near $79,000. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. Price sitting under it means the average now acts as a ceiling.

The 200-day average sits just overhead, near $76,000. That line tracks the longer trend, and bitcoin has slipped beneath it too. With price under both averages, the setup leans bearish on short and long time frames.

MARA did much of its selling above current levels. Its average sale price sat several thousand dollars higher than where bitcoin trades now. The miner sold steadily as the market fell, and buyers absorbed that supply at ever lower prices.

The broader slide is plain. Bitcoin is down about 10% over 30 days. The past week added a further loss of about 2%.

Sellers pushed the price as low as $73,650 on Nov 9, its weakest level in two months. Bitcoin has bounced only modestly since then. The recovery has not yet reached either moving average.

That leaves a thin cushion for fresh supply. A miner that plans to keep selling adds weight to a market already struggling to find buyers. Any rebound now has to work through MARA's ongoing sales first.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand, Though Not Yet Oversold

Momentum gauges tell the same story as the averages. The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, stands near 37. That reading sits in weak territory, below the neutral middle of the scale. It also sits well above 30, the line that marks oversold conditions.

That gap matters for traders hoping for a quick bounce. Oversold readings often attract bargain hunters, but bitcoin has not reached that point yet. The price has room to fall further before the indicator flags a selling extreme.

MACD, a tool that compares short and longer price trends, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, downside momentum has not faded. Trend readings also show sellers in the lead.

Why $76K Is the First Wall Bulls Must Climb

Bitcoin's nearest resistance lines up with the 200-day average. That overlap makes the level harder to break, since sellers who bought near the longer trend line may look to exit there. A daily close back above it would ease the pressure and show buyers regaining some control.

The next hurdle sits near $80,000, close to the 50-day line. Bulls would need to clear both levels to repair the damage of the past month. Until then, rallies are likely to meet steady selling, including from MARA.

Below the market, buyers look scarce. The nearest support sits near $63,000, far below the current price. The data shows no firmer floor between here and there.

That gap creates an air pocket. If the Nov 9 low gives way, the price could slide quickly with few levels to slow it. A break below that support would signal a deeper correction.

Two Paths for Bitcoin Over the Next Three Days

Each setup hinges on a level already in play.

• Bullish: A daily close above the 200-day average would open a run toward the 50-day line. A drop back below the Nov 9 low would cancel this view.
• Bearish: A break under that Nov 9 low would expose the distant support level. A reclaim of the 200-day average would cancel this view.

A Miner Turned Seller Keeps Bitcoin on the Defensive

The bias stays bearish until bitcoin reclaims its 200-day average.

MARA's plan adds a known source of supply to a fragile market. If other miners follow its lead to fund AI projects or pay down debt, extra coins could speed up any break lower. Buyers would then face a heavier load at every level.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Strong bounce or $69K next?

Source: TradingView

The 4-hour time frame reveals the two parallel channels, one on top of the other, with the price action starting to bunch below the bottom channel, but above the horizontal resistance at $73,800. A descending trendline has been rejigged slightly, which the $BTC price has recently retested.

Another descending trendline has been drawn from the last lower high. This brings into perspective a small descending wedge. Should the price manage to break through the upper trendline, rather than the lower one, the bulls will have a chance to make something of it. A weak bounce and then another roll-over will certainly not cut it. It’s either a strong bounce, or the $BTC price is headed to $69K.

Horizontal support and 200-day SMA to provide the brake

Source: TradingView

The price action decline in the daily chart does not look as though it is going to come to a halt any time soon. That said, there is a possible brake that can be exerted at around the current level. This comes in the form of a pretty decent horizontal support level, and the 200-day simple moving average (SMA). Could a candle tail come down to test the 200-day SMA with the candle body remaining above the $73,800 support? That’s probably the bullish take. If the $BTC price falls through both supports, it's to the top of the 2021 bull market at $69K that we go next. Five years later, the Bitcoin price would be at the same level. That said, silver has just come down to the same level it reached back in 1980, and it does look rather bullish from here…

MACD cross-down but inverse head and shoulders to the rescue?

Source: TradingView

In the weekly chart, if we first look at the MACD indicator, it can be seen that historically the crossovers of the blue MACD line with the red signal line have all resulted in some fairly dramatic corrections. However, if we come forward to today there does seem to be a difference. While it does rather look like there is going to be a cross down in the MACD, the price action made its top a couple of months ago. They don’t match up? Yes, the MACD is a lagging indicator, but 8 weeks does seem a bit of stretch. Could it be that the indicator lines either do not cross, or they have a very shallow cross down before crossing back up again?

Over to the green shaded area. This is the potential formation of a giant inverse head and shoulders bottoming pattern. The right shoulder could come all the way down to the bull market trendline and still not invalidate the pattern. It may be that there could still be some downside to come, but in the grand scheme of things this pattern could push the $BTC price all the way up to $116K.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Licensed Web3 casinos publish complaint routes with very different levels of detail. Some name a support address, an escalation step and an outside body, while others leave players to work it out from scattered clauses.

The comparison below ranks eight licensed platforms on how clearly they set out each stage of a dispute, from first contact to arbitration.

The Stages of a Casino Dispute

Complaints usually move through several stages before reaching an outside party. The table outlines them.

Stage

Who handles it

What to prepare

Live support

Casino support team

Account ID, time of the issue, screenshots

Formal complaint

Complaints or compliance team

Written summary, transaction hashes

Regulator or licence body

Licensing authority

Evidence that internal steps failed

Arbitration or ADR

Named arbitral body or ADR service

Full record of the dispute

Last verified: November 2026

Records decide how far a complaint gets. CryptoDaily's explainer on how licensed casinos handle player disputes covers what operators usually ask for.

Why Published Routes Matter

Complaint clauses often set time limits, specific email addresses and the order of steps. Players who skip a step can lose the right to escalate later.

Arbitration clauses deserve a careful read. They usually name a venue, a governing law and a deadline, and those details shape how practical a claim becomes.

Escalation Paths in Practice

Escalation paths differ even between casinos under the same licence. CryptoDaily's review of complaint routes shows how four casinos set out theirs.

8 Licensed Web3 Casinos Compared on Dispute Routes

Placings weigh how clearly each casino names its complaint address, escalation steps, outside bodies and deadlines. Operator pages and outside reviews supplied the details.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport directs complaints to team@dexsport.io, followed by negotiation and then arbitration at the London Court of International Arbitration. Its terms set a one-year limit on claims and ask for bet disputes within ten days, and Dexapp LTD operates the platform under an Anjouan licence.

2. Stake

Stake routes complaints through live support and a dedicated email, with escalation to its Curaçao licensing body. Players should check Stake's restricted country list, which names several markets.

3. Cloudbet

Cloudbet publishes a complaints process with a support ticket first and escalation after review. Reviews describe responsive support, though outside escalation details appear mainly in the legal pages.

4. BC.Game

BC.Game handles disputes through live chat and email before escalation to its licensing body. Its terms are long, so the exact complaint clause takes some reading to find.

5. Wild.io

Wild.io names a support address and an escalation route under its Anjouan licence. Reviewers note fewer details on outside dispute bodies than at larger casinos.

6. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io sets out a complaints procedure tied to the licence in each market it serves. The process differs with the player's country.

7. Gamdom

Gamdom routes complaints through support and a formal email step. Its terms leave the outside dispute stage less clearly defined, according to reviews.

8. Roobet

Roobet handles disputes through live support and email. Its arbitrage and bonus rules often feature in complaints, so reading them before play helps.

A Strong Complaint Starts With Records

Clear records make every stage easier. Save screenshots, transaction hashes and support transcripts, and keep a short timeline of what happened.

Recourse also depends on the licence itself. CryptoDaily's explainer on player recourse at licensed Web3 casinos explains the options each framework offers.

Conclusion

Licensed Web3 casinos publish complaint routes with very different levels of detail, from named arbitration venues to brief support instructions. The clearest routes set out each stage, deadline and outside body.

Dexsport ranks first for naming its complaint address, deadlines and arbitration venue in one place, while the other casinos offer support-led processes with varying escalation detail. Records and timelines strengthen any claim, and deadlines such as Dexsport's one-year window reward acting early.

Read the complaint clause before your first deposit. Gambling law varies by country, so check yours, play only once you reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Complaint procedures, arbitration clauses and licences change over time and vary by operator and country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each casino's current terms before you deposit and consider independent advice for large claims. Gambling involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please play responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• An investor named Jordan sees a possible double bottom on Chainlink and hopes for a run to $15 or higher.
• LINK still trades under both of its main moving averages, and sellers lead the trend.
• The nearest floor on the daily chart decides whether the pattern survives or breaks.

The call lands after a rough month for the token, with sellers still in charge. Traders want to know whether buyers can defend the latest low and push through the neckline.

A Double Bottom Sits Behind Jordan's $15 Chainlink Call

Jordan said they hope LINK can climb to "$15 or higher" once the pattern plays out. The call came with no time frame.

A double bottom forms when a coin drops to a low, bounces, then falls back to roughly the same level and holds. Traders read that second hold as a sign that buyers are defending a base. Jordan's view depends on that confirmation.

LINK traded near $10.61 at the time of writing. That puts the target about 41% above the current price, a long way for a sliding coin. Resistance and two key moving averages stand in the way.

The pattern also has a clear failure point. A break below the nearest support would erase the second bottom.

Chainlink Trades Under Both Averages as the Month Bleeds Lower

Chainlink (LINK) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

LINK has lost about 18% over the past month. The past week added roughly 5% more in losses, so the selling has not let up.

The coin trades below its 50-day and 200-day moving averages, which smooth daily swings to show the trend. The 50-day sits near $11.71. The 200-day sits near $11.00. Both act as ceilings, so the broader trend still leans down.

So far, rallies have stalled before reaching those averages.

The 200-day is the closer and more telling test. A close back above it would be the first sign that the base is real.

Sellers Still Lead Even as the Day Goes Flat

LINK finished the past day flat. That calm looks like a pause in selling.

RSI, a 0 to 100 momentum gauge, sits near 40. That reading is weak but well above the oversold zone below 30. Sellers still have room to push price lower before the market looks stretched.

The MACD stays below its signal line, so momentum still points down. Trend strength readings show sellers leading a real trend.

Buyers have yet to show the force a confirmed bottom requires.

$9.75 Is the Floor the Pattern Cannot Lose

Support sits near $9.75. As long as LINK holds above it, the pattern stays intact. A close below that level would void the call.

The next support below lies near $8.16. A slide there would mark a fresh low, and sellers would keep control of the trend.

On the upside, resistance near $11.53 acts as the neckline. Bulls need a clean break above it to confirm the pattern.

The next ceiling waits near $12.71.

Which Way LINK Breaks Within Three Days

Over the next three days, two levels decide which way the chart resolves.

• Bullish: A daily close above the neckline resistance would confirm the double bottom and open a path to the next ceiling. The setup fails if LINK slips back under its 200-day average after the breakout.
• Bearish: A daily close below support would break the pattern and point toward the lower floor. That view fails if buyers reclaim the neckline, which would put the pattern back in play.

The Call Waits on One Confirmation

Jordan's target becomes a working setup only after LINK clears the neckline.

Sellers still drive the trend, and a retested low often gives way under that kind of pressure.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Hilbert's chief investment officer warned that losses in AI stocks could force investors to dump Bitcoin.
• The chart leans the same way, with Bitcoin stuck under both of its major moving averages.
• The 200-day average now decides whether the bearish case gains ground.

Bitcoin faces a fresh bearish call. Hilbert's chief investment officer said a slide toward $65,000 is possible if AI losses spark forced selling.

The warning links crypto to a stretched corner of the stock market. Traders now want to know whether stress in tech stocks will spill over.

Hilbert's CIO Ties Bitcoin's Downside to AI Losses

Hilbert is an investment firm active in digital assets. Its CIO gave no time frame for the call.

His reasoning starts outside crypto. Losses in AI-related holdings could push investors into forced selling, he argued. When popular tech bets turn sour, funds often sell whatever they can unload fast. Bitcoin trades around the clock and is easy to exit, so it can become a source of cash. That makes this a conditional call.

Bitcoin now trades near $75,000. The target sits about 13% below that level. Reaching it would take a fresh leg lower, driven by stress in AI stocks spilling into crypto.

Bitcoin Trades Beneath Both Averages After a Rough Month

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin sits below both moving averages that traders watch most. A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set period. The 50-day average stands near $79,000, a few thousand dollars above the current price.

The 200-day average is closer, around $76,000. Price hovers just beneath it. That longer line often separates a healthy market from a weak one, so slipping under it matters. When both averages sit overhead, they tend to act as ceilings on any bounce.

Bitcoin lost about 10% over the past month in a steady grind lower. The past week added a decline of about 2%.

Price ended the last day flat, a pause in selling. Both sides appear to be waiting for a reason to move.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand Without Panic

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 37 on the daily chart. That reading is weak but still above 30, the oversold line. In plain terms, the coin has room to fall before selling looks stretched.

The MACD indicator also points down, and trend gauges show sellers leading. None of this signals panic. It describes a slow, orderly decline.

Little Stands Between Bulls and $63K

The nearest resistance sits right at the 200-day line, so one level now does double duty. A daily close back above it would ease some of the pressure. It would also put the next ceiling, near $80,000, in view.

Support looks thinner. The first floor on the daily chart sits around $63,000, below the CIO's target, with little in between.

Losing that floor would leave Hilbert's warning looking conservative.

Two Roads From Here for Bitcoin

Bitcoin's next move likely depends on how price handles the 200-day line.

• Bullish: A daily close above the 200-day average would open a run toward the next ceiling just over the 50-day line. That would push the AI-selling scenario into the background. The setup fails if price slips back under the 200-day after the breakout.
• Bearish: Another rejection at the 200-day, followed by fresh selling, would put the CIO's target and the support just below it in play. A close above that upper ceiling would cancel this path.

The Forecast Needs a Catalyst the Chart Cannot Supply

The chart leans toward the CIO's view. The full drop, though, depends on AI losses actually forcing funds to sell, and that has not happened yet.

Sudden liquidations or a swift macro shift can still move the coin faster than any chart level suggests.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Crypto investor Lark Davis says XRP will never reach $100, calling the implied valuation unrealistic.
• The token trades under both its key moving averages, and momentum still favors sellers despite an oversold reading.
• A support floor just below the $1 mark now carries the most weight for holders.

Lark Davis, a crypto investor followed by many retail traders, has told XRP holders to drop their hopes of a three-digit token.

His call lands during a rough stretch for XRP, which has slid for weeks and now trades well under its recent highs. For traders, the nearer question is whether buyers can hold the line before the slide deepens.

Lark Davis Says an $8 Trillion XRP Is Out of Reach

Davis attached no time frame or conditions to the call. He simply ruled the number out.

His reasoning rests on simple math. That price would give XRP a market value of about $8 trillion. Davis called that valuation "unrealistic." For scale, that figure would put XRP well above the combined value of the entire crypto market today.

The live chart shows how wide the gap is. XRP trades near $1.10, so the target sits roughly 9,000% above the current price. No chart level stands anywhere near that height, so the debate is purely about valuation.

Proving Davis wrong would take a sustained repricing that no short squeeze or strong week could deliver.

XRP Trades Under Both Averages After a 22% Monthly Slide

XRP (XRP) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

The token has lost about 22% over the past month, with roughly 12% of that coming this week. The last 24 hours were flat. A quiet day after a steep slide looks like a pause, and the chart shows no sign of a turn yet.

Price now sits below both of its key moving averages. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. The 50-day average stands near $1.29. The 200-day average sits higher, around $1.35.

Trading under both lines means sellers control the trend on short and long time frames. Those averages now act as ceilings.

The 50-day line is the first test for any recovery. Bulls need a daily close back above it to show the slide has run its course. Until then, bounces are likely to fade.

Oversold Readings Have Not Stopped the Selling

The relative strength index, or RSI, is a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum. XRP's daily reading sits near 27. Anything under 30 counts as oversold, meaning sellers have pushed the price down faster than usual.

Oversold readings often come before a relief bounce, yet a token can stay oversold for days while it keeps sliding.

Other momentum signals still lean bearish. The MACD, which tracks shifts in trend speed, remains below its signal line. That means downside momentum has not faded. Trend strength readings also show sellers driving a firming downtrend.

$0.99 Becomes the Floor Bulls Must Defend

The nearest support sits near $0.99 on the daily chart. That level matters because the data shows no clear floor beneath it. A close below it could open the way to a deeper drop.

Buyers have a narrow cushion. The token trades only about 10% above that line, so another weak week could put it to the test.

Overhead, the first resistance comes in near $1.20. A second barrier waits around $1.31, close to the 50-day line. Sellers are likely to defend both.

Reclaiming both levels would be the first real sign that sellers are losing control.

What Could Happen Over the Next Three Days

The levels mapped above should decide direction.

• Bullish: The oversold reading sparks a relief bounce, and price breaks through first resistance. That opens a run toward the second barrier near the 50-day line. A daily close below the support floor would cancel this path.
• Bearish: Sellers push the token under the support floor, and the slide extends into territory the data shows has no clear support. A daily close back above first resistance would invalidate this path.

Survival Matters More Than $100 Right Now

Whatever readers make of the long-range debate, the near-term question for XRP is narrower. Holders need the support floor under the token to survive the week.

A bounce may come, but the chart has not yet signaled one.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• A wave of forced selling hit leveraged SUI buyers on Sunday, with long liquidations near $3 million in one hour.
• The token still trades under both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and momentum keeps pointing down.
• Bulls need to reclaim the $0.95 ceiling before any talk of a round-number target makes sense.

Sui's token fell sharply in one hour on Sunday as exchanges closed out leveraged long bets. Almost all of the liquidations hit buyers.

The flush matters because SUI was already sliding for weeks, and dip buyers misread the bottom. Leverage has now thinned, which can steady prices for a while. Traders want to know if that calm becomes a real recovery or simply a pause before another leg lower.

A $3 Million Long Flush Knocks SUI Below $0.82

Sui's token dropped about 3.3% in one hour late on Sunday, Nov. 8. On Binance's SUI/USDT pair it fell from near $0.847 to around $0.820. The slide left SUI down roughly 3.8% over 24 hours at that point.

Leverage did most of the damage. Long liquidations across Binance, Bybit and OKX reached about $3.04 million in that single hour. Short liquidations came to only $20,000.

That lopsided split tells a clear story. Traders had piled into leveraged bets on a bounce, and the drop forced exchanges to close those positions. Each forced sale added more selling pressure on the way down.

The flush also shows that dip buyers had stretched too far. Sui ranks 29th by market value, at roughly $3.47 billion.

Sellers Keep SUI Pinned Under Both Key Averages

Sui (SUI) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SUI now trades near $0.81, and the broader chart explains why that flush hit so hard. The token sits below its 50-day moving average, a running average of closing prices, which stands around $0.93. It also trails its 200-day average near $0.97.

Both averages sit overhead, and that matters for anyone hoping for a quick rebound. A price below these lines usually means they act as ceilings, where rallies stall and sellers step back in. The shorter average also sits below the longer one, a classic downtrend structure.

Sunday's drop did not start this decline. SUI has lost about 24% over the past month and roughly 10% over the past week. Leveraged buyers were betting on a turn that the trend never confirmed.

The past day looks calmer. SUI slipped only about 1% over 24 hours, a modest move after the violent hour that came before it. That suggests most of the forced selling has already run its course.

Sellers still hold the trend, and the price has yet to show it can climb back toward either average.

Momentum Leans Weak With Room to Fall

The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 36. That reading counts as weak, so buyers have lost steam. It still sits above 30, the line that marks oversold conditions.

In practice, SUI has not yet sold off hard enough to invite the usual bargain hunters. The token could slide further before momentum gauges flash a stretched reading.

The MACD, which tracks shifts in momentum, remains below its signal line, so momentum is still pointing down. Trend strength readings show sellers driving a real trend.

None of these gauges hints at a turn yet. A reversal would first need momentum to flatten and buyers to take back control of the trend.

Where Support and Resistance Decide the Next Leg

On the daily chart, the nearest floor sits around $0.73. That level marks where buyers last showed real interest. A clean break below it would leave little support until roughly $0.64.

Such a drop would carry SUI into territory it has not tested in this slide. With momentum still weak, a breakdown could draw in fresh selling and more forced exits from leveraged longs.

Overhead, the first ceiling stands near $0.95, the level bulls need most. Reclaiming it would lift the price back above both moving averages at once. That shift would mark the first sign that buyers have wrested the trend from sellers.

A close above that ceiling would also open the path toward the next resistance near $1.06. The $1 mark sits just inside that range, so it would come into view only after the breakout holds.

Two Paths for SUI Over the Next Three Days

• Bullish: A daily close above the first ceiling would put the next resistance in play, with a test of the round-number mark along the way. The case fails if SUI drops back under its 50-day average, which would turn that line into a lid again.
• Bearish: A break of the nearest floor would point toward the lower support zone, where longs could get flushed again. A recovery above $0.85 would cancel this view and suggest sellers are tiring.

The $1 Dream Waits on a Reclaimed Ceiling

For now, the round-number target looks out of reach. SUI first has to win back that overhead ceiling, and until it does, the bias stays bearish.

Traders should still expect jolts. Leverage has thinned after Sunday's flush, and thin positioning can flip quickly. Sharp squeezes in either direction remain likely, so tight risk limits matter more than bold calls.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Democrats took both chambers of Congress, and crypto traders are bracing for tougher oversight.
• Bitcoin now trades beneath both its 50-day and 200-day averages, with sellers steering momentum.
• The $76K line is the ceiling bulls must reclaim, and the chart offers little support beneath it.

Bitcoin sank to its weakest level since August after Democrats won control of Congress. Heavy withdrawals from Binance following last month's hack added to the selling.

The timing hurts. Spot ETF investors were already pulling money out, and a possible Fed hike leaves little cushion.

Democratic Congress and Binance Exodus Pull Crypto to August Lows

Bitcoin slipped below $75,000 on Sunday and traded near $74,584 on Nov 9. Ether fared worse, falling about 4.4% to around $2,137.

Politics drove the first leg lower. Democrats won both chambers of Congress in the midterms. Traders now fear stricter rules, wider SEC oversight and slower progress on industry-backed bills. The crypto industry had spent over $300 million backing friendly candidates. The result clashes with the Trump administration's lighter enforcement and its strategic Bitcoin reserve.

Binance added a second blow. The FBI tied the Oct 29 hack, worth about $6.34 billion, to North Korea-linked hackers. Customers withdrew a net $4.72 billion after services resumed. Santiment data shows 28,316 BTC left Binance-linked wallets through Nov 5. Social chatter turned sour, with just 0.37 positive comments per negative one.

Institutions pulled back too. US spot Bitcoin and Ether ETFs shed a combined $530.1 million on Nov 5. Bitcoin funds accounted for $430.2 million of that. ETF flows and corporate purchases are the key gauges of institutional demand, said Andreja Cobeljic, head of derivatives trading at AMINA Bank.

Macro offered no relief. A tech and AI stock selloff hit risk appetite, and strong jobs data pushed odds of a December Fed hike near 80%.

Bitcoin Sinks Beneath Both Moving Averages

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin now trades near $74,000, and the daily chart shows the damage. Price sits below its 50-day moving average, a two-month trend gauge, near $79,000. It also sits under the 200-day average, the market's main long-term trend line, near $76,000.

Both averages now work as ceilings. Any bounce has to push through the 200-day first and then the 50-day before buyers can claim the trend has turned. Until then, rallies are likely to meet sellers who bought higher and want out at breakeven.

The break of the 200-day matters most. Many funds and long-term holders use that line to judge whether Bitcoin is in a bull or bear phase. Trading below it can keep cautious money on the sidelines even after the political news fades.

Bitcoin lost about 6% over the past week and about 11% over the past month. The slide came in steady steps. That pattern points to distribution, where holders sell into each small rally.

Coins leaving Binance and ETF redemptions fit that pattern, as holders trim positions over time.

Sellers Still Steering Momentum

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, stands near 34 on the daily chart. That reading is weak, but it has not crossed into oversold territory below 30. Sellers still have room to push before the market looks stretched enough to invite a relief bounce.

Other momentum signals agree. The MACD line remains below its signal line, so momentum is still pointing down. Trend strength readings show a trend forming, and sellers are the ones leading it.

Trading activity backs that view. Bitcoin dipped about 1% over the past day on volume of nearly $21 billion. That modest move on heavy turnover suggests buyers slowed the drop but could not reverse it.

$76K Is the Ceiling Bulls Must Reclaim

Nearest resistance sits at $76K, where it lines up with the 200-day average. That overlap makes the level a double barrier.

A daily close back above that line would be the first real sign of repair. Buyers would then face the next hurdle near $80K, close to the 50-day zone. Clearing that area would put the short-term trend back on their side.

Below the current price, the picture looks thinner. The nearest support stands near $63K, more than $10,000 away. Little chart structure sits in that gap to catch a slide, so a fresh wave of selling could travel quickly.

A clean break of that support would leave no nearby floor and could open a deeper leg lower.

What Could Happen Over the Next Three Days

Two paths stand out for the coming days, and the 200-day line decides between them.

• Bullish: A daily close back above the 200-day ceiling would open a run toward the 50-day zone. A slide back under the current price after that close would void the setup and signal another failed bounce.
• Bearish: A rejection at the 200-day line keeps the road open toward the next support, with little in between. A close above the 50-day zone would cancel this view and hand control back to buyers.

Bears Hold the Edge Until $76K Falls

Bitcoin remains in a downtrend run by sellers, and none of the pressures on demand has reversed yet.

Few chart levels sit below the 200-day ceiling to slow a drop. A surprise from the Fed or a regulatory headline could move price fast in either direction.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• German buyers from November 2025 are losing the chance to book their Dogecoin losses for tax purposes.
• A death cross and a steady run of lower weekly closes keep sellers in charge of the trend.
• The August floor has already cracked, and little support shows up until much lower.

Dogecoin slipped to its lowest level since August as a German tax deadline put fresh pressure on last year's buyers. Many of last November's buyers must sell now if they want their losses to count.

That timing lands on a chart already leaning lower, with momentum and sentiment both weak. Traders now want to know whether the August floor can hold, or whether tax selling pushes DOGE into a thin zone below it.

November 2025 Buyers Face a 58 Percent Loss as the Tax Window Shuts

German Dogecoin holders who entered last November are running out of time. Under Section 23 of the German Income Tax Act (EStG), crypto losses only count for tax purposes if the coins are sold within one year of purchase. Coins bought in November 2025 begin dropping out of that window on Monday, Nov 9, 2026.

The losses are steep. DOGE traded near €0.1523 on Nov 9, 2025 and around €0.1569 two days later. Buyers from that stretch now sit on roughly 58% losses. Even a purchase on Dec 31, 2025 is down about 39%.

That deadline can add selling pressure. Holders who want the loss on paper must sell before their personal one-year mark passes.

Thursday brought the sharpest move of the week. DOGE fell from about $0.0770 to $0.0711 as volume climbed to around $721 million. Sunday was far quieter, with roughly $244 million changing hands.

Five Lower Weekly Closes Leave DOGE Far Beneath Both Averages

Dogecoin (DOGE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Dogecoin has closed lower every week since early October. The weekly close stood near $0.0958 on Oct 4, then slipped to about $0.0867 on Oct 11. It fell again to around $0.0794 on Oct 18 and $0.0768 on Oct 25.

The Nov 1 close came in near $0.0755. With DOGE now trading around $0.069, this week is on track for a fifth lower close in a row. Each rebound attempt has ended below the prior week's level.

Price now hovers near the Aug 16 weekly close of about $0.0695. Buyers defended that zone once before, so this is a real test of their resolve.

Moving averages look weak as well. The 50-day average, which tracks the recent trend, sits near $0.080. The 200-day average, a gauge of the longer trend, is higher at about $0.089. DOGE trades well below both, so each one acts as a ceiling on any bounce.

On Oct 29, the 50-day line crossed under the 200-day, a pattern traders call a death cross. It signals that short-term weakness has spread into the longer trend.

Recent losses have also been sharp. DOGE dropped about 9% over the past week and roughly 20% over 30 days. Bitcoin fell about 8.4% over the same month. Dogecoin lost more than twice as much, a sign that sellers are hitting riskier coins first.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum Edge

Momentum gauges point the same way as the price. The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 measure of buying and selling pressure, sits near 31. That reading is weak but still just above the oversold line. Sellers have room to push further before the indicator flags a stretched market that often precedes a bounce.

The MACD tells a similar story. It remains below its signal line, so downside momentum is still building.

Trend strength readings confirm a real downtrend led by sellers. That makes quick reversals less likely, since established trends tend to persist until buyers show up in force.

Sentiment adds to the defensive tone. The Crypto Fear & Greed Index read 25 on Saturday, deep in extreme fear. It edged up to 28 on Sunday, a slight easing that still leaves traders cautious.

Where DOGE Could Find a Floor

Overhead, the first barrier sits near $0.073. DOGE broke down through that area this week, and old floors often turn into ceilings. A daily close back above it would be the first sign that sellers are tiring.

Above that, resistance waits around $0.076. That level lines up with last week's close. A weekly finish over it would snap the losing streak and give buyers a real foothold.

Below, the picture is thinner. The August low has already given way, and price now trades under it. On the daily chart, the next mapped support sits at about $0.056.

Nothing solid shows up between those two levels, so continued selling would meet little resistance on the way down.

A Close Above $0.073 or a Slide Toward $0.056

Two paths stand out, and this week's finish will likely decide between them.

• Bullish: A daily close back above the first barrier would put the second resistance level, near last week's close, within reach. A drop back under the August floor would cancel that setup.
• Bearish: Another rejection at the first barrier, with price stuck under the August low, would leave the lower support zone exposed. A close above the second resistance would invalidate that view and break the weekly losing streak.

Bears Keep Control Until the Weekly Streak Breaks

For now, Dogecoin's trend belongs to the sellers. One green week would change the tone more than any single daily bounce.

Short-term risk cuts both ways. Tax-driven selling from German holders and extreme fear can trigger sudden drops. They can also spark sharp relief rallies once that pressure clears.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

The details decide whether a boost adds value. Minimum legs, minimum odds per selection, Cash Out rules and payout ceilings vary from book to book, and each one changes the real return.

Ranked here are 10 crypto sportsbooks with lighter signup steps, compared on how their boosts work, from leg thresholds to the rules that cancel a multiplier.

How Accumulator Boosts Work

Boosts add a percentage or multiplier to a winning combo once it reaches a set number of legs. The table outlines the terms bettors should check.

Term

What it means

Why it matters

Minimum legs

Fewest selections that qualify

Longer slips win less often

Minimum odds per leg

Lowest price each selection may have

Short-priced legs may not count

Boost scale

How the multiplier grows with legs

Small boosts on short slips add little

Cash Out effect

Whether cashing out removes the boost

Early settlement can cost the bonus

Payout ceiling

Maximum return from one combo

Large boosts can hit the cap

Last verified: October 2026

Boost terms work alongside standard combo rules. CryptoDaily's explainer on accumulator boosts covers how combo multipliers work in detail.

Longer Slips Cost More Than They Look

Every extra leg multiplies the chance of a loss. Boosts that add a small percentage at four legs rarely make up for the extra risk, while larger boosts at ten legs apply only to slips that seldom win.

Same-event restrictions add another layer. Some books forbid combining outcomes from one match, which limits how bettors can build a slip.

Verification and Boosted Wins

Lighter signup steps get bettors betting quickly, yet a large boosted win can trigger checks. CryptoDaily's guide to later checks explains how sportsbooks sequence verification.

10 Crypto Sportsbooks Ranked on Accumulator Boosts

Placings weigh how clearly each book publishes its boost scale, leg and odds thresholds, Cash Out rules and payout ceilings. Operator pages and outside reviews supplied the details.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport offers Combo+, which adds 1.08x at four legs, 1.15x at six, 1.2x at eight and 1.5x at ten. Dexsport's rules recalculate the boost when a leg settles as a half result, while Cash Out cancels the multiplier and combined odds stop at 500.

2. Stake

Stake offers boosted odds and combo promotions on selected events, with terms set per offer. Its restricted list covers several countries, so availability depends on where the bettor lives.

3. BC.Game

BC.Game offers combo boosts through its BETBY-supplied book, with the scale shown on the slip. Minimum odds per leg apply, so short-priced favourites may not count.

4. Roobet

Roobet publishes a boost ladder for longer accumulators. Strict arbitrage rules apply, and hedging patterns can lead to account limits.

5. Shuffle

Shuffle offers same-game multis and combo promotions on bigger matches. Per-bet and daily win caps apply, which can trim a large boosted return.

6. Cloudbet

Cloudbet focuses on sharp odds with occasional combo promotions. Reviews describe fewer permanent boost schemes than at promotion-led books.

7. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io holds periodic accumulator promotions on football. Terms and availability change with the bettor's country.

8. Vave

Vave offers combo boosts and other sports promotions with live markets. Bonus funds come with wagering conditions, so confirm current terms before opting in.

9. Thunderpick

Thunderpick adds combo promotions, mostly around esports events. Football boost terms appear less often than at football-led books.

10. Betpanda

Betpanda lists accumulator offers on selected football rounds. Reviewers mention offers that change frequently and short validity windows.

A Sensible Boosted Slip

Fewer, well-researched legs often beat a long slip chasing the biggest multiplier. Bettors who want a boost can aim for the lowest qualifying leg count and avoid stacking similar fixtures that may fail together.

CryptoDaily's walkthrough of football accumulators explains how combo odds build and where they tend to break.

Conclusion

Accumulator boosts reward longer slips, yet minimum legs, odds thresholds, Cash Out rules and payout ceilings decide their real value. Small boosts on short combos add little, while large boosts apply only to slips that rarely land.

Dexsport ranks first for its published Combo+ scale and clear rules on half results and Cash Out, while the other books handle boosts with varying transparency. Payout caps and same-event restrictions appear across many platforms.

Keep slips short and read the boost terms first. Betting law varies by country, so check yours, bet only at legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Boost schemes, promotion terms and licences change over time and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each sportsbook's current terms before you bet. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Every sports bettor deal with the same issue: traditional sportsbooks hide extra profit margins within their odds. Behind flashy ads and complicated bonuses, regular bookmakers quietly lower payouts. When building a parlay or combo bet, these hidden cuts stack up fast

Bet25 is changing this with the Zero Margin Sportsbook, setting the new rules of sports betting. Built on honesty, clear numbers, and fair pricing, Bet25 removes traditional bookmaker tricks, so the real payout is received.

The Problem: How Hidden Margins Hurt Winnings

In a standard sportsbook, the odds you see are not the true odds. The bookmaker trims 5% to 10% off the price of each game to guarantee their own cut before you even place a bet.

On a single match, this might look small. But on combo bets, it becomes a serious problem. Because combo odds multiply together, the hidden house cuts multiply too. Every leg you add gives you a payout that is much lower than the actual math says it should be.

The New Rules: No Hidden House Edge and Naturally Better Odds

The Bet25 Zero Margin Sportsbook is not a temporary promo or a short-lived boost. It is a completely different way to run a sportsbook:

• Removed House Edge: Odds are calculated using pure math. What you see reflects the true statistical probability, with no hidden house edge.

• Naturally Better Odds: Because there are no built-in cuts shaving down the numbers, the odds are simply better from the start.

• One Simple 5% Fee: Bet25 does not take money out of every single line. Instead, there is a flat 5% service fee charged on the stake - just once per bet slip, no matter how many picks you include.

A normal bookmaker takes a cut on pick 1, pick 2, pick 3, and so on. Bet25 charges one single 5% fee whether you pick one game or five.

See the Math: How Combos Pay More

The difference is easy to see on a multi-leg ticket. Take a simple 5-leg combo where each pick has true 50/50 probability. A regular bookmaker will usually offer around 1.87 on each outcome to keep their cut but zero margin sportsbook will price it by 2.0, again because of no hidden margin inside.

Same five picks. Same $100 bet. Exactly the same risk. But Bet25 pays out $755 more because no hidden cuts were multiplied along the way.

Don’t Just Take the Word for It: Just Compare

Almost every betting site claim to have "the best odds." Bet25 doesn't need hype or marketing talk. Instead, the advice is simple: just compare.

Open a betting site side by side with the Bet25 Zero Margin Sportsbook. Check any match, build a 3-leg or 4-leg combo on both, and look at the final payouts. You will see the difference right away. It is not marketing - it is pure math.

Powered by Vegangster

Turning a concept this disruptive into reality depended on having the right technological backbone. Bet25 teamed up with Vegangster as its primary platform partner, working side-by-side from initial ideation straight through to full deployment. Vegangster’s flexible, cutting-edge architecture gave the team the technical freedom to execute bold and complex features without friction. In an industry where legacy tech often limits innovation, having a responsive partner who can translate ambitious mechanics into reality has been essential to Bet25's launch.

A Fairer Way to Bet on Sports

Sports betting should be about making smart picks and getting paid fairly when you are right. By creating the new rules of sports betting, removing the hidden house edge, and offering naturally better odds, Bet25 gives players a clear, honest alternative to old-school sportsbooks.

About Bet25

Bet25.com is owned and operated by Horns and Hooves Company S.A, a company registered in Costa Rica under registration number 3-101-922698 , with its registered address at Canton 01, San Jose, Cathedral District, Building No. 603, Costa Rica.

Bet25.com operates under a gaming licence issued by the Government of the Autonomous Island of Anjouan, Union of the Comoros, under Licence No. ALSI-202505001-FI1.

The licence authorizes the company to operate online gaming and wagering services in accordance with the applicable licensing requirements and regulations

Contact

Kai Armin

info@bet25.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• A security researcher said Ethereum's Glamsterdam upgrade should not ship in its current form, as rival fixes emerge to protect old contracts.
• Ether trades beneath both of its long-term moving averages, and momentum still favors sellers.
• Bulls are watching one lone floor, with little mapped support below it.

Ethereum's next upgrade has hit a wall of criticism. Security researchers warn that Glamsterdam's gas changes could break older contracts that hold user funds, and two developers have filed competing drafts to prevent that.

The dispute lands while ether is already under pressure, and testing delays have removed a possible catalyst for buyers. Traders want to know if developers can settle on a fix before sellers push the token toward its last clear support.

Rival Fixes Race to Save Old Contracts From Glamsterdam's Gas Hike

Ethereum's next upgrade, Glamsterdam, bundles two proposals that raise the gas cost of creating and touching stored data. Under EIP-8037 and EIP-8038, the base charge to create a contract jumps to 183,600 gas, up from 32,000. Developers warn that older apps holding user funds could break, because many of them cannot be updated.

Two developers filed rival fixes on Nov 8. Leo Glisic's EIP-8488 keeps the legacy gas schedule for existing contracts, while new contracts would use V2 opcodes. Giulio Rebuffo's draft runs two gas meters, billing at the new prices but executing under the old rules. His design has no implementation or tests yet, and neither draft carries a target date.

Security researcher pcaversaccio was blunt. "Glamsterdam should not be shipped in its current form, period," he said. Developer banteg has already listed about 200,000 affected contracts, including several high-profile protocols, and said his method misses many more.

The schedule is slipping. A testnet rehearsal set for Oct 26 was postponed after those alarms. The next private test is expected Nov 16 to 20 at the earliest.

Ether Trades Beneath Both Long Averages as the Month's Losses Pile Up

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ether traded near $2,100 on Monday, flat over the past 24 hours. The quiet day follows a heavy stretch. The token is down about 8% over the week and roughly 15% over the past month.

A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. Ether now sits below two of the most watched ones. The 50-day average stands near $2,370. The 200-day average is close to $2,310. When price trades under both, those lines tend to act as ceilings on any bounce.

The order of the two averages matters too. The shorter 50-day line still sits above the longer 200-day line, a leftover from stronger months. Price has already dropped through both, so buyers face two layers of overhead selling before the trend can turn. Rallies into that zone have room to stall.

The slide looks orderly, with lower highs stacking up through the month. A flat session inside that pattern reads as a breather. Sellers have paused, and nothing on the chart shows buyers taking control.

The upgrade fight gives traders little reason to step in. Until the Glamsterdam plan firms up, the path of least resistance stays tilted lower.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum Without Being Exhausted Yet

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 32. Readings below 30 count as oversold. Ether is close to that zone, which leaves room for one more leg down before selling looks stretched.

The MACD, which tracks shifts in momentum, sits below its signal line. That means momentum is still pointing down. A separate trend-strength gauge shows a trend starting to form, and sellers are the ones driving it.

Bears have pushed hard and still have fuel left.

Traders hoping for a rebound should watch momentum before the RSI. A low reading alone rarely sparks a rally. Buyers need the MACD to curl back up first, a sign that selling pressure is actually fading.

$1,850 Is the Floor Bulls Cannot Afford to Lose

On the upside, the first barrier sits near $2,280, just under the 200-day line. A close above it would be the first real hint that sellers are tiring. It would also put that long average back within reach.

The next ceiling stands around $2,400, beyond the 50-day average. Clearing that level would mark a genuine recovery. It would also break the pattern of lower highs.

Below, the picture is thinner. Support near $1,850 is the only floor mapped on the chart. Price would have to fall more than 10% to test it, so buyers have some cushion for now.

Losing that level would be a different story. The data shows no clear support beneath it, which means a break could run further before buyers find footing. That gap explains why bulls need to defend this floor.

What Flips the Next Three Days for Ether

Developer news around the next private test could set the tone for the coming sessions.

• Bullish: A daily close above the first ceiling, just under the 200-day line, would open a move toward the higher barrier past the 50-day average. Word of a settled fix for old contracts could supply that push. A drop back below Monday's level would cancel the setup.
• Bearish: A failed test of that first ceiling would keep a slide toward the lone floor in play. Another Glamsterdam delay could add fuel. A break above that ceiling would invalidate this view.

Bears Keep the Edge Until Developers Settle the Upgrade

Until developers pick a fix for old contracts, bears hold the advantage.

The risk runs the other way if consensus arrives fast. Quick agreement on one draft could catch short sellers off guard. That could force a sharp bounce as they rush to cover.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Simple, fixed-term borrowing against BTC or ETH: no liquidation during the loan period and a promotional service fee at half the standard rate of 0.5%

Bybit, the New Financial Platform trusted by more than 80 million users worldwide, is pleased to announce Bybit Lite Loan, a streamlined crypto-backed lending product that lets users borrow USDT or USDC against BTC or ETH in just a few steps, without managing complex margin parameters.

Bybit Lite Loan gives traders a way to unlock liquidity without selling their assets. By borrowing USDT or USDC against BTC or ETH, users can meet short-term cash needs, cover expenses, seize a trading opportunity or rebalance a portfolio, while retaining full upside exposure to their collateral. 

To mark the launch, Bybit is offering a limited-time 50% discount on the service fee, reduced to 0.5% from the standard 1%, for all eligible orders initiated between November 9, and December 8, 2026.

Bybit Lite Loan Highlights

• Stress-free set-up: No Liquidation during the initial 30-day loan term, regardless of market conditions, subject to applicable product terms.
• 0.5% Service Fee: Limited time offer at 50% off; a one-time prepaid charge with no hidden interest accruals.
• Extended Repayment Window: 30-day term plus an additional 30-day grace period, offering up to 60 days of flexible liquidity.
• Flexible Repayment: Users have the freedom to repay in manual or automatic modes in the borrowed asset.

The no-liquidation guarantee during the 30-day term removes the anxiety of margin calls in volatile markets, and the flat, prepaid fee structure means costs are known upfront with no compounding interest surprises. For users who want the simplicity of a traditional loan inside a crypto-native environment, Lite Loan bridges that gap.

UTA Upgrade: Trade Auto-Repayment

For Loan users, Bybit has introduced Trade Auto-Repayment for its Unified Trading Account (UTA). Once enabled, assets received from spot trades are automatically applied to outstanding borrowing liabilities, reducing interest costs with zero manual effort. 

The feature includes an extreme-market safeguard that pauses cross-currency repayment during abnormal price conditions, and enhanced API controls with a global toggle and automatic inheritance for newly listed assets.

Terms and conditions apply. For details on availability and eligibility, users may visit: Explore Bybit Lite Loan: No Liquidation for 30 days

#Bybit / #NewFinancialPlatform  

About Bybit

Bybit is The New Financial Platform.

We believe every person should have access to every financial opportunity on earth. That's why we're building the first intelligent platform that connects anyone, anywhere to the world's finance.

Trusted by more than 80 million users worldwide, Bybit brings together investing, trading, payments, and wealth-building in a single secure and intelligent ecosystem. Through the combination of AI-powered technology, deep global liquidity, robust security, and transparent operations, Bybit makes global finance more accessible, efficient, and empowering for everyone.

Built for everyone. Powered by intelligence. Open to the world.

Learn more at Bybit.com

For more details about Bybit, please visit Bybit Press

For media inquiries, please contact: media@bybit.com

For updates, please follow: Bybit's Communities and Social Media

Discord | Facebook | Instagram | LinkedIn | Reddit | Telegram | TikTok | X | Youtube

ContactHead of PRTony AuBybittony.au@bybit.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• Binance reopened HYPE withdrawals as part of its phased recovery from an October security breach.
• HYPE has slipped under its 50-day average, and momentum gauges still favor sellers.
• The 200-day average is the line that decides whether the longer uptrend survives.

Binance has restored HYPE withdrawals, ending a pause that followed a security breach at the exchange.

The timing is awkward for bulls. Money is leaving the Hyperliquid vault, ETF flows have turned negative and a large whale is betting on further losses. Traders now want to know whether long-term support can absorb that selling.

Binance Restores HYPE Access as Outflows Pile Up

Binance restored withdrawals for HYPE and APT on Nov 8. The exchange called it one phase of its recovery from an October 29 security breach. Other assets and networks will reopen only after each passes its own security check, and Binance gave no new timetable.

The fix removes a practical headache for holders who wanted to move tokens off the exchange. It does little to change who is buying and who is selling.

Pressure is building elsewhere. On-chain data show the Hyperliquidity Provider (HLP) vault recorded $38.2 million in withdrawals. The vault's value sits about 20% below its September peak, and most of that drop came from users pulling funds.

A whale has also opened a short position worth about $33 million, a direct bet that HYPE falls further. U.S. spot ETFs tied to the token posted net outflows of $7.96 million on Nov 6.

HYPE still carries a market value near $18.5 billion. Taken together, the signals point to weakness with no fresh catalyst in sight.

HYPE Slips Under Its 50-Day Line After a Rough Week

Hyperliquid (HYPE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

HYPE now trades near $73.84, below the high $70s where it held on Nov 8. The token is flat over the past 24 hours. That calm follows a slide of about 16% over the week, so the quiet day looks like a pause.

The price sits under its 50-day moving average, which runs near $81.64. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying direction. When price falls below the 50-day line, that average tends to act as a ceiling. The short-term trend has turned against holders.

Buyers would need to push back above that level to repair the damage. Until then, rallies toward the low $80s may meet sellers looking to exit.

The longer view is less grim. HYPE remains above its 200-day average, the slower line that tracks the broader trend. Staying over it keeps the longer uptrend technically intact, even after a bruising stretch.

Over the past 30 days the token is down about 12%. That loss is smaller than the weekly drop, which shows how much of the selling landed in the last few sessions.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand on Momentum

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits at 36 on the daily chart. That reading is weak but still above 30, the usual oversold line. In plain terms, sellers have pushed hard but have not yet exhausted themselves.

Other gauges lean the same way. The MACD, which compares short and longer price averages, remains below its signal line, so momentum is still pointing down. Trend readings show a move forming, and sellers are leading it.

That lines up with the whale's short. The big bet is riding the current trend. Buyers would need a clear shift in momentum to put that position under pressure.

Where the 200-Day Average Meets the Bears

Resistance sits just overhead, near $76. A daily close above it would ease the pressure and show buyers can still defend ground. The next hurdle stands near $82.60, close to the 50-day line already acting as a lid.

Below, the picture tightens. Support rests near $69.60, where the 200-day average runs. That overlap makes it the level to watch. A break would crack the long-term uptrend and expose the next floor around $63.80.

A slide to that floor would likely deepen outflows from the HLP vault and the ETFs.

Holding the 200-day line would flip the setup. The whale's position would start to lose money if HYPE bounced from there. Short sellers who buy back to cut losses can add fuel to a rebound.

Two Paths for the Next 72 Hours

The next few daily closes should decide which setup takes over.

• Bullish: A daily close above the nearest ceiling opens a run toward the second resistance beside the 50-day line. A close back under the 200-day support would cancel that view.
• Bearish: A daily close below the 200-day floor points toward the lower support. Buyers would void this path by reclaiming the nearest ceiling, which would squeeze the whale's short.

Reopened Doors Do Not Mean Fresh Buyers

HYPE leans bearish for now. Restored Binance access helps holders move coins, but it brings no new demand. Sellers stay in control until the token reclaims its nearest ceiling, and the 200-day line remains the real test.

Risks cut both ways. A crowded short sitting on long-term support can unwind quickly. Further updates on the exchange breach could also jolt the price in either direction.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Vitalik Buterin, founder of Ethereum, states "I've finally made up my mind, ETH is a store of value, ETH is money"

Bitmine is 99% of the way to the 'Alchemy of 5%' in just 15 months

Bitmine released Chairman's Message on October 7 titled "Crypto Bull Underway — This Cycle Likely the Largest"

Bitmine was added to the Russell 1000 Large-cap index on June 26, 2026

Bitmine's Series A Preferred Stock is trading on the NYSE under the symbol BMNP

Bitmine has 5,227,037 staked ETH, representing $11.7 billion at $2,234 per ETH. MAVAN (Made in America VAlidator Network) is a premier Ethereum staking destination for BMNR and institutional investors

Bitmine owns $75 million of Eightco (NASDAQ: ORBS), now one of the only publicly listed equities in the world to provide investors indirect exposure to OpenAI

Bitmine Crypto + Total Cash Holdings & Marketable Securities + "Moonshots" total $14.3 billion, including 6.07 million ETH tokens, total cash & marketable securities of $475 million, and other crypto holdings

Bitmine remains supported by a premier group of institutional investors including ARK's Cathie Wood, MOZAYYX, Founders Fund, Bill Miller III, Pantera, Kraken, DCG, Galaxy Digital and personal investor Thomas "Tom" Lee to support Bitmine's goal of acquiring 5% of ETH

NORWALK, Conn., Nov. 9, 2026 /PRNewswire/ -- (NYSE: BMNR) Bitmine Immersion Technologies, Inc. ("Bitmine" or the "Company"), a Bitcoin and Ethereum Network company with a focus on the accumulation of crypto for long term investment, today announced Bitmine crypto + total cash & marketable securities + "moonshots" holdings totaling $14.3 billion.

As of November 8, 2026, at 2:00pm ET, the Company's crypto holdings are comprised of 6,070,092 ETH at $2,234 per ETH (per Coinbase NASDAQ: COIN), 216 Bitcoin (BTC), $180 million stake in Beast Industries, $75 million stake in Eightco Holdings (NASDAQ: ORBS) ("moonshots") and total cash & marketable securities of $475 million. Bitmine's ETH holdings are 4.97% of the ETH supply (of 122.2 million ETH).

"Vitalik Buterin, founder of Ethereum, declared at Devcon 8 in Mumbai, 'I've finally made up my mind, ETH is a store of value, ETH is money.' This declaration by the founder of Ethereum, in my view, is a seismic shift, clarifying how ETH will capture value in this coming supercycle of tokenization and AI," stated Thomas "Tom" Lee, Chairman of Bitmine.

"In my opinion, ETH was not a 'cash flow' token model, like HYPE or LIT, but rather pristine and trusted collateral, and reflective of how Ethereum is the Layer 1 chosen by the vast majority of financial institutions moving assets onto the blockchain," continued Lee.

Vitalik further clarified his views with a X.com post expanding on why he believes "ETH as store of value (SoV)." The 3 reasons he described:

1. ETH as fee-burning is not as strong "as it seemed;"
2. Optimizing for fee-burning is not necessarily compatible with decentralization and capture resistance; and
3. Optimizing for SoV aligns with ETH's strengths of decentralization and CROPS.

"In other words, ETH as a Store of Value is most consistent with the future roadmap of ETH and also the role ETH will play in the coming super tokenization supercycle," added Lee.

"Over the past week, we acquired 9,587 ETH. Bitmine's track record of consistent buying of crypto is unmatched by any public company in the world. Bitmine has bought ETH each week since the inception of the ETH Treasury Strategy on June 30, 2025," stated Lee.

On October 7, Bitmine released its latest Chairman's message titled "Crypto Bull Underway — This Cycle Likely the Largest." The presentation is available at the Bitmine website (presentation link).

Earlier in 2026, Bitmine launched MAVAN (the Made in America VAlidator Network), the institutional-grade staking platform. While MAVAN was originally developed to support Bitmine's own Ethereum treasury, MAVAN has expanded to serve institutional investors, custodians, and ecosystem partners seeking best-in-class staking infrastructure. A portion of Bitmine's ETH is already staked on the MAVAN platform.

As of November 8, 2026, Bitmine total staked ETH stands at 5,227,037 ($11.7 billion at $2,234 per ETH). "Bitmine has staked more ETH than other entities in the world. At scale (when Bitmine's ETH is fully staked by MAVAN and its staking partners), the projected ETH staking rewards would be $359 million on an annualized basis, using BMNR's trailing 7-day staking yield of 2.65% as of November 8, 2026. This compares to annualized staking rewards of $309 million based upon 5.2 million staked ETH (86% of the 6.07 million ETH held by Bitmine)," continued Lee.

Bitmine's crypto holdings reign as the #1 Ethereum treasury and #2 global treasury, behind Strategy Inc., which reportedly owns 849,327 BTC valued at approximately $69 billion. Bitmine remains the largest ETH treasury in the world. 

Bitmine management believes the GENIUS Act and the Securities and Exchange Commission's (SEC) Project Crypto are as transformational to financial services in 2026 as the U.S. action on August 15, 1971, which ended the Bretton Woods system and took the U.S. dollar off the gold standard 55 years ago. This 1971 event was the catalyst for the modernization of Wall Street, creating the iconic Wall Street titans and financial and payment rails of today.

The Chairman's message can be found here:

https://www.Bitminetech.io/chairmans-message

The Fiscal Full Year 2025 Earnings presentation and corporate presentation can be found here: https://Bitminetech.io/investor-relations/ 

To stay informed, please sign up at: https://Bitminetech.io/contact-us/ 

About Bitmine

Bitmine Immersion Technologies, Inc. (NYSE: BMNR), together with its subsidiaries ("Bitmine" or the "Company"), is a blockchain technology infrastructure company operating across institutional digital asset staking and validation services, bitcoin mining, and strategic digital asset management. As the world's leading Ethereum Treasury company, it implements an innovative digital asset strategy for institutional investors and public market participants. The Company provides institutional-grade staking and validation infrastructure—through which it earns staking rewards and validation income—alongside bitcoin mining activities. Bitmine holds digital assets strategically, generating yield on those holdings to support liquidity and capital formation. Since 2025, the Company has expanded its blockchain infrastructure capabilities, including developing and deploying MAVAN, its institutional staking and validation platform. The Company's activities further include investments in early-stage blockchain opportunities ("moonshot" investments) and ancillary mining, hosting, and consulting services.

For additional details, follow on X:

https://x.com/bitmnr

https://x.com/fundstrat

Cautionary Note on Forward Looking Statements

This press release contains statements that constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not purely historical and can generally be identified by terms such as "expects," "projects," "intends," "plans," "believes," "anticipates," "estimates," "may," "will," "would," "could," "should," "view," or similar expressions. This press release specifically contains forward-looking statements regarding: (i) the Company's goal of acquiring 5% of the total ETH supply (the "Alchemy of 5%" initiative); (ii) the Company's digital asset accumulation and treasury strategy, including statements regarding continued weekly ETH acquisitions and the Company's status as the largest ETH treasury in the world; (iii) the Company's staking operations, including projected annualized ETH staking rewards of approximately $359 million at scale and currently projected annualized staking revenues of approximately $309 million based on currently staked ETH; (iv) MAVAN's expansion to serve institutional investors, custodians, and ecosystem partners; (v) management's beliefs regarding crypto market conditions, including the views that a crypto bull market is underway and regarding the significance of the market reaction to the Binance theft and the resilience of the crypto industry; (vi) management's opinion regarding the potential impact of the GENIUS Act and SEC Project Crypto on financial services; and (vii) statements regarding the value of the Company's crypto, cash, marketable securities, and "moonshot" holdings.

These forward-looking statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to: the extreme volatility and unpredictability of digital asset prices, including ETH and Bitcoin; the risk that ETH does not achieve or maintain acceptance as a store of value; the Company's reliance on third-party pricing sources and reported market values, which may fluctuate materially; changes in market conditions affecting the trading price and volume of the Company's securities; the Company's ability to successfully execute its digital asset acquisition strategy and achieve its ETH accumulation targets, including the "Alchemy of 5%" goal; the Company's ability to finance its business operations and MAVAN expansion; operational, security, and technological risks associated with the Company's staking and validation operations, including network failures, slashing events, cybersecurity breaches (including thefts and exploits of exchanges, custodians and other industry participants), and protocol changes; the risk that actual staking yields and rewards differ materially from projected amounts; competition in the digital asset treasury, staking, and mining industries; the Company's dependence on key personnel; regulatory developments affecting digital assets, blockchain technology, and staking activities, including the implementation and interpretation of the GENIUS Act, SEC Project Crypto and other proposed legislation or rulemaking; actions by the SEC, CFTC, and other regulatory bodies; risks related to the Company's "moonshot" investments, including in Eightco Holdings and Beast Industries, and the performance of the underlying companies to which those investments provide indirect exposure; macroeconomic factors, including inflation, interest rates, and general economic conditions; changes to the Ethereum protocol or roadmap; the performance of third-party service providers, exchanges, custodians, and staking partners; and the other risk factors described in the Company's filings with the SEC.

The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are based on information available to management as of the date of this release and reflect management's current expectations, estimates, and beliefs concerning future events. Actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied based on the factors described above and in the Risk Factors section of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 filed with the SEC on November 21, 2025, the Company's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and the Company's other filings with the SEC, as amended or updated from time to time. Copies of these filings are available at www.sec.gov and at https://Bitminetech.io/investor-relations/. The Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. Bitmine expressly disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements except as required by applicable law.

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• Bitcoin holders can still sell at a loss and buy straight back, because crypto has no wash-sale rule yet.
• The coin trades under both its 50-day and 200-day averages, with momentum still pointing down.
• A wide gap separates the price from the nearest support floor, and that zone near $63K is drawing attention.

Bitcoin investors sitting on paper losses have a year-end option that stock traders lack. They can sell, book the loss for taxes and buy the coin back the same day.

That window matters now because the coin keeps sliding and Congress is weighing bills to close the gap. Traders want to know whether tax-driven selling into December will push bitcoin to its next floor before buyers step in.

Missing Tax Rule Turns Bitcoin Losses Into a Year End Play

The IRS has treated digital assets as property since Notice 2014-21. Section 1091, the wash-sale rule, covers only stock and securities. That means a holder can sell bitcoin at a loss, buy it back right away and still claim the loss.

The losses are large this year. BTC traded near $75,662 on Nov 8. That was about 40% below its record of $126,080, set on Oct 6, 2025. Ether sat about 55% off its peak, XRP about 68% and Solana about 70%.

Here is how the math works. Someone who bought one bitcoin at the top and sold on Nov 8 would book a loss near $50,418. Set against long-term gains taxed at 15%, that cuts the federal bill by roughly $7,560. Losses beyond gains offset up to $3,000 of ordinary income a year, and the rest carries forward. Buying back resets the cost basis and restarts the holding period.

There are limits. Spot ETFs such as BlackRock's IBIT are securities, so the wash-sale rule applies to them. Tax advisers also flag the economic-substance doctrine and state rules as possible traps.

The window may not last. Sen. Steve Daines introduced S. 5616, the ADAPT Act, which now sits with the Senate Finance Committee. A House bill, H.R. 10357, cleared the Ways and Means Committee 38-5. Its proposed start date of Sept 14, 2026 could apply the rule retroactively. Sales must settle by Dec 31 to count for 2026.

Bitcoin Slips Under Both Averages as the Month Bleeds Lower

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin traded near $74K on Monday, little changed over the past 24 hours. The quiet day comes after steady losses. The coin is down about 5% over the past week and about 10% over the past month.

The market keeps leaking lower, and each bounce has faded. Tax selling gives holders one more reason to sell into that weakness.

Moving averages tell the same story. This kind of average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set period. Bitcoin now sits below its 50-day average near $79K. It also trades under its 200-day average near $76K.

That alignment matters for readers watching the trend. When price trades under both lines, each one tends to act as a ceiling on rallies. Buyers would need to push back above the 200-day line first, then clear the 50-day, before the picture improves.

The 50-day average also sits above the 200-day. That means the recent slide has not yet dragged the shorter average under the longer one. A cross of that kind would confirm the weakness on a longer time frame.

The flat session reads as a pause. The coin has not reclaimed any level that would signal a turn.

Sellers Keep the Momentum Without Reaching Exhaustion

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 34 on the daily chart. That reading is weak. It shows sellers have controlled most recent sessions.

The gauge has not yet dropped below 30, the zone traders call oversold. Readings there often signal that selling is exhausted. Bitcoin has not reached that point, so prices still have room to fall.

Other momentum measures agree. The MACD, which compares short and longer price trends, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, downside momentum is still building rather than fading.

Trend strength readings show a downtrend taking shape, with sellers in the lead. Until that shifts, rallies are likely to meet supply from holders keen to lock in losses before the deadline.

Why $63K Is the Floor Everyone Is Watching

The daily chart shows a wide gap below the current price. The nearest support sits near $63K, where two levels overlap. Bitcoin has no closer cushion to catch a slide.

A fall to that zone would take the coin about 16% below where it trades now. With momentum still weak and tax sellers active into December, that level is the obvious target if the slide continues.

Overlapping support tends to draw buyers, so that floor is the line most likely to slow a decline.

Above, the first test is the 200-day average, which now acts as nearby resistance. Closing a session back over that line would ease the pressure. The next hurdle sits near $80K, just above the 50-day average. Clearing it would show buyers have taken back control.

Two Paths Before the Tax Deadline Pressure Builds

Bitcoin faces two clear setups as December approaches.

• Bullish: A daily close back above the 200-day average would open a run toward the hurdle just over the 50-day line. A drop below Monday's trading level would cancel that setup.
• Bearish: A failed retest of the 200-day line, plus steady tax-loss selling, would send the coin toward the double support floor. A close above the upper hurdle would invalidate this view.

Bears Hold the Edge Until $76K Falls

The chart and the tax calendar point the same way. Sellers hold momentum, and holders have a clear reason to book losses before Dec 31. That leaves the near-term bias tilted lower.

Two things could change that quickly. A retroactive wash-sale law would remove the incentive to sell and rebuy. A sharp rebound could also push holders to wait.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Responsible betting tools at crypto sportsbooks range from in-account deposit limits to a single email address for self-exclusion. Bettors who understand each book's tools can pick a platform that matches how they want to manage their play.

The comparison below ranks fifteen wallet-first sportsbooks on the clarity and reach of their responsible betting tools.

The Tools That Matter

Responsible betting covers several layers, from spending limits to full exclusion. The table outlines what to look for.

Tool

What it does

Typical route

Deposit limit

Caps how much enters the account

Account settings or support

Loss or wager limit

Caps losses or stakes over a period

Account settings

Cool-off

Pauses the account for a short period

Settings or support

Self-exclusion

Blocks the account for months or longer

Support or email request

Reality check

Reminds the player of time spent

Session settings

Support links

Points to outside help organisations

Responsible gambling page

Last verified: October 2026

Wallet-first platforms can only block an account, since funds stay with the player before a deposit. CryptoDaily's comparison of self-exclusion at licensed Web3 sportsbooks covers that process in detail.

Why Wallet Play Needs Its Own Habits

Wallet deposits skip the bank checks and mandatory limit prompts found at many regulated sites. Bettors who play from a wallet benefit from deciding a weekly budget, session length and stop point before each session.

Stake sizing helps keep those budgets steady. CryptoDaily's guide to session limits explains bet sizing in practical terms.

Outside Help

Platform tools work well alongside outside support. CryptoDaily's overview of support services for crypto players lists organisations that offer free help.

15 Wallet-First Sportsbooks Compared on Responsible Betting Tools

Placings weigh how clearly each book publishes its tools, how quickly self-exclusion takes effect and whether it names outside support organisations. Operator pages and outside reviews supplied the details.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport handles self-exclusion through info@dexsport.io, blocking gaming services within 12 hours of a request that states the period. Dexsport's policy names Gamblers Anonymous, Gambling Therapy and GamCare, though it notes that it cannot fully restrict access to the website itself.

2. Stake

Stake lists self-exclusion and gambling limits on its responsible gambling page, with requests handled through support. Its restricted list covers several countries, so access depends on location.

3. Cloudbet

Cloudbet offers deposit limits and self-exclusion, according to its responsible gambling page. Some tools require contacting support instead of a settings toggle.

4. BC.Game

BC.Game provides self-exclusion and cool-off options through its account settings and support team. Reviewers note that limit tools hide deep in the menus.

5. Shuffle

Shuffle publishes self-exclusion and limit options on its responsible gambling page. Requests go through support, which adds a step compared with in-account toggles.

6. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io offers deposit limits, time-outs and self-exclusion in many markets. Tool availability changes with the bettor's country.

7. Roobet

Roobet provides self-exclusion and cool-off requests through support. Reviews describe fewer in-account limit settings than at larger books.

8. Thunderpick

Thunderpick lists self-exclusion and links to outside help on its responsible gambling page. Limit tools appear less prominent than its esports promotions.

9. Vave

Vave offers self-exclusion through support and publishes general responsible gambling guidance. Bonus terms deserve attention too, so confirm current terms before accepting an offer.

10. Betpanda

Betpanda provides self-exclusion on request and outlines responsible gambling principles. Reviewers mention limited in-account tools.

11. Rollbit

Rollbit offers self-exclusion through support alongside its casino and trading products. Tools for the sportsbook share the same account-wide settings.

12. Gamdom

Gamdom lists self-exclusion and cool-off periods on its responsible gambling page. Requests may need a support ticket, according to reviews.

13. Jackbit

Jackbit provides self-exclusion on request and links to outside organisations. Deposit limit tools look basic compared with larger books.

14. BetFury

BetFury offers self-exclusion and cool-off options through its account and support. Its token rewards feature prominently, so players should keep budgets separate from reward chasing.

15. Lucky Block

Lucky Block lists self-exclusion and general guidance on its responsible gambling page. Reviewers find fewer limit settings than at the books above.

Tools That Fit Your Play

Bettors who know they want firm boundaries should favour books with clear self-exclusion routes and named outside support. Those who prefer softer controls can lean on personal budgets, reminders and regular breaks.

Warning signs include chasing losses, borrowing to bet and hiding spending from family. Anyone who notices them should pause, use self-exclusion and contact a support organisation.

Conclusion

Wallet-first sportsbooks offer responsible betting tools ranging from in-account limits to email self-exclusion, and the clarity of those tools varies widely. Wallet deposits skip many of the prompts found at regulated sites, so personal budgets matter more.

Dexsport ranks first for its published self-exclusion process and named support organisations, while the other books offer limits and cool-offs with varying ease of access. Many platforms route requests through support instead of account settings.

Set a budget before every session. Gambling rules vary by country, so check the law where you live, bet only once you reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Responsible gambling tools, operator policies and licences change over time and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each sportsbook's current tools before you bet. If gambling is causing harm, contact a support organisation such as Gamblers Anonymous, Gambling Therapy or GamCare. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

Crypto sportsbooks with lighter signup steps vary widely in how openly they publish those numbers. Some print stake and win ceilings by tier, while others leave limits to the bet slip.

The comparison below ranks 8 books on how clearly they set out stake limits, win caps and combo payout rules.

Limits Shape Bigger Bets More Than Signup Does

Light signup gets a bettor through the door, while limits decide what happens once the bets get bigger. Verification can follow later, especially around larger withdrawals, so KYC or AML checks may apply whatever the signup route.

Limit type

What it controls

Where books usually publish it

Minimum stake

Smallest accepted bet

Bet slip or general rules

Maximum stake

Largest bet on one selection

Sport rules, sometimes by tier

Maximum win

Highest payout from one bet

General terms

Combo payout ceiling

Largest return from an accumulator

Combo rules

Event exposure

Total the book accepts on one event

Liability section

Last verified: October 2026

Bettors who stake heavily should read these sections before depositing. CryptoDaily's comparison of books for high-volume bettors covers limits alongside withdrawals.

How Tiered Limits Work

Many books split events into tiers. Major football leagues and Grand Slam tennis fall in the higher tier with larger stake ceilings, while lower divisions and niche sports get smaller ones.

Live limits usually come in lower than pre-match limits, since prices move quickly once play starts. Combo payouts often share the single-bet win ceiling, which can surprise bettors who stack long slips.

Signup Data and Limits Together

Signup data and limits connect more than they seem. CryptoDaily's ranking of privacy-minded sportsbooks shows what each book asks before the first bet.

8 Crypto Sportsbooks Compared on Published Limits

Placings weigh how clearly each book publishes stake limits, win caps and combo ceilings, plus how much data its signup requires. Operator pages and outside reviews supplied the details.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport prints its limits in a two-tier table, with separate pre-match and live stake ceilings and a maximum win for each tier. Signup at Dexsport works through six wallets, Google, Telegram or an email passcode, and the rules state that a winning combo cannot pay more than the single-bet maximum.

2. Stake

Stake shows stake limits on the bet slip and publishes win caps in its sportsbook terms. Its restricted list covers several countries, including the UK, so access depends on location.

3. Cloudbet

Cloudbet publishes limits on its markets and is known for higher ceilings on headline events. Email signup comes first, and reviews mention verification requests on larger withdrawals.

4. BC.Game

BC.Game sets limits through its BETBY-supplied book and lists a maximum payout in its terms. Wallet and social logins keep signup light, though limits on niche events can change without much notice.

5. Shuffle

Shuffle publishes per-bet and daily win caps in its sportsbook rules. Those ceilings matter for anyone stacking long combos, since the cap applies across a day.

6. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io shows limits on the slip and publishes payout rules in its terms. Market access and limits shift with the bettor's country.

7. Roobet

Roobet lists maximum payouts in its sportsbook terms and adds boosts on longer accumulators. Its arbitrage rules are strict, and hedging patterns can lead to lower limits.

8. Vave

Vave publishes win caps in its terms and offers live markets with slip-level limits. Bonus offers come with wagering conditions, so confirm current terms before accepting one.

Questions to Ask of Any Limit Table

Check whether limits differ by sport, market and live play, and whether the win cap applies per bet, per day or per event. Accumulator ceilings deserve special attention, since a long slip can hit the cap well before its odds suggest.

If a payout looks short, the complaint route depends on the licence. CryptoDaily's explainer on what a licence changes at a sportsbook covers recourse and limits together.

Conclusion

Low-data signup gets bettors started quickly, yet published limits decide how a sportsbook handles bigger stakes and wins. Clear tables for stake ceilings, win caps and combo payouts help bettors plan before they deposit.

Dexsport ranks first for its two-tier limit table and plain combo payout rule, while the other books publish limits with varying clarity across slips and terms. Tiered events, lower live limits and shared combo ceilings appear across many platforms.

Read the limit section before staking big. Betting law differs between countries, so check yours, bet only once you reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Stake limits, win caps, bonus terms and licences change over time and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each sportsbook's current terms before you bet. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• Solana slid to a fresh monthly low as spot ETF investors kept pulling money out.
• SOL now trades beneath both its 50-day and 200-day averages, a bearish shift for the long-term trend.
• The August low near $74 is the floor bears are eyeing next.

Solana broke below last week's 30-day low on Friday, extending a slide that started soon after its Alpenglow upgrade went live. Faster settlement has failed to draw buyers back.

The break matters because fund flows and onchain activity are both weakening at the same time. Oversold readings hint that a relief bounce could come. Traders now want to know whether buyers can reclaim the 200-day average or whether sellers press toward the summer lows.

Alpenglow Delivers Speed but ETF Money Keeps Leaving

Solana's Alpenglow consensus upgrade went live on Oct 21. It cut transaction finality to roughly 150 milliseconds, one of the fastest settlement times among major blockchains. The market shrugged. SOL traded near $101 on Oct 25. It then closed at $89 on Nov 5, its lowest level in a month.

ETF demand has dried up. U.S. spot Solana funds took in nothing from Nov 2 to Nov 4. They then lost about $1.2 million on Nov 5. Outflows grew to $25.1 million the next day. Net assets have shrunk from $1.73 billion on Oct 9 to around $1.31 billion.

DeFi data adds to the pressure. Base, the layer-2 network built by Coinbase, held $5.82 billion in DeFi deposits on Nov 7, according to DefiLlama. Solana held $5.24 billion. That gap weakens the network's case as the leading home for onchain finance.

SOL now sits about 70% below its $293 record. Its market value of roughly $52.6 billion ranks seventh among cryptocurrencies. Another ETF outflow above $25 million would signal that big holders are still selling.

SOL Trades Under Both Averages After Losing $89

Solana (SOL) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SOL changed hands near $87 on Friday, flat over the past 24 hours. The quiet day hides a clear break. Price has slipped through the 30-day low that buyers defended last week, and that floor has now given way.

Moving averages show the damage. A moving average tracks the mean closing price over a set number of days, and traders use it to judge the trend. SOL now trades below its 50-day average near $100. It also sits under its 200-day average around $97.60.

This longer line matters most. Many funds and longer-term traders treat it as the dividing line between a healthy market and a weak one. SOL rested on that average until recently, using it as support. Now the same line works as a ceiling.

That shift turns the long-term picture bearish. Buyers would need to reclaim the 200-day average before anyone can call the trend repaired. Until then, rallies toward it are likely to meet sellers.

The losses have built up over weeks. SOL is down about 8% over the past seven days. Over 30 days, the drop reaches roughly 20%.

Each bounce has faded, and each low has come in under the one before. Sellers have held control since late October.

Sellers Stay in Charge Even as Oversold Readings Appear

SOL's daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, has dropped to about 29. Readings under 30 count as oversold. That means selling has run hard and fast, and short relief bounces often start from this zone.

An oversold reading alone does not mark a bottom. Strong downtrends can keep RSI pinned low for days or even weeks.

Other signals still favor the bears. The MACD, a tool that compares short and longer price averages, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, momentum is still pointing down. Trend strength readings also confirm a real trend, and sellers are the ones leading it.

Buyers need momentum to turn before any bounce can last. Until that happens, oversold can simply stay oversold.

Key Levels for the Next Move

The nearest support sits near $74, the August low and the last spot where buyers stepped in with force. A move there would mark a drop of roughly 15% from current prices.

Losing that floor would leave SOL exposed. The data shows no clear support below it, so sellers would face little resistance on the way down.

Overhead, the first barrier is the 200-day average, which gives that level extra weight. A daily close back above it would undo much of the recent breakdown and ease pressure on longer-term holders.

The next hurdle comes around $104. Clearing it would bring the 50-day average zone into view. Buyers would need several strong sessions to get there, and current momentum offers little sign of that yet.

Two Paths From an Oversold Low

Two outcomes look most likely, and each has a clear line that would prove it wrong.

• Bullish: An oversold bounce carries SOL back above the 200-day average, the first ceiling on the daily chart. A daily close there would open a run toward the second hurdle overhead. The setup fails if price closes back under Friday's trading level.
• Bearish: ETF outflows continue and sellers drag SOL toward the summer floor. That path stays in play until buyers reclaim the 200-day average, which would cancel the breakdown.

Upgrades Have Not Yet Outweighed Outflows

Faster finality has not brought fund money back, and the chart reflects it.

Short sellers face their own risk. Oversold markets can snap higher without warning, and a sharp squeeze could trap traders who joined the selling late.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Bounce from $74K

Source: TradingView

The short-term chart for the $BTC price is not a pretty sight. Since September it has steadily made lower highs and lower lows, and this has finally culminated in a breakdown below the major $75K horizontal support level. Support has been found at $74K, which is in fact a good support level, given that it rests on the very top of the 8-month bull flag of 2024.

The price action is currently bouncing from this level, and the bulls may be able to push the $BTC price back up to the underside of the parallel channel. However, this could just be for another retest of what is now firm resistance. There is nothing to suggest that the bulls have what it takes to break above this level and push the price up to make a higher high. Therefore, we are probably looking at further downside, which could be a descent to $69K and below.

A retest of the 200-day SMA?

Source: TradingView

The daily chart illustrates that the $BTC price has almost come all the way down to retest the 200-day SMA. When the price was at the local highs of $87K it really did not look as though it could sink all the way back down to the low $70K region and test this support, but here we are.

We can see if we look left along the chart that the current horizontal level is credible support. There is a descending trendline that has also acted as support for most of the descent. Candle tails have come down below the trendline, but so far the candle bodies are holding above.

Given that the $BTC price has already come down a fair way, it is now to be wondered whether the price will keep going and eventually retest the bull market trendline, which was the main support for the bottom of the bear market. This could take the price down to around $66K.

$BTC price falls below 50-week SMA bull market support

Source: TradingView

While the $BTC price may indeed hold support at this strong support level of $74K, the signs are that the bear market bottoming process might not be over quite yet. The gap between the price action and the 200-week SMA and the bull market trendline is getting narrower by the week. Could a retest be a possibility? It is for this reason that traders will need to watch the current support level like a hawk. While much was made of $75K, $74K looks like a stronger level, especially on this higher time frame.  

Looking at the major moving averages here, this week is going to be huge. The bulls simply must get this weekly candle back above the 50-week SMA. This has acted as bull market support for the last two bull markets. Breaking down and confirming below it could even mean that the bear market is not over yet.

As things stand, as long as there isn’t a vertiginous collapse to come, either the current support, or the next one down at $69K (also testing the 200-week SMA) could be where the trend starts to turn. The U.S. stock market is looking strong on Monday morning as per the Futures chart. Perhaps this can help to firm up the $BTC price. We shall see.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

On November 9, the Singapore-based trading platform announced a set of social trading updates arriving over the next two weeks. They include customizable user profiles, links to users’ social accounts, and stronger trading signals built into UXUY’s existing livestreaming feature.

The idea is simple. Users should be able to find a trade idea, talk it over with other traders, and act on it across different asset classes without switching between apps.

Bringing your community with you

The first change is an update to UXUY’s Spot Social features. Users will be able to personalize their profiles and connect their X and Telegram accounts.

This matters most for traders and content creators who already have an audience elsewhere. Instead of starting over, they can bring their existing followers onto the platform and tie their public presence to their actual trading activity.

Signals with the reasoning behind them

The bigger update is to livestreaming. Hosts will soon be able to share directional trading signals while they talk through the market live. Those signals will cover spot trading as well as perpetual contracts on cryptocurrencies, U.S. equities, gold, and silver.

A signal on its own tells you what someone is doing, but not why. UXUY’s approach is to put that reasoning in front of viewers. They can follow a host’s analysis as it happens, ask questions, and discuss potential trades as the market moves.

“A trading signal is more useful when people can understand the thinking behind it,” said Kevin Como, CEO at UXUY. “We want users to be able to hear a trader’s perspective, ask questions, and explore the relevant markets in one place. These updates bring that experience closer to our vision for UXUY: making onchain trading easier to access while keeping users in control of their assets.”

Built on a single account

These features sit on top of infrastructure UXUY already offers. Users access supported onchain markets through one unified account funded with stablecoins. The platform takes care of cross-chain routing and gas fees behind the scenes, so traders don’t have to juggle multiple networks, bridges, or interfaces.

Backed by YZi Labs, UXUY supports trading in crypto assets, tokenized equities, and perpetual contracts. It is also self-custodial, meaning users keep control of their own assets rather than handing them to the platform.

Pairing that setup with social discovery and live discussion is meant to close the gap between hearing about an idea and acting on it. Users can go from spotting an opportunity to exploring the market it points to without leaving the app.

The new social trading features are expected to roll out over the next two weeks, alongside ongoing improvements to the rest of the platform.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Spot Ethereum ETFs bled cash for a sixth straight week while a handful of whales scooped up coins.
• Ether now trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and momentum still favors sellers.
• The $2,100 high-timeframe line flagged by Daan Crypto Trades decides whether the slide deepens.

Wall Street money keeps leaving Ether. US spot funds posted another week of withdrawals, while a few large wallets bought heavily, one of them with borrowed stablecoins.

That split leaves ETH caught between two forces. Every recent whale entry now sits at a loss, and the chart has lost the trend structure bulls relied on all summer. Traders want to know if buyers can defend the line one analyst calls key, or if leverage turns into forced selling.

ETF Money Leaves While Whales Borrow to Buy

US spot Ethereum ETFs lost $365.3 million last week, their sixth straight week of outflows, according to SoSoValue data. The funds have shed about $2 billion over that stretch. Cumulative net inflows now stand at $11.92 billion, down from a peak of $15.09 billion in October 2025.

Large holders are moving the other way. On-chain trackers show three big wallets added about 35,350 ETH. Lookonchain flagged one wallet that borrowed 22 million USDT from Aave. It bought 10,000 ETH near $2,155.

A second wallet pulled 16,577 ETH from Binance over the week, EmberCN said. Its average cost sits near $2,304. A third wallet bought its coins at roughly $2,245. All three entries sit above today's price, so these buyers are underwater.

Supply is also tightening. CryptoQuant data puts exchange reserves at 14.62 million ETH, down from about 16.9 million in January. BitMine holds 6,060,506 ETH, close to its goal of owning 5% of supply.

Analyst Daan Crypto Trades called this zone the key high-timeframe level to hold.

Both Moving Averages Now Sit Overhead

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ether traded near $2,110 on Monday, flat over the past 24 hours. That calm hides a weaker picture on the daily chart. Price now sits below both of the moving averages that traders watch most.

A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the mean closing price over a set period. The 50-day average stands near $2,370. The 200-day sits around $2,310. When price trades under both, those lines tend to act as ceilings on any bounce.

The order of the two averages adds to the warning. The shorter 50-day line still sits above the longer 200-day line, but price has fallen through both. Buyers who entered over the past two months are now holding losses, and many may sell into rallies to get out near breakeven.

Real damage came on Nov 8. Ether closed below $2,200 that day and broke a rising trend line that had held since the late-June low. Losing it removed the structure bulls had leaned on all summer.

Ether is down about 7% this week and about 15% over the past month. The losses built up day by day, which points to persistent selling.

That grind has now carried price right onto the high-timeframe level Daan Crypto Trades flagged. Ether is testing it with little cushion left.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum Edge

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 32 on the daily chart. That sits just above the oversold line at 30. Selling has run hard, but the gauge has not yet flashed the kind of exhaustion that often comes before a bounce.

Other signals lean the same way. MACD, which compares short and long price trends, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, momentum is still pointing down. Trend strength readings show a move taking shape, and sellers are the ones driving it.

A flat session after a week of losses looks like a pause. Buyers have not shown enough force to turn the tape.

Bulls would want RSI to climb back toward the middle of its range before reading any turn.

A Lost $2,100 Opens the Road to $1,850

If Ether closes a day below that line, the chart shows little support until about $1,850. That zone marks the nearest floor in the data. A drop there would push every whale entry deep into the red.

The wallet that borrowed from Aave faces the sharpest test, since a deeper drop eats into its collateral. Forced selling from leveraged buyers could add fuel to a decline.

A chart pattern points lower still. The rising wedge breakdown targets about $1,754, which lines up with the 0.786 Fibonacci retracement. Fibonacci levels are ratios traders use to map where a pullback may stall. That target sits below the support cluster, so a failed bounce there would leave room for more losses.

Recovery has its own steps. Bulls first need to retake resistance near $2,280, then the next ceiling around $2,400. A daily close above roughly $2,439, the 0.618 Fibonacci level, would put $2,500 back in play. Until then, sellers keep the upper hand.

What Decides the Next Three Days

The next few sessions hinge on one daily close.

• Bullish: Ether holds the key line, then reclaims first resistance. That would open a push toward the next ceiling and ease pressure on the whale entries. A close back below that line cancels this case.
• Bearish: A daily close under that same line sends price toward the support cluster below. Leveraged buyers would then face growing strain. A move back above first resistance invalidates this path.

Whales Have Bet, the Chart Has Not Agreed

Whale buying shows conviction, yet ETF money keeps leaving and the chart still favors sellers.

The bigger risk sits with leveraged buyers, whose positions could turn into forced selling.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• A $1 billion liquidation wave knocked XRP and the wider crypto market to fresh lows to start the week.
• XRP's daily momentum gauge sits deep in oversold territory, yet sellers still control the trend.
• Bulls now have to defend a floor just under the dollar mark, with little mapped support below it.

XRP extended its slide on Monday after forced liquidations swept through crypto markets. Leveraged traders who bet on a rebound were flushed out, and the token took one of the heaviest hits among large coins.

The timing hurts. XRP was already grinding lower for weeks, and spot ETF buyers stayed on the sidelines. Traders now want to know whether oversold conditions can spark a relief bounce before the dollar level gives way.

A $1B Liquidation Wave Drags the Market to Fresh Lows

Crypto markets opened the week in the red as roughly $1 billion in leveraged positions were wiped out. Forced selling hit traders who had bet on a rebound, and the losses spread quickly across major coins.

Bitcoin dropped to a fresh multi-month low of $73,500 on Nov 9. Ether slid close to $2,000, its weakest level since mid-August. XRP fell hardest of the three, losing about 6% on the day.

Total crypto market value shrank to around $2.56 trillion, down nearly 2%. Spot trading volume jumped about 28% to near $26.8 billion. That surge points to sellers rushing for the exit.

XRP had little support from big money going into the drop. Spot XRP ETFs recorded zero net flows from Nov 3 to Nov 6, with net assets of about $1.34 billion. No institutional bid was there to cushion the fall.

XRP Trades Well Under Both Long Averages

XRP (XRP) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

XRP traded near $1.08 on Monday, well below the levels where buyers stepped in earlier this fall. The token now sits under both of the long-term averages that traders watch most closely.

The 50-day moving average, which tracks the average closing price over the past 50 sessions, stands near $1.30. The 200-day average sits higher, around $1.35. Price below both lines means each one now acts as a ceiling on any bounce.

With the 50-day below the 200-day, the shorter trend has already turned weaker than the longer one. Chart readers call this a bearish stack, and it tends to keep rallies short.

This week's drop did not come out of nowhere. XRP has lost about 13% in seven days and roughly 22% in a month. That pattern describes a steady grind lower, with the liquidation wave adding a final push.

The first real sign of a turn would be a finish back above the 50-day line. That would show buyers can absorb supply at higher prices again. Until then, the broader trend points down, and any recovery starts from well beneath both averages.

Sellers Stay in Control Despite Oversold Readings

XRP's daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, has dropped to about 26. Readings below 30 count as oversold, meaning sellers have pushed the price down faster than usual. That stretch often comes before a short relief bounce.

An oversold reading does not mark a bottom, though. Prices can stay oversold for days when forced selling keeps hitting the order books. The token kept slipping in the last day, so the pressure has not lifted yet.

The MACD still sits below its signal line, which means downside momentum remains in place. Trend strength readings also show a fresh move taking shape, led by sellers.

Together, these signals leave any bounce without confirmation. Buyers would need momentum to turn up before a rebound can be trusted. For now, a quick pop could simply give sellers a better price to exit.

$0.99 Becomes the Line Bulls Must Hold

The nearest floor on the daily chart sits around $0.99, just under the dollar mark. The data shows no clear support beneath that level, so a break could leave XRP searching for buyers in open air.

Traders tend to defend psychological levels like a dollar. If that defense fails, stop orders below it could trigger another round of forced selling. That would echo the leverage flush that started the week.

On the upside, the first cap sits near $1.20. That area roughly marks where the latest breakdown began. Sellers who missed the exit there may use any return to cut their losses.

The next barrier stands around $1.31, close to the 50-day line. A move through that zone would erase most of the damage from the liquidation wave. It would also put buyers back in a position to challenge the longer trend.

Where XRP Goes Over the Next Three Days

Two paths stand out for the coming sessions, and the dollar area decides which one plays out.

• Bullish: Oversold momentum sparks a relief rally that ends with a daily close above $1.20. That would open a move toward $1.31, near the 50-day line. A drop back under the dollar floor would cancel this setup.
• Bearish: A close below $0.99 removes the last mapped floor and leaves downside open-ended. A recovery above the first ceiling would invalidate this view.

Bears Hold the Edge Until $1.20 Falls

For now, sellers keep the upper hand on XRP. The oversold reading leaves room for a relief bounce. Still, nothing on the chart points to a lasting turn until buyers reclaim that first ceiling.

The bigger risk sits outside the token. Another leverage flush in Bitcoin could drag XRP through its last nearby floor within hours, with little to slow the fall.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Tokenized assets on Stellar have climbed to about $5 billion, a clear adoption win for the network.
• XLM keeps trading below both of its key moving averages, and sellers still control the trend.
• The nearest support floor just under the current price could decide whether the slide deepens.

Stellar just logged a major adoption milestone in tokenized funds, bonds and other assets.

XLM holders have not shared in the good news. The token has badly lagged Bitcoin this week, and momentum gauges sit near oversold territory. Traders now want to know if growing on-chain use can draw buyers back before sellers break the last clear floor.

Stellar Crosses $5 Billion in Tokenized Real-World Assets

Tokenized real-world assets on the Stellar network have reached $5 billion, according to network data. The figure covers assets such as funds, bonds and stable value tokens issued directly on the blockchain. It marks a clear win for Stellar's core pitch as a cheap, fast rail for issuing and moving regulated assets.

The milestone has also turned attention back to XLM, the network's native token.

So far, it has not. XLM fell about 11% over the past seven days. Bitcoin slipped only about 2% in the same stretch. That gap means XLM is losing ground even against a soft market.

More assets are settling on Stellar, while holders of its token keep selling.

A Network Milestone Meets a Token Trading Under Both Key Averages

Stellar (XLM) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

XLM trades near $0.15, and the daily chart shows a token that has spent weeks drifting lower. The bigger picture is clear from its moving averages. These track the average closing price over a set number of days, and traders use them to judge the direction of a trend.

The 50-day average sits around $0.18. The 200-day average is a little higher, near $0.19. XLM trades below both, which marks a clear downtrend on short and long time frames alike.

Those averages now act as ceilings. Any bounce toward them is likely to meet sellers who bought higher and want to exit near break-even. Bulls would need to reclaim the 50-day line first to show the trend is shifting.

This week's drop extends a longer decline. XLM is down about 21% over the past 30 days. That means the selling started well before the latest leg lower, and the RWA headlines have not slowed it.

The last session offered a small break. XLM ended the day flat, with no fresh losses. A quiet day after a steep run of declines often signals that sellers are catching their breath.

That calm alone does not mark a bottom. Until higher closes arrive, the pause looks like a rest within the same downtrend.

Sellers Still Steer as RSI Nears Oversold

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, stands at 31 on the daily chart. That reading sits just above the oversold line of 30. It tells traders that selling has been heavy and persistent for weeks.

Oversold conditions often bring short relief rallies. Sellers run low on fuel, and bargain hunters step in for a quick trade. Those bounces tend to fade fast when the broader trend still points down.

Other gauges point the same way. MACD, a tool that compares short and longer price averages, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, momentum is still pointing down and has not started to turn.

Trend strength readings also show sellers in charge. That makes a lasting reversal less likely for now.

Why $0.14 Is the Floor Bulls Cannot Afford to Lose

Nearest support sits near $0.14, only a few cents below the current price. Buyers have defended this zone, and it is the last clear floor before the chart opens up. Losing it would hand sellers another easy win.

A close below that level could open a deeper slide toward $0.11. That would mean a fresh drop of more than 20% from here. With momentum already weak, there is little on the chart to slow such a move.

On the upside, the first test comes near $0.17. Reclaiming that level would ease the immediate pressure and show buyers can hold a bounce. It would also put the 50-day line within reach.

Above that, the next resistance lines up with the 200-day average. That zone is where the longer downtrend would face its real test. For now, XLM sits closer to its floor than to either ceiling.

Two Paths for XLM Over the Next Three Days

• Bullish: RSI's oversold reading invites a relief bounce. A daily close above first resistance would open a run at the 50-day line. A close back under the nearest support would invalidate this path.
• Bearish: A close below that floor would point toward the lower support zone flagged earlier. Sellers still hold the trend, which favors this case. Buyers reclaiming first resistance would cancel it.

Adoption Is Growing While the Chart Lags

The tokenization milestone shows real use, but it has not yet brought buyers back to XLM. The bias stays bearish until the token reclaims first resistance and holds it.

Support is thin under the current floor, so a wider market dip led by Bitcoin could speed up the losses. Network growth may help later, but the chart needs to confirm it first.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• I/O Fund analyst Beth Kindig warned of another big Bitcoin decline, yet she kept her long-term target.
• Bitcoin now trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and momentum still favors sellers.
• The 200-day zone near $76,000 has flipped from support to resistance, and bulls must win it back.

Beth Kindig expects Bitcoin to suffer another sharp decline over the coming months. She still says her long-term thesis for the coin holds.

Her warning lands as Bitcoin heads for another losing week and ETF demand cools. Kindig blames a firmer dollar and higher bond yields for draining liquidity. Traders now want to know whether buyers can stop the slow bleed before the price reaches thin air below.

Kindig Sees One More Leg Down Before the $2 Million Story Resumes

Kindig, a tech analyst, posted on X on Nov 6 that "one more large drop is coming over the next several months." She also said her long-term $2 million Bitcoin thesis "remains intact." She gave no timeline. She stressed that the path will be uneven.

Kindig tied her caution to a rising dollar and climbing bond yields. She called global liquidity the key driver for the coin. Tighter money tends to drain demand from risk assets like Bitcoin.

The market already shows that strain. Bitcoin is on track for a fifth straight weekly loss. Spot ETF buyers added $526.6 million on Oct 19 and $528.4 million on Oct 21. Then outflows of $643.3 million followed. Cumulative net inflows shrank from $58 billion to about $56 billion in two weeks.

Her target is large, yet past growth supports it. Reaching it by 2035 needs about 44% a year, said analyst Charlie Bilello. That sits below Bitcoin's decade average near 59%. JPMorgan puts volatility-adjusted fair value near $266,000. That is roughly double the $126,080 record set in October 2025.

Bitcoin Slips Under Both Key Averages as the Monthly Slide Deepens

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin traded near $74,000 on Monday, flat over the past 24 hours. The coin now sits below its 50-day moving average near $79,000. That average tracks the price trend of roughly the last two months, and it now acts as a ceiling.

The bigger change sits lower. Bitcoin also slipped under its 200-day average, now around $76,000. Traders watch this long-term line as the dividing mark between a healthy market and a weak one. It had been the last cushion under the price, and buyers failed to defend it.

On the daily chart, that same zone now marks the nearest resistance. A level that once held the price up now caps it. Bulls need to reclaim it before any recovery talk makes sense.

The monthly picture shows a slow bleed. Bitcoin is down about 10% over 30 days. The coin topped near $84,082 on Oct 21 and has drifted lower since. No single crash did the damage. Sellers chipped away day after day, and each small bounce faded.

That pattern matters for Kindig's warning. A steady grind often signals that demand is thinning, which fits her view of tighter liquidity.

Bitcoin also lost about 5% over seven days. A flat session after that slide only shows sellers paused.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand Without Reaching Exhaustion

Momentum readings back up what the price shows. The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 34. That reading is weak, though still above the 30 mark where a market counts as oversold. Sellers have room to push further before the coin looks stretched enough for a typical relief bounce.

The MACD, a tool that compares short and longer price trends, also leans bearish. It remains below its signal line, so momentum is still pointing down. Trend gauges add one more detail. A trend is forming, and sellers lead it.

These signals describe a market sliding steadily without panic. That profile fits Kindig's call. Buyers usually wait for clearer exhaustion before they commit fresh money.

Where Buyers Must Step In if $76K Stays Out of Reach

The first test sits right overhead. Bitcoin needs to climb back above the 200-day zone and close there for several sessions. That move would turn this week's slip into a false breakdown, a break that fails and traps late sellers.

A stronger signal waits higher. The next resistance stands near $80K, close to the 50-day average. Closing a session above that line would reset the trend in favor of buyers. It would also weaken the case for an imminent large drop.

The downside looks thinner. On the daily chart, the nearest real support sits around $63K, far below the current price. Little stands in between to slow a decline. Without buyers in that gap, a slide could move quickly once it gains pace.

That open space is where Kindig's warning could play out. A fall toward that floor would match the "large drop" she expects.

Two Paths for the Next Three Days

The levels already on the chart decide which way Bitcoin breaks.

• Bullish: A daily close back above the 200-day zone would open a test of the 50-day ceiling. Buyers would then have a real chance to end the weekly losing streak. A drop back under this week's lows would cancel this case.
• Bearish: If Bitcoin fails to reclaim the 200-day line and RSI keeps sliding, the deeper support comes into view. A close above the 50-day average would cancel this case.

The Long Thesis Survives but the Near Term Belongs to Sellers

Until Bitcoin climbs back over the 200-day line, the chart agrees with Kindig's short-term caution. Her long-range target stays a separate story that today's price action does nothing to support.

The main risk comes from outside crypto. A firmer dollar and rising bond yields could speed a slide toward the deeper floor.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Coverage at licensed Web3 sportsbooks varies. Some books list every match of a ranking event, while others wait for the televised stages.

The comparison below ranks nine licensed platforms on how they cover darts and snooker through the winter months.

The Winter Calendar for Darts and Snooker

Both sports peak between late autumn and early spring. The table maps the main events and the markets fans look for.

Event

Sport

Typical timing

Markets bettors look for

UK Championship

Snooker

Late November to December

Match winner, frame handicaps, total frames

PDC World Championship

Darts

Mid-December to early January

Match winner, set handicaps, 180s

The Masters

Snooker

January

Match winner, century breaks

Premier League Darts

Darts

February to May

Match winner, leg handicaps, checkouts

Last verified: October 2026

Darts and snooker reward form study, since both are individual sports with short formats early in a tournament. CryptoDaily's guide to darts markets covers the autumn build-up.

Why the Licence Matters for Indoor Sports

Both sports have faced integrity cases in the past, so settlement rules and complaint routes deserve attention. Licensed operators answer to a regulator if a dispute arises over a voided match or a retirement.

CryptoDaily's explainer on licence limits and market range shows how licensing shapes what a sportsbook offers.

9 Licensed Web3 Sportsbooks Compared on Darts and Snooker

Placings weigh the depth of darts and snooker menus through the winter, coverage of early rounds and how clearly each book publishes its rules. Operator pages and outside reviews supplied the details.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport holds an Anjouan licence through Dexapp LTD and lists darts and snooker with match winner, game handicaps and total games markets. Dexsport's published rules spell out settlement, Cash Out and void conditions, and live betting covers both sports when events appear on the board.

2. Stake

Stake prices darts and snooker events with match, handicap and total markets, plus specials on the televised stages. Its Curaçao licence comes with a restricted country list that includes the UK.

3. Cloudbet

Cloudbet covers the major darts and snooker tournaments with match and handicap lines and higher limits on headline matches. Reviews describe fewer specials such as 180s or century breaks.

4. BC.Game

BC.Game lists darts and snooker through its BETBY-supplied book under a Curaçao licence. Early-round depth follows that supplier and can change between events.

5. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io offers the big winter events with live odds on televised sessions. Its licence and market access shift with the bettor's country.

6. Thunderpick

Thunderpick adds darts and snooker to an esports-led book, mainly on the ranking events. Reviewers find limited specials outside the World Championship.

7. Roobet

Roobet covers headline darts and snooker matches next to its casino. Its terms restrict betting patterns that look like arbitrage.

8. Vave

Vave prices darts and snooker with live markets during major events. Promotions tied to these sports come with wagering terms, so confirm current terms before opting in.

9. Betpanda

Betpanda lists the World Championships and other televised events with core markets. Coverage of qualifiers and early rounds looks thin, according to reviews.

Prices in Short and Long Formats

Short early-round formats produce more upsets than long finals, so handicaps and totals often offer better value than outright favourites. Form on the floor, travel and practice conditions also shape results.

Settlement rules for retirements and walkovers vary between books. CryptoDaily's explainer on what a licence changes covers how recourse works if a dispute arises.

Conclusion

Darts and snooker fill the winter calendar, from the UK Championship and the Masters to the darts World Championship. Coverage at licensed Web3 sportsbooks ranges from full tournament menus to televised matches only.

Dexsport ranks first for its published rules and core market set across both sports, while the other books add specials and live depth on headline events. Early-round coverage remains thin across many platforms.

Check retirement and void rules before betting on indoor sports. Betting law differs between countries, so confirm yours, bet only once you reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Event dates, market menus, bonus terms and licences change over time and vary by country, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each sportsbook's current terms before you bet. Bettors in the UK should use operators licensed by the Gambling Commission. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• XRP holders pulled a record amount of tokens off Binance in a single day, the biggest outflow in nine months.
• The chart has yet to reward that scarcity, with momentum still pointing down and price stuck under both key averages.
• Everything hinges on the pivot near current prices, which survived one leverage flush but has thin support beneath it.

XRP is leaving Binance at the fastest pace in nearly a year, and the exchange's scarcity gauge has climbed to levels last seen in 2022. Fund buyers, meanwhile, sat out the entire week.

Shrinking exchange supply can fuel a rebound, but only if demand shows up. Traders now want to know whether the withdrawals reflect real accumulation or simple wallet housekeeping.

Binance Scarcity Hits a Four Year High While ETF Demand Goes Quiet

Holders pulled 418.5 million XRP off Binance on Nov 4, worth about $540 million. CryptoQuant analyst Darkfost said it was the largest outflow day in nine months. It topped the 315 million XRP that left on Oct 29, the day of the Binance attack. Darkfost cautioned that part of the move may be internal wallet transfers rather than fresh demand.

The shift still shows up in CryptoQuant's Exchange Scarcity Index for XRP on Binance. The gauge jumped to 2.1, its highest reading since 2022. It stayed negative through September and October, so exchange supply tightened quickly.

Fund buyers stayed away. US spot XRP ETFs did not log a single day of net inflows all week, according to SoSoValue data. The only Monday flow was a $529,500 exit from Canary Capital's XRPC.

Assets under management slipped from $1.425 billion to $1.34 billion, mostly because of the falling price. Cumulative net inflows stand at $1.81 billion. October brought in just $18.8 million, against roughly $121 million in September.

Bitcoin spot ETFs also lost about $1.3 billion over the same week.

XRP Heads for Its Weakest Weekly Close Since August

XRP (XRP) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

XRP traded near $1.16 early Sunday, flat over the past 24 hours. The token is down about 7% this week. That puts it on track for its weakest weekly close since mid-August.

Price sits below both key moving averages. The 50-day average, which tracks the trend over roughly the past two months, is near $1.31. The 200-day average, a gauge of the longer trend, sits higher at around $1.36. With price under both, each line now works as a ceiling that buyers must clear before any recovery can stick.

The weekly closes show how the ground has shifted. XRP finished Oct 18 near $1.306 and Oct 25 around $1.295. It then slipped to about $1.249 on Nov 1.

A Sunday close at current prices would land well below that Nov 1 mark. XRP has not closed a week under that level since Aug 23. Breaking it would end a run of nearly three months and confirm that sellers have pushed the floor lower.

XRP has lost about 16% over the past 30 days. Against that backdrop, the heavy Binance withdrawals look like coins leaving exchanges during a downtrend. They have not yet marked a turn in price.

Sellers Keep Control as Momentum Fades Toward Oversold

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 32 on the daily chart. That reading is weak but stops just short of the oversold line at 30. Sellers still have room for one more push lower before the market looks stretched.

The MACD remains below its signal line, so downside pressure has not yet faded. Buyers have not shown the kind of turn that usually comes before a bounce.

Trend strength tells a quieter story. The readings show no strong trend in either direction. XRP is drifting lower without the heavy volume and sharp drops that mark a capitulation.

That kind of slow bleed can last, because buyers lack a clear reset point.

Why $1.25 Matters More Than the $1.15 Floor

The $1.15 zone has done its job so far. It has held since Saturday's long squeeze, when leveraged buyers were forced out of their positions. A level that survives a flush like that earns some respect from traders.

Below it, the chart looks thin. The next real support sits near $0.99, close to the Aug 16 weekly close of about $0.992. That leaves a wide gap with almost nothing on the chart to slow a slide.

Resistance near $1.25 carries more weight for the bulls. A move back above it would recover last week's close and erase most of this week's damage. It would also put the 50-day line back within reach as the next test.

Losing the pivot changes the math quickly, exposing that empty stretch down to the August area. Buyers need to defend the pivot, and they need to win back $1.25 to show the Binance outflows mean real demand.

Two Paths From the Pivot Over the Next Three Days

• Bullish: A daily close back above the resistance that matches last week's finish would open a run toward the 50-day line. A slip back under the pivot after that breakout would cancel the setup.
• Bearish: A settle below the pivot would point toward the August support area. A recovery back above last week's closing level would cancel that view and hand control back to buyers.

Scarcity Needs Buyers to Matter

The Binance withdrawals hint that supply is thinning, and that is a promising sign for holders. The trend stays bearish until XRP wins back last week's closing level.

Darkfost's caveat remains the main risk. If much of that outflow was internal wallet shuffling, the scarcity reading loses its force. The pivot could then give way with little standing beneath it.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Brazil's largest crypto exchange reopened in view-only mode after a hack froze customer withdrawals for a week.
• Bitcoin is resting right on its long-term average, and momentum still favors sellers.
• Bulls need a daily close above $80,000 to wrest the short-term trend back from sellers.

Mercado Bitcoin let customers view their accounts again on Nov 9, a week after attackers drained its hot wallets. Withdrawals and trading stay shut, with no date set to restore them.

The breach has barely touched Bitcoin's price so far. Still, it lands on a chart already sliding, and custody worries can sap demand quickly. Traders now want to know whether the long-term trend line holds or gives way.

Mercado Bitcoin Reopens in View-Only Mode a Week After Its Hot Wallets Were Drained

Mercado Bitcoin, Brazil's largest crypto exchange, halted withdrawals on Nov 2 after attackers hit its hot wallets and customer deposit addresses. The platform partially reopened on Nov 9 in view-only mode. Vice president Fabricio Tota announced the phased restart in a video on X.

Customers can now see balances, statements and holdings. Transfers, deposits and trading remain closed.

On-chain analysts counted 36,042 Ethereum deposit addresses emptied on Nov 2. The drain ran for about four and a half hours that morning and afternoon, Brazil time. Security firm Hypernative flagged suspicious transactions on at least 10 blockchains. Analysts put the loss between $40 million and $46 million. Mercado Bitcoin has confirmed none of these figures.

Tether, an investor in Mercado Bitcoin, froze more than 4.5 million USDT. The exchange pledged to cover losses with its own funds and to buy back assets at home and abroad.

U.S. Google searches for the exchange jumped 250% in the following week. The episode reminds holders that coins left on a platform are only a claim on that company. Bitcoin, with a market value above $1.5 trillion, has so far shrugged it off.

Bitcoin Sits Stuck Under Both of Its Key Averages

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin traded near $76,000, flat over the past 24 hours. That calm day shows the Brazil hack is barely moving the price. The weakness comes from a steady drift lower that has run for weeks.

Over seven days the coin slipped about 2%. Over 30 days it lost about 7%. Neither move looks like panic, yet together they show buyers stepping back a little more each week.

The moving averages make that drift easier to see. A moving average smooths out daily noise by tracking the average closing price over a set period. Bitcoin sits below its 50-day average, near $79,000, so that line now works as a ceiling on rallies.

A bigger test is the 200-day average, which sits right at the current price. Traders treat this line as the dividing mark between a long-term uptrend and a downtrend. Price is resting right on it today, which means the long-term trend is being decided in real time.

The coin stands about 40% below its all-time high of $126,080, set in October 2025. The gap is wide, but the pattern fits a slow correction with no sign of a sudden collapse.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand Without Hitting Exhaustion

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 38 on the daily chart. That puts Bitcoin in weak territory, below the neutral middle band. It is still well above 30, the line where selling usually starts to look overdone. In plain terms, sellers have room to push further before a relief bounce becomes likely.

Momentum points the same way. The MACD, a tool that compares short and longer price trends, remains below its signal line. The downside push has not turned yet.

Trend strength adds a third clue. The readings show a trend starting to form, and sellers are the ones leading it. A seller-led trend that is only now gaining shape tends to persist until buyers step in at a clear level.

$80K Is the Ceiling Bulls Must Reclaim

Overhead, the first real barrier sits near $80,000. That level rests just above the 50-day line, so the two form one band of selling pressure. Breaking through it would flip the short-term trend back toward buyers.

Clearing that band would open a path to the next resistance near $82,000. A move there would mark a genuine recovery attempt.

The picture below is less comfortable. The first support does not appear until about $65,000, which leaves a wide gap under the current price.

If that floor gives way, the next one waits near $63,000. Losing both would confirm that sellers have taken full control of the trend.

Two Paths for the Next 72 Hours

Any fresh Mercado Bitcoin update, such as a withdrawal restart date, could tip the next move.

• Bullish: A daily close above $80K would put the 50-day line behind buyers and bring $82K into view. The setup fails if price drops back below the 200-day average, since that would show the rally had no footing.
• Bearish: Staying under the 200-day average keeps sellers in charge and leaves the road open toward $65K. This view breaks if Bitcoin reclaims the 50-day average, which would turn that ceiling into a floor.

Custody Scare Meets a Chart Already Leaning Lower

Bitcoin remains in a seller-led correction until it climbs back over its 50-day average. The Mercado Bitcoin breach adds a drag on sentiment that a weak chart cannot easily absorb.

The main risk is news that makes the hack look worse. Confirmed losses above current estimates or a longer delay before full reopening could speed up selling toward support levels with little cushion beneath them.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

For Brazilian fans abroad, those two sports bring markets that behave very differently from a Brasileirão weekend. Volleyball turns on sets and points, while MMA turns on styles, rounds and finishing methods.

Brazil's betting rules for residents come first, followed by how volleyball and MMA markets work for supporters living outside Brazil.

Brazil's Rules Shape Who Can Bet

Since January 2025, the Ministry of Finance has licensed betting in Brazil through .bet.br operators. Those books may not accept crypto deposits.

People living in Brazil should use only those operators. Brazilians overseas fall under the gambling law of their host country, so a quick look at it comes before any sign-up.

Two Sports at a Glance

Volleyball and MMA follow very different calendars and formats. The table compares the basics that shape their markets.

Sport

Main competitions

Core markets

What moves the price

Volleyball

Superliga, Nations League, World Championships

Match winner, set handicaps, point totals

Serving form, blocking height, rotation

MMA

UFC cards, regional promotions

Fight winner, method of victory, round betting

Style match-ups, weight cuts, short-notice changes

Last verified: October 2026

Both sports reward specialist knowledge. Fans who follow Brazilian squads or fighters closely can spot changes before bookmakers adjust.

Volleyball Markets Turn on Sets

Volleyball matches go to three or five sets, so set handicaps and total points matter as much as the winner. Heavy favourites often trade at very short prices, which pushes bettors toward a minus-1.5 set line or totals.

Brazilian clubs in the Superliga and the national teams in the Nations League draw the widest coverage. CryptoDaily's comparison of multi-sport coverage shows which books list volleyball past the headline events.

Tie-Breaks and Fifth Sets

Fifth sets play to 15 points, and they swing quickly. Markets on whether a match reaches a tie-break offer value when two evenly matched sides meet.

MMA Markets Reward a Read on Styles

MMA betting starts with the fight winner, then branches into method of victory and round markets. Brazilian fighters often bring strong grappling backgrounds, which shapes submission markets.

Late changes are common, from missed weights to short-notice replacements. CryptoDaily's comparison of books for boxing and MMA covers how coverage differs across platforms.

Stablecoin Balances for Expats

Expats who bet in crypto often prefer stablecoins, since a dollar-pegged balance holds steady between fight nights and volleyball weekends. CryptoDaily's guide to stablecoin funding walks through the steps.

Dexsport Lists Both Sports With Their Own Market Sets

Dexsport prices volleyball with five market types, covering match winner, set winner, tie-break in the match, totals and handicaps. Its MMA list adds five more, from fight winner and win method to fight duration and round winner.

Deposits at Dexsport cover USDT and USDC across several networks, so confirm current options on the platform before depositing. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence without a Brazilian licence, so the platform suits fans abroad in countries that permit it.

Conclusion

Volleyball and MMA give Brazilian fans abroad two strong alternatives to football, each with its own betting logic. Volleyball centres on set handicaps, point totals and tie-breaks, while MMA turns on style match-ups, finishing methods and rounds.

Serve quality and rotation shift volleyball prices, while weight cuts or late replacements can reshape an MMA card overnight. Specialist knowledge of Brazilian squads and fighters often pays off.

People living in Brazil should use .bet.br licensed books. Fans abroad need to check the gambling law in their host country, bet only from legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Brazilian regulation, event schedules, market menus, supported coins and licences change over time and vary by country. Residents of Brazil should use .bet.br licensed operators. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• Samsung Wallet plans to let eligible U.S. Galaxy users send USDC on Sui without gas fees, starting in November.
• SUI trades below both key moving averages, and momentum still favors sellers.
• The zone near $0.95 stands as the first real test of any recovery attempt.

Samsung Wallet is set to bring gas-free USDC transfers on the Sui network to U.S. Galaxy users next month. The rollout targets payments and cross-border transfers, and it requires no crypto wallet.

The deal gives Sui a mainstream adoption story, yet SUI holders gain little direct demand from it. The token has drifted lower for weeks while the news built. Traders now want to know whether buyers can turn a calm session into a real rebound.

Samsung Wallet Brings Gas-Free USDC to Sui in November

Samsung Wallet is expected to add USDC transfers on the Sui network in November 2026. Eligible Galaxy users in the U.S. will be able to send the dollar-pegged stablecoin without paying gas fees. They will not need a separate crypto wallet to do it.

The setup has a catch for token holders. Sui serves as the network, while SUI is its native token, and users will not need to hold any SUI to move USDC. That limits the direct buying pressure the rollout can create for the coin.

On paper, the potential reach is large. About 82 million compatible devices could support the feature, though that figure counts hardware only. Samsung plans to target cross-border transfers and everyday payments.

Timing has already slipped once. An earlier schedule aimed for the final week of October 2026. The new window pushes the start into the following month.

Sellers Still Own the Trend Below the 50-Day Average

Sui (SUI) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SUI traded near $0.85 on the day, flat over the past 24 hours. The calm session follows a rough stretch. The coin is down about 5% over the past week and roughly 18% over the past month.

Those losses show the Samsung news has not changed the direction of travel. Traders heard the headline and kept selling into it.

The moving averages tell the same story. A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set period. SUI sits below its 50-day average near $0.94. It also trades under its 200-day average near $0.97. When price trades under both lines, each tends to act as a ceiling.

On top of that, the longer average sits above the shorter one. That ordering points to a downtrend that has built over months. Sellers have controlled the bigger picture for some time.

Right now, the 50-day line matters most. It sits just below the $0.95 level that bulls are watching as a recovery target. Any bounce would run into both barriers at roughly the same spot.

That overlap makes the zone the first real test for buyers. A clean push above it would hint that the slide is losing force. A rejection there would keep the downtrend intact.

Momentum Leans Weak Without Turning Oversold

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 40 on the daily chart. That puts SUI in weak territory. Buyers have lost the upper hand, but the coin is still well clear of oversold conditions.

That gap matters for anyone hoping for a quick snapback. Oversold readings often come with forced selling and a sharp flush. SUI has not reached that point, so there is no sign of capitulation yet.

Other gauges lean the same way. The MACD sits below its signal line, which means momentum is still pointing down. Trend strength readings confirm a real trend, and sellers are the ones leading it.

Together, the indicators describe a slow grind lower.

$0.95 Is the Door Bulls Need to Open

The first ceiling sits right where the 50-day line caps price. Bulls need a daily close above that level. A brief intraday poke would prove little.

Clearing it would open room toward the next resistance near $1.06. That level sits well above both moving averages. Reaching it would mean buyers had reclaimed the bigger trend, at least for a while.

The downside looks wider. The nearest support sits near $0.73, a long way below the current price. That gap means SUI could slide for several sessions before buyers find a clear floor.

Losing that support would expose the next one near $0.64. A break there would extend the downtrend and erase much of the hope tied to the Samsung rollout. For now, the coin trades in open space between the two zones.

Two Paths for the Next 72 Hours

The next three days should show which side controls the zone around the 50-day line.

• Bullish: A close above the first resistance would put the next ceiling in play as the target. The setup fails if price slips back under the 50-day average, which would turn the breakout into a trap.
• Bearish: Another rejection at resistance would likely send SUI drifting toward the nearest support. A break of that floor opens the lower support. A reclaim of the first resistance would cancel this view.

Good Headlines, Unproven Chart

The Samsung deal gives Sui a mainstream route to everyday users, and that strengthens its adoption story. The token still has to prove itself on the chart, starting with a close above the first ceiling.

Risks remain. The rollout has already slipped once, and users will never need to touch SUI to send USDC.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Aave became the launch partner for Chainlink 24/7, a feed that prices real-world assets through weekends and holidays.
• LINK trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and momentum still points lower.
• The first support level now separates an orderly pullback from a deeper breakdown.

Chainlink now streams prices for stocks and commodities around the clock. Aave is the first major lender to use them. The feeds will help Aave value collateral on its institutional markets.

The token has not rewarded the news. LINK kept sliding through the launch window and lagged Bitcoin, while sellers held control of the chart. Traders now want to know whether real adoption can halt the decline before support gives way.

Aave Signs On as Chainlink Takes Market Data Around the Clock

Chainlink announced Chainlink 24/7 on October 29. The service delivers continuous market data for equities, commodities and other tokenized assets. Prices keep flowing through weekends and market holidays, when traditional exchanges are closed.

The launch extends the oracle network's earlier coverage, which ran on weekdays only. That gap mattered for onchain lenders. A stock-backed loan could drift out of line with reality while markets sat shut for two days.

Aave signed on as the official launch partner. The lending protocol will use the feeds to value collateral and manage position risk on its institutional lending markets. In practice, Aave can track the worth of tokenized assets at any hour and act before losses build.

The deal gives Chainlink a fresh use case with a major client. It does not, by itself, show how LINK holders capture value from that demand. So far the token's trend has not budged.

Both Moving Averages Now Sit Overhead

Chainlink (LINK) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

LINK changed hands near $10.73 on Friday, flat on the day. That leaves the token below both of the moving averages traders watch most closely.

The 200-day average, a gauge of the long-term trend, sits near $11.01. Price is just under it, so that line now works as a ceiling rather than a floor. Buyers would need to push LINK back above it before talking about a healthier long-term picture.

Further away, the 50-day average sits around $11.81. It tracks the medium-term trend, and it sits above the 200-day line. With price under both, the chart shows a bearish stack. Recent sellers have been more aggressive than the long-run average would suggest.

Recent performance tells the same story. LINK has lost about 8% over seven days and roughly 16% over the past month. Chainlink unveiled the feeds during that slide, so the Aave news hit a market already heading lower.

Good headlines rarely turn a chart on their own when the trend already points down. Traders tend to sell into strength until the structure changes.

The flat session offers a breather. A quiet day after a steep drop often reflects sellers taking a rest. It does not yet show buyers stepping in with conviction.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand Without Panic

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 40 on the daily chart. That puts LINK on the weak side of neutral. Sellers have the edge, though the reading sits well clear of oversold territory.

Oversold readings below 30 often attract bargain hunters. LINK has not reached that zone, so the market still has room to slide before buyers usually feel tempted.

Other momentum signals lean the same way. The MACD, which tracks shifts in short-term momentum, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, the push is still pointing down.

The decline looks orderly so far. Holders are trimming steadily, with no sign of a rush for the exits.

Where $9.75 Fits Into the Bear Case

The nearest support sits around $9.75, roughly 9% below the current price. On the daily chart, that zone marks the first area where buyers would likely try to make a stand. A daily close beneath it would show that steady selling has turned into a breakdown.

Losing that floor would open the way to the next support near $8.07. The gap between the two levels is wide. Price could travel a long way before finding firm demand.

The upside map starts with resistance near $11.53. A move back above it would put LINK close to the 50-day line again and ease the pressure on bulls. That would signal relief without reversing the trend.

A bigger test waits around $12.71. Clearing that level would break the pattern of lower highs. Only then would the broader structure start to favor buyers.

Two Paths for the Next Three Days

Momentum still favors sellers, so the next three days hinge on two levels.

• Bullish: A daily close back above the 200-day average would put the first resistance within reach. Slipping back under that long-term line would cancel the setup and hand control back to sellers.
• Bearish: A close below first support would point toward the deeper floor. A recovery above the 200-day average would invalidate this path and suggest the selling has run its course.

Adoption Grows While the Chart Lags

The Aave partnership gives Chainlink a stronger business case, yet the token has not shared in that progress. Until LINK reclaims its first resistance, the trend stays with sellers.

Usage gains may never fully reach holders. A weaker broader market could also drag LINK toward its lower floors.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Those three clubs also attract the deepest betting menus in the Brasileirão. Classic derbies, continental nights and long title races give fans far more than a match result to consider.

Brazil's rules for residents come first, followed by the markets around each club for supporters living outside Brazil.

Brazil Licenses Betting Through .bet.br Operators

Brazil opened a regulated fixed-odds market in January 2025. Licensed operators trade on .bet.br domains under the Ministry of Finance, and crypto deposits fall outside that regulated market.

Supporters based in Brazil should stick to those licensed books. Supporters abroad answer to the gambling law of their host country, which deserves a read before opening any account.

Three Clubs and Their Biggest Rivalries

Rivalries shape these clubs' markets as much as form does. The table sets out the fixtures that draw the most betting interest.

Club

Home ground

Headline rivalry

What shapes the markets

Flamengo

Maracanã, Rio de Janeiro

Fla-Flu against Fluminense, Clássico dos Milhões against Vasco

Huge crowds, attacking squads, heavy fixture load

Palmeiras

Allianz Parque, São Paulo

Derby Paulista against Corinthians

Artificial pitch at home, strong defensive record

Corinthians

Neo Química Arena, São Paulo

Derby Paulista against Palmeiras

Loud home support, tight and nervous derbies

Last verified: October 2026

Palmeiras play home games on an artificial surface, which changes the pace for visiting sides. Bookmakers fold that edge into the match result, so value often shows up in totals and handicaps.

Derby Markets Reward a Read on Nerves

Derbies between these clubs rarely follow the form guide. Tension brings heavy tackling, frequent bookings and cautious opening spells, which pushes interest toward card lines and first-half unders.

Big rivalries elsewhere follow similar patterns. CryptoDaily's look at the Superclásico between Boca and River shows how derby nerves shape markets in Argentina.

Fixture Load and Rotation

Flamengo, Palmeiras and Corinthians often play league, cup and Libertadores matches in the same week. Coaches rotate heavily, and line-ups can move prices sharply in the hour before kick-off.

One Club, Three Competitions

Supporters abroad often track one club through the Brasileirão, the Copa do Brasil and the Libertadores. Long-range markets such as title winner or golden boot reward fans who know their squad well.

CryptoDaily's guide to following one club across several competitions explains how to manage that kind of season-long interest.

Kick-off times add another layer. Brazilian evening games start late at night or in the early hours for European fans, and CryptoDaily's piece on time zone betting offers practical tips for late fixtures.

Dexsport Covers the Derby Menu

Dexsport prices Brazilian football with 39 market types, from 1X2 and Double Asian Handicap to booking points, first yellow or red card, corners and first goalscorer. Those lines suit derbies where discipline and slow starts tend to shape the match.

For statistics, Dexsport turns to whoscored.com first and flashscore.com second, and the menu for a given fixture can vary. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence without a Brazilian licence, so the platform suits supporters abroad in countries that permit it.

Conclusion

Flamengo, Palmeiras and Corinthians draw the deepest club markets in Brazilian football, and their derbies follow their own patterns. Card lines and cautious openings often matter more than the form guide when these rivals meet.

Palmeiras' artificial pitch, Flamengo's heavy fixture load and Corinthians' loud home crowd all shape prices. Rotation across league, cup and continental fixtures can move odds sharply before kick-off, so supporters abroad benefit from checking line-ups late.

Anyone living in Brazil should use .bet.br licensed operators. Supporters abroad need to confirm the law where they live, bet only once they reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Brazilian regulation, market menus and licences change over time and vary by country. Residents of Brazil should use .bet.br licensed operators. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• Wintermute has built a large book of short bets on Hyperliquid, and HYPE is among its biggest targets.
• HYPE trades under its 50-day average, and momentum gauges still favor sellers.
• The support zone just under $75 now decides whether bears get a wider path lower.

One of the largest traders on Hyperliquid is betting against the exchange's own token. On-chain data shows market maker Wintermute holding a sizable short on HYPE alongside bets against ether, bitcoin and solana.

That positioning lands as HYPE struggles after a rough week, with sellers still in control. Traders want to know whether buyers can hold the nearby floor.

Wintermute Stacks Shorts and Banks $222 Million on Hyperliquid

Market maker Wintermute has booked about $222 million in cumulative profit trading on Hyperliquid, according to on-chain analytics account Onchain Lens. The firm's current positioning leans hard toward falling prices.

Its open positions total roughly $125.87 million. About $115.76 million of that, or 92%, sits in shorts. Ether is the largest bet at around $26.16 million, followed by bitcoin at $19.79 million.

Hyperliquid's own token is third on the list. Wintermute holds a HYPE short worth about $15.23 million, ahead of a $12.72 million position against SOL.

The bearish stance has been paying off. The firm made about $18.83 million in the last 30 days. Its open trades carry roughly $3.46 million in unrealized gains.

Prediction markets agree, if only slightly. Traders on Polymarket put the odds near 54% that HYPE touches $76 in November.

Price Slips Under the 50-Day Average but Keeps Its Long-Term Floor

Hyperliquid (HYPE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

HYPE traded near $77.30 on Saturday, flat on the day. The token lost about 12% in a week. That drop left it down roughly 8% for the month.

Price now sits in the lower part of its 30-day range. Sellers appear to be pausing, but nothing shows buyers taking back control.

The 50-day moving average, which tracks the average closing price of the last 50 sessions, shows the clearest damage. HYPE trades below that line, near $82. When price falls under this average, the line often turns from a floor into a ceiling. Rallies tend to stall as traders who bought higher look to exit near breakeven.

The medium-term trend has turned against buyers.

The longer view looks healthier. The 200-day moving average, a slower gauge of the long-term trend, sits far below near $69.60. HYPE remains comfortably above it, so the broader uptrend from earlier in the year is still in place.

This leaves the token caught between two averages. Bears have room to push, though they have not broken the bigger structure yet.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum Edge

The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 momentum gauge, sits near 41. That reading is weak. Buyers have lost the upper hand, but the token is still well above the 30 mark that signals oversold conditions.

Oversold readings often force a relief bounce as shorts take profits. HYPE is not there yet, so sellers have room to keep pushing.

Other momentum gauges point the same way. The MACD, which compares short and long-term price averages, remains below its signal line. That means momentum is still pointing down, with no sign of a turn.

Trend strength tells a similar story. A trend is forming, and sellers are leading it.

Why $74.45 Is the Line Bulls Must Defend

The nearest support sits around $74.45, just under the level prediction markets are watching. Buyers have defended this zone before. A clean break would show that the weekly selling has more fuel left.

Below that, the map turns thin. The next floor sits near $63.80, which is under the 200-day average. A drop that far would push HYPE through its long-term cushion. That would put the broader uptrend in question for the first time in months.

Overhead, the first resistance stands near $82.60, almost on top of the 50-day average. Reclaiming that area would undercut the bearish case and force shorts to rethink their bets. Even then, a second cap waits near $84.60. Bulls would need to clear both levels to show the selloff has truly ended.

Two Paths From the $76 Retest

• Bullish: Buyers defend the nearby support and push to a daily close above first resistance near the 50-day average. That would open a run toward the second cap overhead. Falling back below support would cancel this view.
• Bearish: A daily close under support would let sellers press toward the next floor below the 200-day average. A move back above first resistance would invalidate this case and squeeze late shorts.

Bears Have the Upper Hand for Now

HYPE leans bearish while it stays under the 50-day average. The support zone just below the prediction-market target is the level that decides the next leg. A firm break there would hand sellers control of the longer trend.

The risk sits on the other side. Large, crowded shorts can unwind quickly, and forced buying could spark a sharp squeeze higher.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Account abstraction is changing what some Ethereum wallets can do. Smart accounts can support sponsored gas payments and bundle several actions together.

Those capabilities can simplify an interaction, but fewer clicks do not necessarily make it safer or easier to understand. If someone reaches the confirmation screen without knowing what will happen next, the interface has compressed the process without explaining it.

Wallet Prompts Still Speak To Machines

A wallet interaction may begin with a recognisable goal: swap a token, bridge funds, mint an asset or approve access to a protocol.

The confirmation screen can turn that intention into contract addresses, network details and permissions requiring more technical knowledge. Users may understand what they intended to do without understanding what they are being asked to authorise.

That gap matters when an approval is broad or difficult to reverse. A button labelled “Confirm” says little about the consequences of pressing it.

Crypto Daily’s analysis of wallet UX and retail DeFi adoption identified opaque signatures, confusing allowances and multichain flows as sources of user friction. Relevant information needs to appear in a form people can use.

Crypto Payments Bring The Same Problem To Checkout

The translation problem follows cryptocurrency into ordinary payment journeys. A customer may arrive at a Canadian entertainment site to fund an account, rather than to interact with a blockchain. Yet the checkout still requires decisions about the asset, destination address and network, and each label must make those decisions understandable.

Jackpot City’s crypto payment methods page for Canada illustrates the information such a journey needs. It identifies supported currencies, explains how to obtain a deposit address or QR code, and asks customers to check the blockchain network before transferring funds. The network instruction is particularly relevant to the interface: choosing an asset and choosing the route on which to send it are separate decisions, even when they appear within one payment flow.

The underlying service may be different from an exchange or DeFi application, but the payment questions are familiar. Users still need to know which asset they are sending, which network they are using, where the funds are going and whether the transaction has been confirmed.

Here, good crypto UX is not about advertising the underlying technology. It is about making a blockchain payment understandable within a wider customer journey.

Shorter Is Not Always Safer

Product teams often monitor the number of steps required to complete an action. That metric becomes less useful when steps disappear without preserving their information.

Chain abstraction can reduce the need for users to choose routes manually, but a cross-chain transfer still has a destination network, completion process and cost. Concealing those details does not remove the underlying operation.

Some friction can serve a protective purpose. An additional confirmation may be appropriate when a transaction creates an unlimited token allowance, uses an unfamiliar network or sends funds to a new address.

The objective is not to remove every pause. It is to make each one useful.

Clear Signing Could Improve Wallet Prompts

Draft ERC-7730 proposes a structured-data format that could help wallets present smart-contract calls and typed messages in language people can understand.

Instead of showing only raw transaction data, a supporting wallet could display an action’s intent and relevant values in a readable format. The specification allows information such as token amounts, recipients and contract actions to be labelled for review before a signature is authorised.

ERC-7730 does not eliminate every risk. Its security considerations acknowledge that malicious actors could misuse formatting to make unsafe transactions appear benign. The proposal therefore requires wallets to check the descriptor’s binding context before applying its formatting and recommends safe fallback behaviour when information cannot be interpreted or verified.

Because ERC-7730 remains a draft, support will depend on individual wallets and implementations. Its value lies in establishing a possible common format for turning machine-readable transaction data into information users can assess.

Builders Should Measure Understanding

Completion rates show whether users finished a process, not whether they understood it. Abandoned confirmations, revoked allowances, support requests and repeated failures can provide additional evidence about where an interface creates confusion.

A transaction completed quickly but followed by an urgent support request should not automatically count as successful onboarding.

Crypto products do not need to hide what makes blockchains different. They need to explain those differences at the moment they affect a decision.

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored article and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• Solana completed its Alpenglow consensus upgrade, yet funds tracking the token kept bleeding money for another week.
• Momentum gauges still favor sellers, with RSI sitting just above oversold territory.
• Traders are watching the 61.8% Fibonacci retracement near $84 as the first real test for buyers.

Solana finished Alpenglow, the biggest rewrite of its consensus design since launch. The market barely noticed, and SOL kept sliding to its weakest level since late August.

The timing stings. ETF holders keep redeeming and stakers are unlocking coins, so traders wonder whether steady selling still has room to run.

ETF Outflows Overshadow Solana's Biggest Consensus Overhaul

The upgrade replaced TowerBFT and Proof of History with a new voting system called Votor. Developers are targeting finality of about 150 milliseconds, which would let transactions settle almost instantly.

Investors have yet to reward the change. Solana ETFs lost $26.2 million this week, data from SoSoValue shows. That marks a fifth straight week of outflows, with more than $163 million gone over the stretch.

Friday's selling came from three funds. The Bitwise Solana ETF shed $14 million, while Grayscale's GSOL lost $5.4 million. Morgan Stanley's MSOL saw $4.3 million leave.

The products still hold about $1.31 billion in assets. Net inflows since launch stand near $1.4 billion, so early demand has not fully reversed.

On-chain data points the same way. The staking ratio slipped to about 68% from 70% last month. Staked SOL fell to 434 million from 440 million. Holders appear to be unlocking supply they could sell.

The wider market offers little help. Bitcoin dropped to $74,766, about 14% below its October high, and sentiment gauges sit in fear.

A Bear Market Below Both Moving Averages

Solana (SOL) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SOL trades near $89 today, down from about $125 at its October high. That slide of roughly 28% puts the token in a technical bear market, which traders define as a fall of 20% or more from a peak. Price now sits at its lowest level since late August.

The moving averages tell the same story. The 50-day average, which tracks about ten weeks of closing prices, sits near $101. The 200-day average, a longer gauge of trend, stands around $98. SOL trades below both, so each line now acts as a ceiling rather than a floor.

Normally, a 50-day line above the 200-day signals strength. Here it only adds a second layer of overhead resistance, since price has fallen through both. Any bounce would have to clear the high $90s first, then push toward $101.

Speed matters too. SOL lost about 19% over the past 30 days and about 7% over the past week. The last 24 hours were flat. That pattern points to steady selling spread across weeks, with no single crash day to blame.

Analysts call this kind of grind distribution. Larger holders trim positions gradually, and buyers fail to absorb the supply. It fits the ETF redemptions and the drop in staked SOL described earlier. A slow bleed suggests the selling pressure may not be exhausted yet.

Sellers Still Lead as RSI Nears Oversold

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits at 31 on the daily chart. Readings below 30 count as oversold, so SOL is close to that zone. Sellers have pushed hard enough that a short relief bounce would not be a surprise.

An oversold reading does not mark a bottom. In strong downtrends, RSI can stay pinned near the low end for days or weeks while price keeps sliding. Traders who buy only because the gauge looks stretched often get caught early.

Other momentum signals offer no comfort. MACD, which compares short and longer price trends, remains below its signal line, meaning momentum is still pointing down. Trend strength readings confirm sellers lead the move.

Where the Next Floor Sits After $92.38 Gave Way

SOL broke below its 50% Fibonacci retracement near $92 this week. Fibonacci levels are ratios traders draw across a prior move to map likely turning points. That line held as support for weeks, and it now becomes the first hurdle for any rebound.

Resistance sits just above, around $97.60. A bounce would need to clear both levels in quick succession to show buyers have returned.

On the downside, the 61.8% retracement is the first cushion. Many traders watch this ratio closely, so some dip buying could appear there. A break would expose support near $78, the nearest floor on the daily chart.

Below that, the next support sits around $72. It lines up closely with the 78.6% retracement near $74, which makes the zone a stronger area of demand.

Bulls face a tall order. SOL would need to reclaim about $104 to undo the bear structure and turn the trend back in their favor.

Two Paths for SOL Over the Next Three Days

SOL's next three days likely hinge on two nearby Fibonacci lines.

• Bullish: A daily close back above the broken retracement line would show buyers stepping in. That opens a test of resistance at $97.59. The setup fails if price slips below the first Fibonacci cushion underneath.
• Bearish: A break of that lower cushion would hand sellers the next leg toward $77.84. A daily close above that resistance would cancel this view.

Upgrade Done, Demand Still Missing

Alpenglow gave Solana a faster consensus engine, and the market has not priced that in yet. Until ETF redemptions stop and fresh money returns, the chart stays tilted toward sellers.

Short sellers face their own risk. Oversold tokens can jump on sudden squeezes that wipe out crowded bets in hours. Traders on either side should keep position sizes small.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Zcash, this year's standout rally, is cracking on its hourly charts and traders see it as an early warning for the majors.
• Ether has held up better than bitcoin this week, yet it still trades below both of its key moving averages.
• The ceiling that matters most sits near $2,320, where resistance and the 200-day average stack together.

Zcash is showing the first signs of fatigue after a 10-month run. One well-followed trader said the weakness could hint at where the majors head next.

Ether sits in an awkward spot. It has outlasted bitcoin through the latest pullback, but sellers still steer its trend and support below looks thin. Traders now want to know whether ether can hold steady if profit-taking spreads.

Zcash Cracks First and Traders Watch the Majors

Zcash has rallied for roughly 10 months and sits about 147% higher year to date, far ahead of bitcoin and ether. The privacy coin is now showing strain on its hourly charts. It slipped below its short-term moving averages and traded near $1,263 on Nov 7.

The first floor sits near $1,249. A break there could expose $1,131. Buyers would need to reclaim $1,354, then $1,405, to show they are still defending the rally.

Trader Ansem (@blknoiz06) said ZEC's lower-timeframe weakness may preview the next move for the majors. He noted that the coin is where most unrealized profit is hiding. Traders sitting on large gains tend to sell there first.

A ZEC breakdown on its own would prove little. The network's NU7 upgrade went live this week and could add coin-specific swings. The warning grows louder if bitcoin and ether break key levels at the same time.

Bitcoin looks the more fragile of the two. It traded near $76,000 on Nov 7 with a daily RSI around 38.5, a reading that shows sellers in control. A drop below $74,845 could open a slide toward $73,253.

ETH Trades Beneath Both Averages It Needs Back

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ether trades near $2,230, below both of the moving averages that traders use to judge its trend. A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the mean price over a set number of days. When price sits under one, that average tends to act as a ceiling on rallies.

The 50-day average sits near $2,380, and the 200-day sits near $2,310. On that basis, the broader structure is still bearish.

The past month shows how the bias formed. Ether lost about 10% over 30 days, a steady slide that pushed it under both lines. Sellers had the upper hand for most of that stretch.

This week looks calmer. ETH is down about 1% over seven days and roughly flat over the last 24 hours. That is a better showing than bitcoin's, which is still testing its own floor.

A flat week means selling has paused, and buyers have yet to take charge.

The first test sits overhead at the 200-day average. It is the closer of the two lines, about 4% above the current price. A close back above it would be the first sign of a turn.

Higher still sits the 50-day line. Bulls would need to clear both before the chart looks constructive again.

Sellers Still Lead Though Momentum Stops Bleeding

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 39 on ether's daily chart. That sits in weak territory but well above the oversold zone near 30. Sellers have the edge, yet they are not pressing hard enough to trigger a washout.

The reading is a shade firmer than bitcoin's.

MACD offers a small bright spot. The momentum indicator has crossed above its signal line, a shift that often shows downside pressure is easing. In plain terms, the selling has lost some force.

The trend-strength gauge tempers that signal. It shows a trend taking shape, and sellers are the ones steering it. That points to a pause in the decline rather than a turn higher.

A Wide Gap Separates $2,320 From the Floor Below

Resistance sits near $2,320 on the daily chart, just above the 200-day average. The two levels stack together, so sellers have a thick ceiling to defend. Clearing that zone would bring the next hurdle into view near $2,400.

That second level lines up closely with the 50-day average. Clearing it would hand buyers back both trend lines at once. Until then, every bounce runs into supply.

The floor looks very different. The nearest support sits far lower, in a band between $1,850 and $1,860.

Ether has no clear cushion between its current price and that band. A rejection under resistance would leave plenty of open room below.

That gap matters if the weakness in ZEC and bitcoin spreads.

What Flips the Next Three Days

Three outcomes look possible over the next few days, and two of them hinge on the same ceiling.

• Bullish: A daily close above $2,320 would reclaim the 200-day average and open a run toward $2,400. A slide back under $2,230 would cancel the setup.
• Bearish: A rejection at resistance would point toward the $1,850 band. The risk grows if ZEC and bitcoin lose their own supports. That would confirm the spreading weakness ZEC hinted at. A reclaim of $2,400 would void this view.

Relative Strength Is Not a Bullish Signal Yet

Ether's steadier week counts for something, but that edge does not change the trend. Sellers keep control until ETH climbs back above both moving averages.

Heavy profit-taking in Zcash could spread across the market. Thin support below would give ether little to catch a fast drop.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Crypto analyst Egrag Crypto said XRP reached a downside target he had tracked for weeks, and he now calls the range an accumulation zone.
• The daily chart still leans bearish, with price under both long moving averages and momentum pointing lower.
• His whole case rests on one line, and a run of heavy-volume closes beneath it would force him to rethink.

A chartist with a large following on X says XRP has landed on a level he flagged weeks ago. He expects one more shakeout before a multi-stage recovery.

The call arrives as XRP drifts just under his key line after a month of steady losses.

Egrag Crypto Bets on $1.18 Even as Price Slips Under It

Egrag Crypto said XRP has reached $1.18. He had tracked that downside target for weeks. He now treats the range as an accumulation zone and said he is 97% in spot positions.

His roadmap allows for one more drop first. He sees a possible dip into the $1.11 to $1.07 area before any recovery. From there he lists a first target at $1.25 and then $1.43 at the top of his channel. Later targets sit at $1.63 and $1.80, with no time frame given.

He also named the condition that would change his view. Consecutive daily closes below his line on "strong selling volume" would make him reassess.

XRP now trades near $1.16, just under his line. Reaching his channel top would take a gain of about 23%. His final target sits roughly 55% higher.

XRP Trades Beneath Both Long Averages After a 16% Monthly Slide

XRP (XRP) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

XRP has lost about 16% over the past month and roughly 7% in the past week. That pace points to steady selling. The last 24 hours were flat, which looks like a pause.

A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. XRP trades below its 50-day average near $1.31. The 200-day average sits higher, near $1.36. With price under both lines, the broader trend still points down, and those averages now act as ceilings overhead.

That matters for the recovery case. A move toward the channel top Egrag Crypto described would first have to clear the 50-day average. Then it would need to push through the 200-day just above. Until price reclaims those levels on a closing basis, the downtrend remains the default reading.

Sellers Tire but Have Not Let Go

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 32. That reading is close to the oversold mark of 30. It shows sellers have pushed hard, and stretches like this sometimes come before a relief bounce. Still, the gauge has not turned higher, so there is no reversal signal yet.

The MACD, a tool that compares short and longer price trends, remains below its signal line. Buyers have not taken control.

Trend strength readings show no strong trend in either direction. That fits a market drifting inside a range.

Why $1.25 Is the First Test for the Recovery Case

The nearest chart resistance lines up with Egrag Crypto's first recovery target. That overlap makes it the first real test of his case. A daily close above it would show buyers can do more than slow the decline.

The next barrier sits at the 50-day average, which has capped rallies during the slide. Bulls would need to take out both levels in sequence before the channel top comes into view.

The downside looks thinner. The chart shows no support until about $0.99, below the floor of his expected dip. If price slips past his lower bound, little stands in the way of a deeper fall.

Two Paths From the $1.18 Line

• Bullish: A daily close back above his line, followed by a break of the first target overhead, would open a run at the 50-day average. A slide back under his line after that break would cancel the setup.
• Bearish: Consecutive closes below his line on heavy volume, then a loss of the bottom of his dip zone, would point toward the next support far below. A reclaim of the first target would undo that view.

An Accumulation Call That Needs Confirmation

Egrag Crypto's accumulation view holds up only if XRP climbs back above his line within days.

The risk sits below his dip zone. Support there is thin, so early buyers who step in now could face a steep drop before any rebound arrives.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Crypto analyst Ali Charts said bitcoin could slide toward $60,000 if a key channel support fails.
• Bitcoin trades under its 50-day average, and momentum gauges still favor sellers.
• The mid-range of his three-day channel is the line that decides whether the bearish setup comes into play.

Crypto analyst Ali Charts has flagged a bearish path for bitcoin. In a post on X, he said a break of one support level could send the coin toward the bottom of a multi-week channel.

The warning lands as bitcoin drifts lower after a soft month, with buyers showing little urgency.

Ali Charts Eyes $60,000 if the $73,000 Floor Gives Way

Ali Charts, a crypto analyst who posts chart studies to a wide following, laid out his view in a post on X on Nov 7. He said bitcoin appears to trade inside a channel on the three-day chart.

His case rests on one level. He sees the mid-range of that channel, near $73,000, as the key support. If bitcoin breaks below it, he said the lower boundary around $60,000 becomes "the next area I'm watching."

Bitcoin now trades just above that trigger. Reaching the target would take a drop of about 21% from here. Bitcoin has made moves that large within a few weeks before.

If that support holds and price climbs back, the bearish setup loses its footing.

Bitcoin Slips Under Both of Its Key Averages

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin sits right on its 200-day moving average, near $76K, which tracks the long-term trend. When price hovers on top of it, the market has not yet decided which way that trend will break.

The shorter view looks weaker. Price trades below the 50-day average, near $79K, which now acts as a ceiling. Until bitcoin climbs back above it, the recent trend points lower.

Losses have built slowly. Bitcoin lost about 7% over the past 30 days and about 2% over the past week. The last 24 hours were flat. That pattern describes a steady grind rather than a sudden sell-off.

A slow drift like this can last for weeks and leaves the long-term average exposed.

Sellers Still Hold the Upper Hand on Momentum

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, stands at 38 on the daily chart. That reading is weak but still above the oversold zone below 30. In plain terms, sellers have room to push further before the market looks stretched.

Other gauges lean the same way. The MACD sits below its signal line, so momentum is still pointing down. A trend is also starting to form, and sellers are leading it. That fits Ali Charts' bearish lean, though it does not confirm his target.

Two Floors Stand Between $73,000 and the Target

A break of the trigger would not hand sellers a clear road. The nearest support sits near $65K. A second floor waits just under it, around $63K. Both would need to give way before price could reach the lower edge of his channel.

Buyers have often stepped in at levels like these, and each one could slow a decline.

The upside has its own markers. Resistance stands near $80K, with the next level around $82K. A climb back above both would leave the bearish case looking stale.

What Would Tip the Next Three Days

Two paths stand out over the coming sessions.

• Bullish: A daily close above the first resistance line would aim price at the second, higher resistance level. This path fails if bitcoin slips under Ali Charts' trigger level.
• Bearish: A break of the channel's mid-range support would open the way to the two lower floors, one after the other. This path fails if price recovers above the first resistance line.

The Call Hinges on One Line

Ali Charts' bearish setup looks plausible, with price under the 50-day line. Still, his trigger has to break before the target comes into view. Signals can turn fast in a trend this young, so readers may want to keep position sizes modest.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Indoor sports offer a different betting rhythm from football. Handball produces high scores and frequent lead changes, while hockey brings period markets, power plays and overtime.

German rules for residents come first, followed by the markets that matter in each sport for fans living outside Germany.

Rules for German Residents

People living in Germany should use only sportsbooks on the GGL whitelist, the official register of licensed operators. Those books follow national limits on deposits and live betting.

Germans abroad follow the law of their country of residence and should confirm it before signing up anywhere.

Two Leagues at a Glance

Both leagues run through the winter, with playoffs or a title race deciding the spring. The table outlines the basics.

League

Sport

Format

What shapes betting

HBL

Handball

Round-robin league, champion decided by the table

High totals, home advantage, squad depth

DEL

Ice hockey

Regular season, then playoffs

Goalies, power plays, overtime rules

Last verified: October 2026

German handball and hockey both feature clubs with long winning traditions, from THW Kiel in handball to Eisbären Berlin and Adler Mannheim on the ice.

Handball Markets

Handball matches often produce more than fifty goals, so totals and handicaps dominate the menu. Half-time markets also matter, since teams frequently rotate goalkeepers and change tactics at the break.

Home advantage weighs heavily in the HBL, where tight halls and loud crowds unsettle visiting sides. Busy schedules with European competition and national team duty add rotation.

Squad Depth

Handball rewards deep squads, as players tire quickly at high intensity. Clubs with strong benches often pull away late, which matters for second-half markets.

Hockey Markets

DEL hockey offers moneylines, puck lines, totals and period markets. Goalie news moves prices more than almost anything else, and back-to-back weekend games often bring rotation.

Overtime rules decide settlement. Two-way markets usually count overtime and shootouts, while three-way markets settle after sixty minutes. CryptoDaily's guide to NHL betting explains hockey markets that apply in Germany too.

Coverage and Kick-Off Times

Coverage for German indoor sports varies widely between sportsbooks. CryptoDaily's comparison of multi-sport coverage helps fans check which books list these leagues.

DEL and HBL games often start in the evening, Central European Time, which means afternoons in the Americas and late nights in Asia. CryptoDaily's piece on time zone betting offers tips for following European fixtures from afar.

Dexsport for Indoor Sports

Dexsport lists 21 ice hockey market types, including period results, total goals by period, time of first goal and come-from-behind wins. Those lines suit DEL games, though the menu for a given fixture varies.

Handball appears among the sports Dexsport covers, while its rules leave handball markets unlisted, so check the live menu before an HBL weekend. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence, outside the GGL whitelist, so Dexsport suits only fans abroad where local law allows it.

Conclusion

HBL handball and DEL hockey give German fans abroad a winter of indoor sport, each with its own betting rhythm. Handball centres on high totals, handicaps and half-time swings, while hockey turns on goalies, power plays and overtime.

Home advantage, squad depth and rotation shape handball prices, and goalie news moves hockey lines most. Coverage varies widely between sportsbooks, so checking the menu first helps.

Residents of Germany should use operators on the GGL whitelist. Fans abroad need to check the law where they live, bet only once they reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. German regulation, league formats, market menus and licences change over time and vary by country. Residents of Germany should use operators on the GGL whitelist. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• Stellar validators will vote on activating the Bell upgrade on mainnet later this month, if the date holds.
• XLM has handed back its post-testnet gain, and sellers still control the daily trend.
• Litecoin's floor near $47 now looks like the line that decides whether the slide deepens.

Stellar's Bell upgrade passed its testnet vote earlier this month, and validators now decide on mainnet activation. The upgrade adds new smart contract features, but traders have kept their wagers small.

That caution matters because XLM and Litecoin are both sliding, with sellers in charge on the daily charts. Traders want to know whether either coin can find buyers at support before the vote. So far, a quiet market is letting the drop run.

Stellar Validators Face a Bell Vote Traders Are Not Betting On

Stellar's Bell upgrade, also called Protocol 30, cleared its testnet vote on Nov 3. Validators now vote on mainnet activation on Nov 23. That date could still move, and Bell goes live only if validators approve it.

The upgrade brings three changes. Smart contracts will be able to tell payments for different customers apart. Contracts will also be able to check post-quantum signatures, although the network's own signatures stay the same. Ledger timing switches to milliseconds, which does not make blocks any faster on its own.

Wallets, exchanges and node operators need to update their software before activation. Ordinary holders face no migration and do not need to act.

Derivatives traders are keeping their bets small. XLM open interest, the value of open futures positions, fell from about $94 million to $88 million during the recent slide. It has since recovered only to $89.5 million. Funding sits barely positive at 0.0011%, so long traders are paying almost nothing to hold their positions. That points to little appetite for a big wager on the vote.

XLM Gives Back the Upgrade Pop and Drifts Toward $0.14

Stellar (XLM) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

XLM jumped to about $0.171 on Nov 4, a day after the testnet vote. The gain did not last. Sellers stepped in the next afternoon, and the token has since slipped below $0.16, the level traders have been watching most closely.

Stellar now trades near $0.15, flat over the past day. It is down about 10% for the week and roughly 24% for the month. The upgrade news gave the token a short lift, but buyers have not followed through.

The broader trend points the same way. XLM sits below its 50-day average near $0.18. It also trades under its 200-day average, which sits higher. Moving averages smooth out daily swings to show the underlying direction. With price under both, those lines act as ceilings, and any bounce is likely to meet selling there.

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 33. That is weak but still above the oversold zone below 30, so sellers have room to push further before the move looks stretched. Momentum indicators still point down, and trend strength readings show a real trend with sellers in charge.

On the daily chart, the nearest support sits around $0.14. A break there would open the way toward $0.11, a much deeper floor. Holders would want to see buyers defend the first level before the vote.

Resistance starts near $0.17, close to the Nov 4 high. Reclaiming that zone would be the first sign the picture is changing. Above it, the next ceiling sits near $0.19, where the 200-day average also lies.

For now, XLM is drifting toward support with the vote still ahead. Traders seem content to wait for the result before placing bigger bets in either direction.

$46.95 Becomes the Floor Litecoin Must Defend

Litecoin (LTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Litecoin trades near $52.33, flat on the day. The coin is down about 6% for the week and roughly 21% for the month. The coin has no upgrade vote of its own, yet it is following the same weak path as Stellar.

Both key averages sit overhead. The 50-day average stands near $57.79. The 200-day average sits a little lower, near $56.41. That order matters for a recovery. Any rally must first get through the 200-day line, then push past the higher 50-day level before the trend can turn.

RSI reads 37, weak like XLM's but slightly less stretched. Sellers still have room to press before Litecoin looks oversold. Momentum also points down, and trend readings show sellers leading a real trend.

On the daily chart, the nearest floor sits around $46.95. A clean break would expose the next support near $43.39, a drop of roughly another 8%.

Buyers face a ceiling near $55.27 on any bounce. Clearing it would bring the next resistance near $59.66 into view, just above both moving averages. Until price reclaims that zone, the bias stays lower.

What Flips the Script Before the Vote

Two paths stand out before validators vote, and each comes with a level that would cancel it.

• Bullish: XLM climbs back over the level traders watch, then closes above its first resistance near the Nov 4 high. Litecoin clears its own nearest ceiling at the same time. That would show buyers returning across both coins. A drop back through XLM's nearest support would cancel this view.
• Bearish: XLM loses its nearest floor and Litecoin breaks its key support, which would expose the deeper levels already mapped. An XLM recovery of its first resistance would cancel this view.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand for Now

Both coins still trade under their nearest ceilings, and the trend stays with sellers until that changes. For now, the Nov. 23 vote looks more like a test of support than a launchpad.

The risks lean one way. A delayed or rejected Bell vote could speed the slide in XLM and drag sentiment lower. Approval may only bring a short bounce, much like the brief pop after the testnet vote.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Arbitrum's Security Council froze funds from the Binance exploit, and Binance now wants the DAO to hand them back.
• ARB keeps stalling at its 50-day average while POL sits under both of its key averages in a seller-led trend.
• For POL, the floor just below $0.09 decides whether the slide deepens.

Arbitrum faces a long governance fight after its Security Council froze ETH and ARB held by an address linked to the Binance exploit. Binance has asked the DAO to return the assets, and the vote could run for weeks.

The dispute lands as Arbitrum adds stablecoins, apps and Robinhood Chain activity. POL has no such catalyst and keeps losing ground. Traders now want to know whether ARB's bounce can hold while POL's sellers press lower.

Arbitrum Freezes Exploit Funds While Its Ecosystem Keeps Growing

The Arbitrum Security Council used its emergency powers on Oct 30 to freeze the exploit funds. The action locked 8,425 ETH and 74,559,805.2 ARB held on Arbitrum One by an address linked to the attack. The council made a temporary upgrade to the Ethereum Inbox contract to do it, and no other users or apps were affected.

The frozen assets now sit in a holding address. Moving them requires a vote by the Arbitrum DAO. Binance asked the DAO on Nov 5 to return the funds, and the vote process is expected to take about seven weeks.

Arbitrum's ecosystem kept expanding around the dispute. Paxos' Global Dollar (USDG) went live on Arbitrum One on Oct 6, with Morpho, Uniswap, GMX, Kraken and Maple Finance integrating it. The Arbitrum Foundation then opened a 2 million ARB stablecoin program. It offers up to 200,000 ARB to each of the first ten teams that hold a $10M average USDG balance over 30 days.

Robinhood Chain, built on Arbitrum technology, passed $1.07 billion in total value locked on Nov 4.

The freeze shows Arbitrum governance can move quickly in a crisis. It also raises fair questions about how decentralized the network really is.

ARB Holds Above Its Long Average but Stalls at the 50-Day

Arbitrum (ARB) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

ARB traded near $0.17 at last check, flat on the day. The token is up about 2% over the week but still down roughly 11% over the past month. Buyers have stopped the slide but have not yet undone it.

Price sits almost exactly on the 50-day moving average. That line tracks the average close over roughly ten weeks, and ARB keeps stalling right at it. Until the token closes clearly above it, the 50-day acts as a ceiling for short-term traders.

The longer picture looks firmer. ARB holds above its 200-day average, which runs near $0.15. As long as price stays over that line, the broader trend still leans up. The ecosystem news gives holders a reason to defend it.

Momentum readings point the same cautious way. RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of buying and selling pressure, reads 47. That is neutral territory, with neither buyers nor sellers in control. Momentum has started to turn up, but trend strength remains weak, so no clear direction has formed yet.

On the daily chart, the range is easy to read. Nearest support sits in the same zone as the 200-day average. That overlap makes it the level buyers most need to hold. A break below it would expose the next floor near $0.13.

Resistance stands near $0.19. A daily close above that mark would end the stall and open room toward the next level around $0.21. Until then, ARB is likely to keep trading between those two nearest lines.

Sellers Keep POL Pinned Below $0.10

POL (ex-MATIC) (POL) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

POL tells a weaker story. The token traded near $0.092, down about 3% on the week and roughly 10% over the past month. Unlike ARB, it has no fresh ecosystem news to lean on.

Price sits below both of its key averages. The 50-day runs near $0.096, with the 200-day just above it. Both lines now act as ceilings stacked just overhead. The trend gauge confirms a real downtrend, and sellers are the ones leading it.

RSI reads 47, the same neutral level as ARB. Momentum has also turned up a little. On ARB that hints at a base forming above the long average. On POL it looks more like a breather inside a falling market.

Buyers tried to push higher and failed near $0.10, the second resistance level. The nearest ceiling sits around $0.097, just under the 50-day line. Clearing both would take a strong session that the chart does not yet show.

On the daily chart, support near $0.087 is the level that matters most. Holding it keeps POL in a tight range. A daily close below it would likely send the token toward the next floor near $0.079.

Which Levels Decide the Next Three Days

The next three days come down to a few lines already marked on the daily charts.

• Bullish: ARB closes above its nearest resistance and POL reclaims the ceiling just under its 50-day line. That pair of moves would show buyers taking control in both tokens. The setup fails if ARB loses its support zone at the 200-day average.
• Bearish: POL breaks its nearest support and slides toward the lower floor. Sellers would then extend the downtrend they already lead. The setup fails if POL closes back above the level where buyers were rejected.

News Supports ARB More Than Price Does

ARB looks like the steadier token of the two. Its ecosystem keeps adding users and stablecoins, and price still rests above its long-term average. POL remains the weaker chart, with sellers in charge and the path of least resistance pointing lower.

One risk hangs over ARB. The DAO vote on the frozen exploit funds could stir sharp swings while it runs.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Those two meetings draw the deepest derby markets in German football. One usually shapes the title race, while the other turns on local pride and a packed stadium.

Rules for people living in Germany open the guide, and the derby markets for supporters elsewhere make up the rest.

Rules Inside Germany

Residents of Germany should bet only with operators on the GGL whitelist, the official list of licensed sportsbooks. Those operators follow national rules on deposits, live betting and self-exclusion.

Supporters based outside Germany need to confirm their own national rules first.

Two Derbies Compared

Dortmund feature in both fixtures, yet the two differ sharply in character, as the table shows.

Derby

Clubs

What shapes the markets

Der Klassiker

Bayern Munich against Borussia Dortmund

Title race, quality on both sides, goals

Revierderby

Borussia Dortmund against Schalke

Local rivalry, cards, home crowd

Last verified: October 2026

Both clubs confirm the 2026-27 Revierderby at the Veltins-Arena for matchday 12. Schalke's first season back makes their form hard to price, which widens the odds.

Klassiker Markets

Bayern usually start as favourites, especially in Munich, so value often appears in handicaps, team totals and player markets. Both sides attack, and goal lines for the fixture tend to open higher than for an ordinary Bundesliga game.

Rotation around Champions League nights can shape both line-ups. Prices often move once team sheets confirm who starts.

Title Race Weight

Late-season Klassikers can swing title odds sharply. One result in spring often matters more to the outright market than several ordinary rounds.

Revierderby Markets

The Revierderby rewards a read on discipline and nerves. Card and booking-point lines often open high, and early tackles can shape the whole match.

Home crowds at Signal Iduna Park and the Veltins-Arena rank among the loudest in Europe. Promoted sides often raise their level in derbies, so short prices on Dortmund deserve caution.

Derbies elsewhere follow similar patterns, as CryptoDaily's look at Premier League derby fixtures shows for England.

Cup Meetings and Funding

Cup draws can add an extra derby to the season. CryptoDaily's guide to DFB-Pokal betting covers cup football markets.

For fans abroad funding a balance in crypto, CryptoDaily's walkthrough of the Bundesliga with Bitcoin and USDT explains the steps.

Dexsport for Bundesliga Derbies

Derby day at Dexsport draws on a menu of 39 football types, with booking points, the first yellow or red card, corners and player stats among them. Those lines suit the Revierderby's discipline markets and the Klassiker's goal and player angles.

Results settle against bundesliga.de, one of the official sources in Dexsport's rules, with whoscored.com for statistics. Dexapp LTD holds Dexsport's Anjouan licence, and the platform is absent from the GGL whitelist, so it fits supporters outside Germany in countries that permit it.

Conclusion

Der Klassiker and the Revierderby give German football its two biggest derbies, and Schalke's promotion brings the Ruhr meeting back for 2026-27. The Klassiker usually shapes the title race, while the Revierderby turns on discipline and local pride.

Bayern's status as favourites pushes Klassiker value toward handicaps and player markets, while card lines and home crowds shape the Revierderby. Rotation around European nights and late team news move prices in both fixtures.

Anyone living in Germany should bet with whitelisted operators. Supporters overseas should confirm the rules in their country, bet only at legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. German regulation, fixture dates, market menus and licences change over time and vary by country. Residents of Germany should use operators on the GGL whitelist. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• Bitcoin tested $75,000 after AI stocks sold off, yet Monero held firm while Solana kept sliding.
• Monero stays above its key moving averages, while Solana trades below both and sits close to oversold.
• A daily close above Monero's nearest ceiling could decide whether the privacy rally has another leg.

A sharp drop in AI-related stocks pulled Bitcoin lower this week, and most large altcoins went with it. Privacy coins proved the exception, with Monero holding its ground as Solana extended a monthlong decline.

That split now defines two very different trades. Monero buyers want to know if relative strength can carry it through overhead resistance. Solana holders face a harder question. Can a stretched, seller-led chart find a floor before Bitcoin does?

AI Stock Rout Drags Bitcoin Toward $75K as Privacy Coins Stand Firm

A selloff in AI-related stocks spilled into crypto this week. Bitcoin slid with it and tested that level, which traders now watch as the market's floor. Buyers stepped in there, but the bounce has been thin so far.

Most large altcoins followed Bitcoin lower. A small group held its ground. Privacy coins Zcash and Monero stayed firm, and so did the meme token Pepe and the trading project Lighter.

The privacy trade had momentum before this drop. Zcash jumped about 10% on Nov 6 after its NU7 network upgrade went live. It traded near $1,366 that day. That move pulled fresh attention to Monero as well, and the pair has kept that interest through the slide.

In effect, the selloff now works as a filter. Risk-off money is leaving coins that were already weak and staying in those with relative strength. That split shows clearly in Monero and Solana, which sit on opposite sides of it.

Monero Keeps Its Uptrend While the Market Bleeds

Monero (XMR) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Monero traded near $614 on Thursday, flat over the past day. The coin is up about 4% for the week and about 11% for the month. That is a rare gain in a market where most large tokens are shedding value.

The trend behind that gain looks healthy. XMR sits well above its 50-day moving average near $571, the average closing price of the past 50 days. It also holds far above its 200-day average near $467. Both lines sit below the price, so they act as floors. Buyers have controlled the trend for weeks, and trend gauges confirm its strength.

Momentum tells a calmer story. RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 56. That is firm but far from the overheated zone above 70. Monero has strength left without looking stretched.

The MACD, a tool that compares short and long trends, has slipped under its signal line. That means momentum is cooling after the recent run. Buyers still lead, but they are pushing with less force than a few weeks ago.

Monero's nearest daily ceiling sits near $648. A daily close above it would open a path toward about $684. Monero has stalled below that first level before, so traders will want to see volume behind any break.

Support sits much lower, near $169, with the next floor around $145. That wide gap matters. A pullback would have plenty of room to run before it hits a level that held in the past. In practice, the 50-day average is the line buyers would likely defend first.

The bigger picture leaves room above. Monero's all-time high stands near $798, set on Jan 14, 2026. The coin still trades well below that peak, even after this month's climb.

Solana Slips Under Both Averages and Nears Oversold

Solana (SOL) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Solana sits on the other side of that filter. SOL traded near $89.95, flat on the day but down about 7% for the week. It has lost about 23% in a month, one of the steeper drops among large tokens.

The trend points the wrong way. SOL trades below its 50-day average near $101 and its 200-day average near $97.82. Both lines now sit overhead, so they act as ceilings. Sellers lead the move, and trend gauges show it is a real downtrend.

RSI reads 31, just above the oversold mark of 30. That shows heavy selling pressure. It also means the coin is stretched, and stretched coins often bounce when sellers tire.

The MACD has not turned yet. It stays under its signal line, so momentum is still pointing down. Any relief rally would start without that confirmation.

On the daily chart, the first ceiling sits near $97.59, close to the 200-day line. Clearing both would be the first sign that buyers are back. Above that, sellers wait around $104.

Below the price, support sits near $77.84. A break there would expose the next floor around $72.34, and that would extend the slide.

Where Each Coin Breaks Next

Both coins sit near levels that would decide their next leg, and Bitcoin's floor sets the tone for each.

• Bullish: Monero closes above its first ceiling and heads higher, while Solana reclaims the level just under its 200-day line. Buyers would then hold the edge in both. The view fails if XMR loses its 50-day average or SOL sinks back below this week's price.
• Bearish: Bitcoin fails at its recent test level and Solana breaks its nearest floor, opening the lower support. Monero would slip under its 50-day average. A Solana reclaim of that first ceiling would cancel this case.

Strength Favors Monero for Now

Monero holds the relative strength here. Its buyer-led trend and steady averages make it the coin to watch if the market steadies. Solana is the bounce candidate, but it still has to prove buyers are back by retaking its overhead averages.

The main risk sits outside crypto. Another leg down in AI stocks could push Bitcoin through its recent floor and drag both coins lower.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Chainlink led a sharp large-cap selloff as futures traders unwound long bets.
• LINK and AVAX both trade under their key moving averages, with momentum still tilted toward sellers.
• LINK is sitting almost on top of a weekly swing point near $10.87, and a close below it could open the door lower.

Chainlink fell harder than most large-cap tokens in the latest selloff. Derivatives data showed longs closing positions rather than new shorts piling in.

The flush matters because LINK and Avalanche now sit on fragile floors after weeks of lower lows. Chainlink's tokenization push in Asia has not lifted demand for the token. Traders now face one question. Will buyers defend these floors this week, or will sellers confirm a deeper slide?

Sellers Drain Chainlink Leverage Despite the Asia Tokenization Push

Large-cap tokens took a beating over the past 24 hours, and Chainlink ranked among the weakest of the group. LINK slid about 7.3% during the selloff, and derivatives data showed traders heading for the exits.

Open interest, the total value of outstanding futures bets, dropped roughly 11.6% over the same stretch. Funding rates cooled toward zero but stayed positive. That mix points to longs closing positions. Fresh short sellers do not appear to be crowding in.

Liquidation heatmap data marks a pocket of liquidity near $10.30. That sits just above the recent weekly low of $10.27, a level that could draw price lower. Above the market, the map shows magnetic zones at $12 and just under $13.

The weakness comes as Chainlink expands access to tokenized Asian stock markets. So far, the push has not brought new buyers into the token.

LINK Clings to the $10.6 Floor Below Both Averages

Chainlink (LINK) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Chainlink traded near $10.85 at last check, down about 5% on the week and roughly 19% over the past month. The token sits below its 50-day moving average, a gauge of the medium-term trend, near $11.86. It also sits just under the 200-day average around $11.01. That longer line now acts as the first ceiling buyers must clear.

The Relative Strength Index (RSI), a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 41. Buyers look tired, though the reading sits well above oversold territory. Trend-following signals still point down, so bears stay in control for now.

Longer timeframes look no better. LINK swept a major swing level back in September and has slid since. Price now hovers almost on top of the $10.87 swing point, which is close to breaking.

On the 4-hour chart, a trendline from the past month keeps capping every bounce. Below it, the mid-September low near $10.61 has been tested again and again. Recent weeks have printed lower lows, a pattern that wears down a floor over time.

A close below that swing point on the weekly chart would expose support near $9.75. Under that, the daily chart shows the next shelf around $8.07. That area sits close to the $7.88 target analysts flagged if the breakdown runs its course.

Bulls need a cleaner signal first. A move back above resistance near $11.53 would be the first sign that sellers are losing grip. Above that, the next hurdle sits around $12.71.

Where a 15% Avalanche Drop Would Land

Avalanche (AVAX) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Avalanche shows the same seller-led setup. AVAX traded near $8.33 at last check, down about 3% on the week. The monthly picture looks worse, with a loss of roughly 25%.

The token sits below both of its key averages. The 50-day and 200-day lines have nearly merged around $9.10. Together they form a single ceiling that has kept rallies in check.

RSI reads 38, a touch weaker than Chainlink's reading. Sellers have a slightly firmer grip here, though the gauge has not reached oversold levels. Momentum and trend signals point down for AVAX, just as with LINK.

Price has been moving sideways just above $8. That kind of pause often looks steady until it breaks. A drop below that zone would put support near $7.05 in play, about 15% under the current price. A deeper slide would bring the next shelf around $6.15 into view.

Buyers have a clear line to reclaim. A move above resistance near $9.20 would lift AVAX over the merged averages and break the pattern. Clearing $9.76 after that would show sellers losing control.

Two Paths for the Next Three Days

• Bullish: LINK sweeps its weekly low near $10.27, then reclaims $11.53 on a daily close. AVAX would need to clear $9.20 at the same time to confirm buyers are back in both tokens. A daily close under $10.27 for LINK would cancel this view.
• Bearish: LINK posts a weekly close below $10.87, and AVAX loses its sideways floor near $8. That pair of breaks opens a path toward the next support levels for both tokens. A LINK recovery above $11.53 would invalidate this case.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand for Now

Both charts still lean lower. LINK and AVAX trade under their key averages, and neither has reclaimed the first resistance overhead. Until that happens, sellers set the tone.

Traders should stay cautious in both directions. The recent flush left leverage thin, and thin positioning can turn small orders into sharp moves. A squeeze could hit shorts or longs with little warning.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• NEAR slid with AI-linked tokens after a Wall Street rout triggered heavy crypto liquidations.
• A fresh buy signal on NEAR's daily chart has so far failed to attract buyers.
• SUI sits just above a nearby floor near $0.83, a line buyers cannot afford to lose.

NEAR Protocol extended its slide this week as a sharp selloff in US stocks spilled into crypto. Leveraged long positions were wiped out, and tokens tied to artificial intelligence took some of the worst hits.

The timing stings for NEAR holders, who just voted to cut future token issuance. SUI has held steadier, but both charts still lean toward sellers. Traders now want to know whether nearby support can hold before macro pressure forces a deeper drop.

Stock Rout Overrides NEAR's Buy Signal and Supply Cut

Wall Street set the tone. The Nasdaq Composite fell 5.5% on Nov 5 as investors worried about AI spending and political uncertainty. The S&P 500 lost 4.3%. Bitcoin dropped more than 6% toward $75,000 in the same session.

The selling spread fast through leveraged crypto bets. Over $1B in positions were liquidated, mostly longs. AI-related tokens took some of the heaviest losses, and NEAR sits squarely in that group.

NEAR first slipped below $4 on Nov 3. It fell about 7% on Nov 6. Over 24 hours it traded between $3.63 and $4.05. The token peaked near $6 in October.

Analyst Ali Martinez flagged a TD Sequential buy signal on the daily chart. Buyers have not acted on it yet.

Holders also approved proposal HSP-029 on Nov 2 with roughly 99.9% support. It cuts maximum annual issuance from 2.5% to 1.6% over 24 months. That avoids about 11.8M new NEAR tokens. The change still needs Security Council review, a grace period and validator adoption. Some traders may have sold the news.

NEAR Trades Under $4.21 With $2.73 the Next Real Floor

NEAR Protocol (NEAR) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

NEAR changed hands near $3.74 on Thursday. The token has lost about 13% over the past week and roughly 30% over the past month.

The short-term trend has broken. NEAR now sits below its 50-day moving average, an average of recent closing prices, which stands near $4.21. That line now acts as a ceiling. The 200-day average sits much lower, around $2.98. As long as price holds above it, the longer uptrend from the past year stays intact.

Momentum favors sellers. RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 40. That is weak, though still well short of the oversold zone below 30. Sellers have room to push further before the market looks stretched.

Other gauges agree. The MACD remains below its signal line, meaning momentum is still pointing down. Trend-strength readings show a downtrend forming, with sellers in control since October's run of lower highs and lower lows.

On the daily chart, the nearest resistance sits near $4.28. That level lines up with Martinez's first target from his buy signal. A close above it would put the next ceiling, near $4.81, back in view.

The downside is wider. The nearest firm support on the chart sits around $2.73, about 27% below the current price. If that floor gives way, the next level comes in near $2.21.

Analysts are watching the zone just under current prices. Michael van de Poppe said the range looks attractive for accumulation, though he prefers buying below $3.50. Giannis Andreou said buyers must defend the $3.60 to $3.80 area. A clean break under that band would leave little chart structure between NEAR and the lower floor.

SUI Clings to $0.83 Under Both Averages

Sui (SUI) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SUI traded near $0.87, a calmer week than NEAR's. The token slipped about 4% over seven days but has shed roughly 23% over the past month.

Its chart structure looks weaker, though. SUI sits below its 50-day average near $0.94. It also trades under its 200-day average near $0.97. Both lines now act as ceilings overhead. NEAR at least still holds its longer-term average, while SUI has lost that cushion.

RSI reads 41, close to NEAR's weak reading. Buyers lack conviction, but the coin is not yet oversold. Momentum is still pointing down, with the MACD under its signal line.

The trend itself is more mature. Trend-strength readings show a real downtrend led by sellers, while NEAR's is only taking shape. That means SUI's slide has already settled into a steady pattern.

Holders can take comfort in how close the floor sits. Support is only about 5% below the current price. Buyers have a clear line to defend.

A close under that level would change the picture. The next support comes in near $0.71, a much deeper drop. On the upside, resistance near $0.95 caps any bounce, and a break above it would open the way toward $1.06.

Which Way Do the Next 72 Hours Break?

Two setups dominate the coming sessions, and both hinge on the levels above.

• Bullish: A daily close above NEAR's nearest resistance would put Martinez's second target, the next ceiling, in play. SUI would need to clear its own first ceiling to aim for the higher one. The setup fails if either token slips back under Thursday's trading price.
• Bearish: A break below Andreou's defense band would leave NEAR exposed to the deeper floor. SUI losing its nearby support would open the path to its lower level. Reclaiming the 50-day average on either coin would cancel this view.

Macro Calls the Shots Until Sellers Tire

Both charts still favor sellers. NEAR's supply cut is a slow story that will take months to show up in issuance, and it cannot outweigh a stock market rout for now. Traders will watch Wall Street first.

The risk runs in one direction. Another equity slide or a fresh wave of forced liquidations could push both coins through support quickly.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Web3 sportsbooks licensed offshore do not appear on it. Wallet logins, stablecoin balances and on-chain settlement change how a platform works, yet the legal test for German residents looks only at the licence.

The sections below explain how the German system works, what the whitelist covers and what Germans living abroad should consider.

How Germany Regulates Online Betting

Germany's Interstate Treaty on Gambling 2021 opened a national framework for online sports betting, casino slots and poker. Its regulator, the GGL in Halle, took over full supervision in January 2023.

Element

What it means

Effect on bettors

Whitelist

Public list of licensed operators

The quickest way to check a site

Cross-operator deposit limit

Monthly cap shared across licensed sites

Spending stays within a set ceiling

OASIS register

National self-exclusion system

One request blocks all licensed operators

Stake tax

Levied on sports bets

Can affect odds and payouts

Payment and site enforcement

GGL action against unlicensed operators

Offshore access can stop without warning

Last verified: October 2026

Licensed operators must follow further rules on live betting, advertising and responsible play. CryptoDaily's ranking of licence limits and market range shows how licensing shapes what a sportsbook offers.

The Whitelist in Practice

Whitelisted books plug into OASIS and the shared deposit limit, which protect players who want help controlling their betting. Offshore platforms stand outside those systems, so a German self-exclusion does not reach them.

Disputes also differ. Licensed operators answer to the GGL, while an offshore book answers only to its own regulator abroad, if it has one.

Crypto and Licensed Books

Licensed German operators work with conventional payment methods, and crypto deposits stay outside the regulated market. CryptoDaily's review of licensed sportsbooks that accept crypto shows where that combination exists in other countries.

Germans Living Abroad

German rules apply to people living in Germany. Germans in Spain, Thailand or the United States follow the law of their country of residence, which may allow, restrict or ban offshore betting.

Expats should check that law before opening any account. CryptoDaily's comparison of licensed crypto sportsbooks explains what different licences mean for players.

Dexsport's Status For German Sportsbooks

Dexsport operates through Dexapp LTD under an Anjouan licence and does not appear on the GGL whitelist. Residents of Germany should therefore use a whitelisted operator.

Expats in countries that permit offshore betting must meet Dexsport's age rule, which requires 18 or the local age of majority if that is higher. Dexsport handles self-exclusion through info@dexsport.io and complaints through team@dexsport.io, with arbitration at the London Court of International Arbitration after negotiation.

Bundesliga markets at Dexsport settle against sources including bundesliga.de, with whoscored.com for statistics.

Conclusion

Germany's GGL whitelist lists every operator allowed to serve German residents, and offshore Web3 sportsbooks fall outside it. Technology changes how a platform handles money, while the legal test looks only at the licence.

Licensed books connect to OASIS self-exclusion and the shared deposit limit, which offshore platforms cannot match for German players. Disputes with licensed operators reach a German regulator, which gives players a route that offshore terms cannot replace.

Residents of Germany should use whitelisted operators. Germans abroad need to check the law where they live, bet only once they reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. German gambling regulation, the GGL whitelist and licences change over time. Residents of Germany should use operators on the GGL whitelist, and expats should check the law where they live. Betting involves risk, so please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• 21Shares cut ties with House of Doge on its Dogecoin ETF, the firm's third setback in three weeks.
• DOGE and SHIB remain stuck below their key moving averages, while PEPE keeps buyers in control.
• Dogecoin's 50-day average is the line that would turn sentiment.

21Shares has ended its support deal with House of Doge for its Dogecoin ETF, according to a filing with the SEC. The fund itself keeps running unchanged, and the token barely reacted.

The quiet response says more about the chart than the headline. DOGE and SHIB were already sliding, while PEPE has drawn steady buying. Traders now want to know whether Dogecoin can find a floor, or whether the meme market splits further.

21Shares Cuts House of Doge Loose From Its Dogecoin ETF

21Shares US LLC ended its support services agreement with House of Doge for the 21Shares Dogecoin ETF (TDOG). The change took effect immediately on November 5, 2026. A Form 8-K filed with the SEC on Friday disclosed the move. CEO Russell Barlow signed the filing, which said only that the deal ended "in accordance with its terms."

The agreement covered research, data, operational support and marketing. Nothing else changes for shareholders. Custodians, the 0.50% annual fee and BNY Mellon's administration role stay in place, and the fund is not closing.

TDOG is a small product. It held 38,262,002 DOGE, worth about $2.76 million, as of June 30. Its net asset value fell to $14.53 from $25.66 over nine months, a drop of about 43%.

House of Doge owned roughly 41% of the shares. It bought 78,000 of them in April for $1.47 million and pledged them against a $700,000 securities loan. The ETF split marks its third break in three weeks, following the loss of a trademark licence and a Nasdaq listing in a run that began October 19.

Traders shrugged. DOGE barely moved on the news, with 24-hour volume near $527 million.

DOGE Needs the 50-Day Average Before $0.08 Means Anything

Dogecoin (DOGE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Dogecoin trades near $0.072, flat on the day but down about 6% over the week. The monthly loss is steeper at roughly 19%. Those numbers show a slide that started well before the 21Shares filing.

The token sits below its 50-day average near $0.081. It also trades under its 200-day average, which sits near $0.089. A moving average smooths out daily noise to show the broader trend. With price under both, each line acts as a ceiling, and sellers have held control for weeks.

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 35. That is weak but still above the oversold mark of 30. In plain terms, sellers have room to push further before the market looks stretched. Momentum also still points down, so a bounce has no confirmation yet.

On the daily chart, the first hurdle is near $0.076. A clean break there would put the 50-day average in reach. Reclaiming that line would turn $0.08 from a round number into a real foothold for buyers.

The downside is closer than it looks. Support sits near $0.069, about 4% below the current price. Losing it would leave little in the way until the next floor around $0.056.

SHIB Hugs Support While Mirroring Dogecoin's Slide

Shiba Inu (SHIB) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Shiba Inu trades near $0.0000045, a hair above nearby support. Its weekly loss matches Dogecoin's almost exactly, and the monthly drop of about 17% tells a similar story.

The chart setup looks familiar too. SHIB trades under its 50-day line near $0.0000050. Its 200-day line sits higher, around $0.0000055. Both lines now cap rallies, which keeps sellers in charge of the trend.

RSI reads 36, close to Dogecoin's weak reading. Momentum still points down as well. Neither token shows buyers stepping in with any conviction yet.

Bulls first need a break above resistance near $0.0000047. That would open a path to the next barrier around $0.0000049, just under the 50-day line. Only a close above that average would mark a real shift.

The risk sits right below the price. A drop through current support would expose the next floor near $0.0000041.

Why PEPE Is the Meme Coin Buyers Still Trust

Pepe (PEPE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Pepe slipped about 1% on the day. Over the past month it has gained roughly 20%. That puts it on the opposite side of the meme market from the two dog tokens.

Unlike the dog tokens, PEPE holds above both trend lines. Its 50-day mark sits around $0.0000044, and the 200-day is lower still. Those lines now act as floors under the price. The trend is real, and buyers are the ones driving it.

RSI reads 57, firm but well short of overheated territory. Buyers still have room to push before the rally looks stretched. Momentum is also improving, which DOGE and SHIB cannot claim.

The week ended flat, and that pause looks like consolidation after the monthly run. On the daily chart, support sits near $0.0000046, with a deeper floor around $0.0000042. Resistance waits near $0.0000053. A break there would bring the next barrier near $0.0000057 into view.

Two Paths for the Next Three Days

Both setups hinge on levels traders already know.

• Bullish: DOGE closes above its first resistance and sets course for the 50-day average. PEPE would confirm the risk appetite by clearing its own resistance. A slip back below DOGE's support would cancel this path.
• Bearish: DOGE loses support and drifts toward its next floor, while SHIB breaks through the support it now hugs. A DOGE reclaim of first resistance would invalidate the move and hand short-term control back to buyers.

Sellers Still Hold the Pen on DOGE

The 21Shares split changed little for Dogecoin's price. The chart already belongs to sellers, and a return to that round number stays off the table until DOGE closes back above its 50-day line. PEPE remains the meme coin with buyers behind it.

That edge is fragile. More House of Doge fallout or a broad meme selloff could pull PEPE down with the dog tokens.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• A Hyperliquid treasury company has asked US regulators to let a subsidiary act as a futures broker for HIP-3 markets.
• AAVE momentum has turned up while HYPE still shows sellers in control.
• HYPE's first support near $76 now stands between the token and a test of its 200-day average.

Hyperliquid Strategies, the Nasdaq-listed company that holds a large slice of HYPE supply, wants a US futures license. Its subsidiary filed with the CFTC to serve American traders on HIP-3 markets.

The filing could widen US access to Hyperliquid, though approval may take months. Traders now face a split market. HYPE keeps sliding after a rough week, while AAVE shows early signs of a turn.

Hyperliquid's Treasury Firm Seeks a US Futures License

Hyperliquid Strategies, the Nasdaq-listed treasury company trading as PURR, reported net income of $620.6 million for the quarter ended Sept. 30. Most of that profit came from $803 million in unrealized gains on its HYPE holdings. In other words, the result reflects token prices more than operating cash.

The bigger news sits in a subsidiary. HypeStrat Markets has applied to the CFTC to register as a futures commission merchant for HIP-3 markets. Approval is pending. COO Jeroen Nieuwkoop called the effort early-stage and said it could take "maybe three, four, five, or six months."

Executive David Schamis said the goal is a neutral FCM serving US Hyperliquid customers. He put the build cost in the single-digit millions. The company has not said which asset US clients would use for margin or settlement.

PURR holds 38.5 million HYPE, about 16.1% of supply. It spent $785 million on 9.1 million tokens last quarter and keeps $254.6 million in cash with no debt. Protocol buybacks have retired another 48.3 million HYPE for $1.4 billion. Demand looks cooler elsewhere, though. US Hyperliquid ETFs saw a $3.0 million net outflow on Nov. 5.

HYPE Floor Stands Between the Token and Its 200-Day Average

Hyperliquid (HYPE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

HYPE traded near $79 on Thursday, up about 1% on the day. That small bounce does little to repair the damage. The token is still down about 12% over the week and roughly 10% over the past month.

The moving averages tell a split story. HYPE sits below its 50-day average near $82, which now acts as a ceiling. It remains well above its 200-day average around $69.50, so the longer uptrend is intact.

Momentum leans the same way. RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 44. That puts sellers slightly in charge without pushing the token into oversold territory. Trend gauges still point down, and a seller-led move is starting to form.

On the daily chart, the first floor sits near $76.20. Buyers have defended that area so far. A close below it would open room toward the 200-day average, the next real test for the broader trend.

Bulls have work to do on the upside. The first hurdle is near $82.60, just above the 50-day line. A clean break there would point to the next resistance around $84.60. Holding above both would suggest buyers have taken back control of the short-term trend.

The futures filing does not change this setup yet. Executives gave a timeline of several months, and the regulator has set no date. For now, traders are reacting to price, and price says sellers still hold the edge.

That leaves the first floor as the line that matters this week. Holding it keeps the pullback orderly. Losing it would shift attention to the 200-day average.

AAVE Momentum Turns Up Before Its Price Does

Aave (AAVE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Aave traded near $132 on Thursday, flat on the day. The token has had a rough month, falling about 24%. This week it has edged up roughly 2%, a small gain that hints sellers may be running out of fuel.

The price now sits between two key averages. The 50-day line near $140 acts as a ceiling overhead. The 200-day average around $127 sits below and has held as a floor. AAVE is squeezed between the two, waiting for a direction.

RSI reads 43, close to where HYPE sits. That still points to mild seller control. The difference shows up in the MACD trend gauge, which has turned up on AAVE. HYPE has not made that turn yet. Momentum often shifts before price does, so this is an early hint.

A real breakout needs a close above $141. That move would also clear the 50-day zone and flip it from a ceiling into a floor. Above that, the next resistance waits near $160.

On the daily chart, support sits near $121. Buyers need to hold that level to keep the base intact. A break below it would remove the safety net and expose a much deeper drop toward $92.88.

Which Way Do the Next Three Days Break?

• Bullish: HYPE reclaims $82.61 and AAVE posts a daily close above its breakout level near the 50-day line. That would confirm AAVE's momentum turn and give HYPE a path toward its next ceiling. The view fails if HYPE loses its first floor or AAVE drops through its own support.
• Bearish: HYPE breaks support and slides toward the 200-day average, while AAVE sinks back to support. A HYPE recovery above its first hurdle would cancel this scenario.

Patience Pays More Than Prediction Here

AAVE holds the better short-term setup. Its momentum has already turned, and a close above the 50-day line would confirm it. HYPE needs to defend support before buyers can talk about a rebound.

The risks lean on HYPE. A delayed or denied CFTC approval would sting. Further ETF outflows could also drag on HYPE and on wider DeFi sentiment.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Fresh outflows from Bitcoin ETFs are draining demand that XRP and Cardano lean on.
• Both tokens trade below their 50-day and 200-day averages, and sellers still steer momentum.
• XRP is drifting toward the floor that launched its August rally, and traders want to see if buyers return.

Money keeps leaving Bitcoin funds, and the selling is spilling into the altcoin market. XRP and Cardano have both slid this week as institutional demand cools.

That matters because neither coin has its own steady fund buyers to cushion a drop. Both charts now sit close to nearby support zones. Traders face one question: will buyers defend those floors again, or will another wave of Bitcoin outflows push both tokens lower?

Bitcoin ETF Outflows Leave XRP Without a Safety Net

US spot Bitcoin ETFs keep losing money. The funds posted a net outflow of about $430 million on Nov 5, according to daily fund flow data. That followed exits of roughly $643 million on Oct 30. Another $636 million left on Oct 22.

The damage adds up. Cumulative net inflows have slipped from near $58 billion to about $56 billion since late October. The main channel of fresh institutional demand is now running in reverse.

XRP has no verified US spot ETF flow data of its own. That leaves the token tied to Bitcoin's direction, with no separate buyer base to soften a slide.

The gap to past highs shows the strain. XRP would need to rise about 209% to revisit its record near $3.65, set in July 2025. Bitcoin needs roughly 67% to reclaim its peak near $126,000.

Over the past year, XRP lost about 47%, while Bitcoin fell about 26%.

Interest is rising anyway. Wikipedia views of the XRP Ledger page jumped about 75% week over week.

XRP Drifts Toward the $0.99 Floor That Launched August's Rally

XRP (XRP) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

XRP traded near $1.16 on Friday. The token is down about 7% over the past week and about 18% over the past month. Sellers have controlled most of that stretch.

The moving averages confirm the pressure. XRP trades below its 50-day average near $1.32. It also trades under its 200-day average near $1.36. Both lines now act as ceilings, so any rally runs into traders looking to sell.

Momentum looks tired as well. RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 32 on the daily chart. That puts XRP close to oversold territory, where selling often starts to exhaust itself. MACD still sits below its signal line, which means momentum keeps pointing down.

The trend gauge offers one point in the bulls' favor. It shows no strong trend in either direction. The decline has been steady, but it lacks the force of a true breakdown.

That leaves one level that matters most. The nearest support sits near $0.99, and the data shows no floor below it. The same zone launched XRP's sharp move in August, when the token climbed to $1.27 in four days. Buyers defended that area once. Traders will watch whether they show up again.

A break under that level would remove the last nearby floor. It would also push XRP below a round number that many traders track. Without ETF flows to absorb supply, a slip there could draw in more sellers.

Any bounce faces its own walls. First resistance sits near $1.25, just under the August peak. Above that, the next cap waits near $1.31, right below the 50-day average. Bulls need to clear both before the picture changes.

Cardano Sellers Hold the Wheel Just Above $0.17

Cardano (ADA) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Cardano looks weaker than XRP on most measures. ADA traded near $0.18 on Friday after a monthly drop of about 28%. That slide runs well ahead of XRP's losses over the same stretch.

The token trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, near $0.21 and $0.23. Both lines sit overhead as ceilings, and sellers have room to work before either comes into play.

Trend strength marks the biggest difference between the two coins. XRP's decline lacks force, but ADA's shows a real trend, and sellers are the ones driving it. That makes a quick reversal harder to build.

RSI reads 35, a weak reading that sits a few points above oversold. Selling pressure has not yet stretched far enough to invite strong bargain hunting. MACD stays below its signal line, so momentum still points lower.

Price now hovers just above the first floor. Support sits near $0.17 on the daily chart, and a break there opens the way to the next level near $0.16.

Upside hurdles start close by. First resistance waits near $0.20, a round level where rallies have stalled. Above that, the next cap lines up with the 50-day average. Bulls would need to clear both to loosen the sellers' grip.

What Flips the Script Over the Next Three Days

Two clear triggers should decide the next leg for both tokens.

• Bullish: XRP reclaims its first resistance just under the August peak, and ADA climbs back over its round-number ceiling. That would put both coins on course for their next caps near the 50-day averages. A daily close back under Friday's trading levels would cancel the setup.
• Bearish: XRP loses the floor that launched August's rally, and ADA breaks its first support. That opens ADA's lower floor and leaves XRP without nearby support. Recoveries above those same first resistance levels would invalidate it.

Sellers Keep the Edge for Now

Both charts still lean toward more tests of support. Sellers hold the trend on each coin, and neither token has reclaimed a single resistance level. Until that happens, bounces look like chances to sell.

The bigger risk sits with Bitcoin. Another run of ETF outflows would hit XRP first, since it lacks its own fund demand. ADA would likely follow, and both floors could give way fast.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Tom Lee says Ethereum is bottoming, and one large holder has bet on that view.
• Momentum on the daily chart has started to turn up, though sellers still lead the trend.
• Traders are watching the first resistance just above the 200-day average as the first real test.

Wall Street strategist Tom Lee says Ethereum has hit a floor, and a large holder appears to share his view.

The call arrives after a painful month for ETH, with the price stuck below its key trend lines. Early momentum signals offer some hope for buyers. Traders now want to see whether ETH can reclaim its averages or slips again.

Tom Lee Says Ethereum Is Bottoming as a Whale Backs Him

Lee, known for his bullish crypto calls, gave no price target or time frame. He argues that selling pressure on ETH looks exhausted.

The call lands after ETH lost about 13% over the past 30 days.

One large holder appears to agree. A whale has placed a bet worth roughly $45M that Lee is right. Big money appears to be preparing for a rebound.

The chart is more cautious. ETH trades near $2,250, still below its first resistance level.

Ethereum Trades Beneath Both Averages It Needs to Reclaim

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ethereum sits under both of the moving averages that traders watch most closely. The 50-day average stands near $2,390. The 200-day average, a gauge of the longer trend, sits around $2,310.

Trading below both lines means each one now acts as a ceiling. Buyers would need to push through the 200-day first and then the 50-day before the broader trend could turn up. Until then, the bigger picture still leans down.

ETH ended both the last 24 hours and the week flat. The selling has paused, but buyers have yet to take control.

Trend strength readings show a trend forming, with sellers still leading it. That leaves the burden on buyers to prove the floor is real.

Momentum Turns Up While RSI Stays Weak

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 41 on the daily chart. That sits in weak territory, below the neutral middle band. It is still well above the oversold zone, where sellers usually run out of steam.

ETH lacks strong upward momentum, yet it has room to climb before it looks overheated.

The MACD, which compares a short-term and a longer-term average of price, offers a brighter signal. It has crossed above its signal line, so short-term momentum has started to turn up.

This crossover is the first chart evidence that lines up with Lee's bottoming view. On its own, it marks a change in direction without confirming a rally.

$2,360 Is the First Test of the Rebound Call

The first real test sits near $2,360, about 5% above the current price. That level lies just beyond the 200-day line, so a break would clear two hurdles at once.

A daily close above it would open the way toward the next resistance near $2,450, just past the 50-day line. Clearing it would show buyers have taken back the broader trend.

On the downside, the cushion is wide. The nearest support sits near $1,850, roughly 18% below today's price. A second floor near $1,860 makes the area one thick band of support.

Losing that band would undo the bottoming thesis.

What Would Prove Lee Right or Wrong by the Weekend

Two paths could settle the call within days.

• Bullish: A daily close above that first resistance would put the next ceiling just past the 50-day line within reach. This case fails if ETH slips back under the 200-day average, which would turn the breakout into a false start.
• Bearish: A rejection at the first resistance would send sellers back toward the thick support band far below. This case fails if ETH closes above the 50-day average, which would hand the trend back to buyers.

A Credible Call Still Waiting for Price to Confirm It

The MACD turn and the quiet week hint that a base may be forming. Still, Lee's call stays unproven until ETH clears the first resistance and holds.

The whale's position shows conviction, yet one large bet cannot set a trend.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Crypto analyst Ben Cowen warns that Bitcoin could revisit $58,000 if tech stocks roll over.
• Bitcoin is sitting on its 200-day average, and momentum still favors sellers.
• The first support floor below the market may decide whether his scenario gets any traction.

Ben Cowen, the crypto analyst known for his market cycle work, says the Bitcoin bottom may not be in yet.

The call lands as Bitcoin tests a long-term trend line after a month of steady losses. Its close ties to tech stocks keep equities in focus. Traders want to know whether buyers will defend this zone or a stock sell-off will drag crypto lower.

Ben Cowen Ties a Return to $58,000 to the Nasdaq

Cowen did not attach a fixed time frame to the call. He framed it as a scenario that depends on US stock markets.

His condition is a fall in the Nasdaq. Cowen argues that Bitcoin still trades like a risk asset, moving in step with large tech stocks. If those shares slide, he expects crypto to follow.

Bitcoin traded near $76K at the time of writing. That puts his target about 24% below the current price. Buyers would have to give up two support levels before his scenario plays out.

A clear move back above the 50-day average would weaken his case.

Bitcoin Slips Under Its 50-Day Average as the Month Bleeds Lower

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin has spent the past month sliding. The price is down about 9% over 30 days. The last week added a further 2% loss. The past day was flat, so the selling has paused without reversing.

A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set number of days. Bitcoin now trades below its 50-day average, which sits near $80K. That line has turned from a floor into a ceiling. Any bounce would likely meet sellers there first.

The longer view matters more right now. Bitcoin is sitting right on its 200-day average, a level many traders treat as the dividing line between a healthy market and a weak one.

A close clearly below it would hand Cowen's bearish case its strongest technical support so far. It would suggest the drift lower has become a trend.

Holding the line would tell a different story. Buyers who step in at the 200-day often mark the spot where a pullback ends. For now, the flat day shows neither side has won that fight.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand Without Panic

The momentum gauges back the sellers, though they stop short of alarm. RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 39. That reading is weak. It is still well above the oversold zone below 30, where selling often runs out of steam.

In plain terms, Bitcoin has room to fall further before the market looks stretched.

The MACD remains below its signal line, so downside momentum is still building. Trend strength readings show a trend taking shape, with sellers leading it.

Two Floors Stand Between Bitcoin and $58K

The first floor sits near $65K. Buyers defended that zone before, and it must give way before Cowen's target even comes into view. A break below it would open the next leg down.

Below that, a second shelf rests near $63K, the last marked support on the chart. If that level breaks, little stands between Bitcoin and the analyst's number, and his scenario would gain real traction.

On the upside, the nearest resistance lines up with the 50-day line. Clearing it would weaken the bearish call.

The real recovery test sits higher, near $82K. A push through that level would show buyers back in charge.

What Confirms or Breaks the Call by Midweek

• Bullish: Bitcoin holds the 200-day average and closes above the 50-day line. That would put the higher ceiling within reach and leave Cowen's call looking stale. A drop through the first floor would cancel this path.
• Bearish: A close under the first floor, especially with a weak Nasdaq, points to the second shelf and then Cowen's target. A reclaim of the 50-day line would invalidate this path.

The Nasdaq Holds the Deciding Vote

The trend currently leans toward Cowen. Still, his target requires both marked floors to fail, and buyers have not given up either one.

Equities cut both ways here. A sharp Nasdaq move in either direction could swing Bitcoin quickly. Traders may want to watch equities as closely as the chart.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Canadian football plays by its own rules, and those rules change totals, spreads and live prices. The 113th Grey Cup comes to Calgary in November 2026, giving fans a fresh reason to learn them.

Provincial law shapes who may bet on the game, so it comes first. The rules that move the line, and the markets around them, follow.

Betting Rules in Canada

Canada leaves gambling to the provinces, and residents should bet only with an operator authorised where they live. Canadians abroad answer to the law of their country of residence.

Licensing also decides what recourse a bettor has if a dispute arises. CryptoDaily's explainer on what a licence changes at a sportsbook covers that side.

Canadian Rules Against the NFL

Several differences between the codes affect how bookmakers set Grey Cup lines. The table compares the main ones.

Rule

CFL

NFL

Betting effect

Downs

Three

Four

More punts and field goal attempts

Field

110 yards, 20-yard end zones

100 yards, 10-yard end zones

Longer drives and wider passing lanes

Players

12 a side

11 a side

Extra receiver adds passing volume

Single point

Awarded on missed kicks out of the end zone

None

Odd final scores and shifted margins

Backfield motion

Unlimited forward motion

One player, no forward motion

More big plays

Last verified: October 2026

Those rules combine to make CFL games higher scoring and less predictable in their final margins than many NFL bettors expect.

How Singles Change the Spread

The single, or rouge, gives one point for a missed field goal or punt that goes out of the end zone or stays there. That point can move a final margin by one, which matters around half-point spreads.

NFL bettors learn to value key numbers such as three and seven. In the CFL, singles and two-point conversions spread final margins more widely, so those numbers matter less.

Totals and Weather

Grey Cup totals reflect the league's passing volume, yet November weather can change everything. Cold and wind in Calgary can turn a projected shootout into a field position battle.

Overtime Rules

Level games go to a shootout-style overtime. Both teams get a possession from the opponent's 35-yard line, and from the third round teams must attempt two-point conversions after a touchdown.

Overtime rules matter for settlement. Moneyline and spread markets usually include overtime, while regulation-time markets settle on the score after sixty minutes.

Lessons From the NFL

Fans who bet the NFL can transfer some skills, from reading quarterback form to tracking injuries. CryptoDaily's preview of the NFL season covers how those markets work.

Player props exist for the Grey Cup too, though menus are thinner than in the NFL. CryptoDaily's look at NFL player props shows how depth varies between books.

Dexsport for Gridiron Markets

Dexsport lists 13 American football market types, including team win, handicap, total points, touchdown and field goal markets, time of first touchdown and longest score. Dexsport places Canadian football within that list, so confirm the Grey Cup menu before kick-off.

Live betting covers the game too, which suits a contest where wind and singles can swing the score. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence without Canadian provincial authorisation, so it suits only fans outside Canada where local law allows it.

Conclusion

Grey Cup markets follow Canadian rules, and three downs, a longer field, twelve players and the single point all change how bookmakers set the line. Final margins spread more widely than in the NFL, so key numbers matter less.

November weather in Calgary can reshape totals, and overtime rules decide how moneyline and regulation bets settle. NFL experience helps, though it needs adjusting for the Canadian game.

Residents of Canada should use provincially authorised operators. Fans abroad need to check the law where they live, bet only once they reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. CFL rules, Canadian provincial regulation, market menus and licences change over time and vary by country. Residents of Canada should use operators authorised in their province. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• Cardano fell to its weakest daily close since mid-August after a Nasdaq chip sell-off hit crypto.
• ADA trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and momentum still points down.
• The August low near $0.17 decides whether the summer base survives.

Cardano slid to multi-month lows this week after Thursday's rout in chip and AI stocks spread into digital assets. Leveraged longs took most of the losses as Bitcoin and Ether fell alongside ADA.

Stakers have mostly held their ground, which keeps a large share of supply locked away. The chart tells a harsher story.

Chip Stocks Crack and Cardano Follows, but Delegators Stay Put

A sell-off in Nasdaq chip and AI stocks on Thursday spilled straight into crypto. Bitcoin briefly slipped under $76,000, and leveraged traders paid the price. CoinGlass data showed about $1.03 billion liquidated in 24 hours. Long positions made up roughly 89% of that.

Sentiment cracked as well. The Crypto Fear & Greed Index dropped from 50 to 28, moving from neutral into fear in a single session.

Cardano took the hit hard. ADA closed Thursday near $0.197, then fell to a daily low around $0.178 early Friday. That marked its lowest daily close since August 19. The token now trades about 65% below its annual high of $0.59.

Delegators barely flinched. On-chain data for epoch 665 shows 21.54 billion of 36.82 billion circulating ADA staked, or about 58.5%. That share sat at 58.4% in late October, and the delegated amount edged higher since then.

The share is still down from 61.0% a year ago. Gross staking yield has also slipped to about 2.1% from 2.4%. Holders who stay are betting on the network, since the income alone is thin.

ADA Trades Well Under Both Long Averages After a Brutal Month

Cardano (ADA) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

ADA now trades near $0.18 in a clear downtrend. The token sits under its 50-day moving average, which tracks the average closing price over the past 50 sessions, at about $0.21. That line now acts as a ceiling for any rebound.

The longer view looks worse. The 200-day average stands near $0.23, well above the current price. When a coin trades below both lines and the shorter one sits under the longer one, analysts call it a clean downtrend.

ADA lost about 31% over the past 30 days, a steep drop for a large-cap token. That slide has carried the price to the bottom of the range it held through the late summer and early fall.

Friday brought a small reprieve. ADA rose about 2% over the past 24 hours as some buyers stepped in after the overnight low. The bounce looks like relief after forced selling, with little sign of fresh demand behind it.

The token is still down about 3% over seven days, so the daily gain has barely dented the decline.

On the daily chart, the price sits much closer to the green support line than to the red resistance above. Buyers have little cushion if selling picks up again.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand Even as Momentum Nears Exhaustion

The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 34. That reading counts as weak, since buyers have lost steam for weeks. It still sits above 30, the level traders treat as oversold.

Coins in a firm downtrend often push deeper into oversold territory before sellers tire. ADA has room to fall further before the gauge flashes exhaustion.

Other signals point the same way. The MACD, which compares short and longer price averages, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, downward momentum has not yet turned. Trend-strength readings also show a real, established move, and sellers are the ones driving it.

Taken together, the indicators argue against calling a bottom.

$0.17 Becomes the Line Bulls Must Defend

Support lines up with the August floor, where buyers stepped in during the late-summer lows. A daily close below it would erase the summer base and leave little structure underneath.

The next shelf sits near $0.16. A break lower could send ADA there quickly, especially if forced selling returns.

Bulls have work to do on the upside too. The first resistance near $0.20 caps any rebound for now. Reclaiming that level would be the first sign that sellers are tiring.

The bigger hurdle sits just above it. The second resistance coincides with the 50-day line, which has turned away every rally this fall. A push through that ceiling would mark the real test of a trend change.

Where ADA Heads Over the Next Three Days

The next three days hinge on which side of the current range breaks first.

• Bullish: A daily close above first resistance would show buyers regaining some control. That opens a run toward the 50-day line. The setup fails if ADA closes back under the August floor.
• Bearish: A daily close below the August floor would break the summer base and point to the next shelf lower. The case fails if ADA recovers above first resistance.

Steady Stakers Cannot Yet Outweigh a Seller-Led Chart

Delegators have kept their coins in place, yet the chart still belongs to sellers. The bias stays bearish until ADA closes above first resistance. Loyal stakers can slow the selling, yet they cannot reverse it alone.

The main risk sits outside crypto. Another leg down in chip stocks, with sentiment already fragile, could trigger a fresh wave of long liquidations.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Ether funds shed hundreds of millions last week before a single day of inflows broke the streak.
• ETH failed to reclaim its 200-day average, and sellers still drive the trend despite a fresh MACD cross.
• The August swing-low zone is the floor that could decide whether the slide deepens.

Investors pulled money from Ether funds for a full week, and one day of fresh buying barely dented the losses. BitMine Immersion kept adding coins, but the company is closing in on its own treasury goal.

That leaves ETH with fewer reliable buyers just as the chart turns heavy. Sellers defended the long-term average again this week. Traders now want to know whether demand can return before price tests the summer low.

ETF Money Walks Out as BitMine Nears Its Ceiling

Spot Ethereum ETFs bled $657 million over the past week before buyers returned with a $53 million net inflow on Nov 4. The single green day did little to repair the damage. SoSoValue data show cumulative net inflows slid from $13.55 billion in early October to $12.12 billion.

BitMine Immersion kept buying through the slide. The company added 8,573 ETH at an average of $2,261. Its treasury now holds about 6,060,506 ETH, close to 4.9% of the total supply. That leaves the firm roughly 50,000 ETH short of its 5% target. Once it gets there, one of the market's steadiest buyers could step back.

The long-range picture looks thin as well. A ChatGPT estimate gave ETH 60% odds of reaching $3,000 by early 2027. Analysts called that generous, since the coin last traded above that level in January. ETH also sits far below its $4,946 record high.

Sellers Keep ETH Pinned Under Both Averages

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ethereum traded near $2,220 on Thursday, stuck below both of the moving averages that traders watch most. A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set number of days. When price sits under one, that average tends to act as a ceiling.

The 200-day average, near $2,310, did exactly that. ETH pushed toward it in recent sessions and failed to close above it. That rejection matters because the 200-day line is the market's broad read on the long-term trend. Losing it hands the advantage to sellers.

Higher up, the 50-day average sits around $2,400. That gap shows how far short-term prices have fallen behind their recent norm. Buyers would need to clear two layers of resistance before the chart looks healthy again.

Over the past month, the damage piled up. ETH has dropped about 18% over 30 days and now trades near the low end of that range.

Recent sessions look calmer. Price was flat over 24 hours and down only about 1% on the week. That quiet reads more like sellers catching their breath than buyers taking control.

Trend-strength readings back that view. The downtrend registers as a real one, and sellers are the side driving it. Until that changes, rallies toward the averages are likely to meet supply.

Momentum Stirs While RSI Stays Weak

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits at 39 on the daily chart. That reading is weak. Buyers lack the conviction to push prices higher.

The gauge has not dropped into oversold territory below 30, either. Sellers have not yet thrown in the towel in a panic. That leaves room for more downside before any washout forms a clear bottom.

One signal looks more hopeful. The MACD, which tracks shifts in trend momentum, has crossed above its signal line. That cross suggests the selling pressure is fading from its recent peak.

Traders should treat it as an early hint. A single momentum cross inside a seller-led trend often fades. Bulls need price to follow through before it counts as a reversal.

Why $1,940 Is the Floor That Matters

The first ceiling sits near $2,320, just above the 200-day average. A daily close over that level would erase the recent rejection. It would also tell traders that buyers can hold ground the sellers just defended.

Above that, the 50-day line waits as the next hurdle. Clearing both would turn the short-term picture neutral again.

The downside map is clearer. Support sits near $1,940, about 13% below current prices. That drop is the move the headline warns about, and it lines up closely with the August swing low.

ETH bottomed near $1,916 on Aug 18 before buyers stepped in hard. That history gives this zone weight, because buy orders often cluster where the last bounce started.

Losing that floor would change the tone. A clean break below the August low would leave little nearby support. The next level to watch would be around $1,850, where the chart offers its next pause.

Two Paths for the Next 72 Hours

The next three days should show whether the MACD cross has any follow-through.

• Bullish: A daily close above the first ceiling, just over the 200-day line, would open a path toward the 50-day average. ETF inflows returning for more than a single session would help. A slip back under Thursday's trading level would cancel the setup.
• Bearish: Fresh ETF outflows would likely drag ETH toward the August-anchored floor. BitMine slowing its buying would add weight. A reclaim of that first ceiling would invalidate the bearish case.

Bears Hold the Edge for Now

Until ETH closes back above the 200-day average, the bias points lower and rallies look like chances to sell.

The bigger risk sits with demand. BitMine is close to its target, and the ETF funds keep shedding money. If both buyers fade together, the market loses a key cushion just as support gets tested.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Binance wants ArbitrumDAO to release a large block of frozen ETH and ARB tied to a hack.
• ARB's daily bounce has stalled right at its 50-day average, while momentum still leans lower.
• A move through the next resistance would tell traders whether the rebound has real legs.

Binance has formally asked ArbitrumDAO to hand back frozen crypto linked to a past hack. The decision now rests with Arbitrum's token holders and their governance vote.

The request comes as ARB stages a sharp short-term rebound after a weak month. A release could return millions of tokens to circulation, which traders see as potential new supply. Traders now want to see whether buyers can turn this bounce into a breakout before the DAO decides.

Binance Asks ArbitrumDAO to Unfreeze Hacked ETH and ARB

Binance has asked ArbitrumDAO to return 8,426 ETH and 74.56 million ARB linked to a hack. The DAO froze those funds, and the exchange now wants them released.

The request puts the call in the hands of Arbitrum's token holders. Any release would have to pass through the DAO's governance process. That makes the case a live test of how a decentralized body responds when a centralized exchange claims recovered assets.

Traders are also watching supply. Some are weighing whether released tokens could later reach the open market.

The price moved early on Nov. 6. ARB rose 4.02% in one hour to trade near $0.1631 on Binance spot around 00:55 UTC. That left its market value near $1.095 billion, ranking it 71st among crypto assets.

A 7% Daily Pop Runs Into the 50-Day Average

Arbitrum (ARB) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

ARB now trades near $0.17, up about 7% over the past 24 hours. That move carried the token straight into its 50-day moving average. The 50-day average tracks the mean closing price over roughly the last ten weeks, so traders treat it as a gauge of the medium-term trend.

The price has stalled right on that line. ARB still sits slightly below it, which means the average acts as a ceiling for now. Buyers need a clean daily close above it before the rebound can count as more than a short squeeze.

Over a longer horizon, the picture looks steadier. ARB holds above its 200-day moving average near $0.15, a slower line that reflects the trend across most of the past year. Staying above it keeps the broader structure intact and gives bulls a floor to lean on if the bounce fades.

The weekly numbers help only partly. ARB has gained about 9% over seven days. Over the past month, the token is still down around 16%. The bounce has clawed back part of that slide, yet sellers remain ahead on the monthly scorecard.

That mix leaves ARB in a holding pattern, with the medium-term trend still unturned.

Momentum Has Not Caught Up With the Bounce Yet

The momentum gauges tell a cooler story than the price action. ARB's daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of buying and selling pressure, reads about 48. That puts it squarely in neutral territory. The token is neither overheated after the jump nor oversold from the earlier slide.

Another gauge, the MACD, compares short and longer price averages and still sits below its signal line. In plain terms, momentum is still pointing down. The underlying pressure has not flipped in favor of buyers yet.

Trend strength readings show no strong trend in either direction. Markets in that state tend to chop sideways between nearby levels. For now, that favors range trading over a clean breakout, and traders may want confirmation before treating the pop as a new uptrend.

Why $0.19 Decides the 12% Rally Case

The nearest resistance sits near $0.19, about 12% above the current price. That is the level behind the rally scenario in focus. A move there would first require ARB to clear its 50-day ceiling, then hold gains through a zone where sellers have stepped in before.

A clean finish above that level would change the picture. It would show buyers can do more than recover lost ground. The next resistance then waits near $0.21, which would become the following target if volume backs the move.

The downside map is just as clear. Support lines up with the 200-day average, so that floor carries extra weight for traders.

Losing that floor would be a warning sign. The next support sits near $0.13, and a slide there would erase the recent bounce and reopen the monthly downtrend.

Breakout or Fade Over the Next Three Days

Two paths stand out for ARB over the next three trading days.

• Bullish: Buyers push through the 50-day ceiling and secure a daily close above first resistance. That would open the way toward the next ceiling. The setup fails if ARB slips back under the 200-day floor.
• Bearish: Sellers reject the price at the 50-day average and force a close below the 200-day support. That would put the lower support zone in play. The scenario breaks if ARB instead closes above first resistance.

The Rally Needs Proof Above Resistance

ARB's rebound remains unconfirmed until buyers clear first resistance. Until then, the move reads as a recovery inside a range.

The governance decision adds a separate risk. If ArbitrumDAO votes to release the frozen tokens, any sales from that block would add supply just as buyers try to push higher.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Crypto sportsbooks treat those leagues very differently. NHL and NBA games draw deep menus almost everywhere, while CFL coverage can shrink to a moneyline and a total.

The comparison below ranks 8 books on how they cover all three leagues for Canadian fans abroad.

Canada's Provincial Rules

Canada leaves betting to its provinces. Ontario licenses private operators, Alberta opened a competitive market in July 2026, and the remaining provinces sell betting through crown corporation sites.

CryptoDaily's guide to Ontario's model and the rest of Canada sets out how those rules differ. Residents should use a provincially authorised operator, so this comparison suits Canadians living abroad who have checked their local law.

Three Leagues Across the Year

Canadian leagues cover almost the whole calendar between them. The table maps their seasons and core markets.

League

Season

Core markets

CFL

June to November, Grey Cup in November

Spread, totals, team totals

NHL

October to April, playoffs into June

Puck line, totals, period markets

NBA

October to April, playoffs into June

Spread, totals, quarters, player props

Last verified: October 2026

CFL coverage separates the books most clearly. Some price every regular-season game with props, while others wait for the playoffs.

8 Crypto Sportsbooks Compared on Canadian Leagues

Placings weigh market depth across the CFL, NHL and NBA, live coverage and how clearly each book publishes its rules. Operator pages and third-party reviews supplied the details.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport lists 21 ice hockey market types, nine for basketball and 13 for American football, from period results and NHL penalty minutes to quarter results and touchdown markets. Dexsport files CFL games under that football list, so check the live menu, since Canadian rules can change which lines appear.

2. Stake

Stake covers the NHL and NBA in depth, with player props and builders on most games, and lists CFL fixtures through the season. Its restricted list covers Ontario, so location shapes access even for travelling Canadians.

3. Cloudbet

Cloudbet prices NHL and NBA main lines with high limits and live odds. CFL menus focus on spreads and totals, according to reviews.

4. BC.Game

BC.Game offers NHL and NBA markets through BETBY, with player props on bigger games. CFL depth follows the same feed and varies from week to week.

5. Sportsbet.io

Sportsbet.io lists NHL, NBA and CFL fixtures with live betting on headline games. Market access shifts with the bettor's country.

6. Thunderpick

Thunderpick adds NHL and NBA markets to its esports-led book, with period and quarter lines on most games. Reviews describe its CFL coverage as limited.

7. Roobet

Roobet covers NHL and NBA games next to its casino, with boosts on longer accumulators. Its rules restrict hedging patterns that look like arbitrage.

8. Vave

Vave prices NHL and NBA fixtures with live markets each night. Promotions tied to these sports come with wagering conditions, so confirm current terms first.

Canadian League Prices

Goalie confirmations shape NHL prices, while rest days and injury reports move NBA lines. CryptoDaily's look at Canada's NHL teams covers markets for the 2026-27 season.

Basketball coverage differs between books more than many fans expect. CryptoDaily's ranking of books for NBA coverage compares depth on props and quarter markets.

Conclusion

Canadian fans follow the CFL, NHL and NBA across almost the whole year, and crypto sportsbooks cover those leagues unevenly. Hockey and basketball draw deep menus almost everywhere, while CFL coverage separates the books most clearly.

Dexsport ranks first on breadth across hockey, basketball and football market types, while the books behind it add strong NHL and NBA menus with varying CFL depth. Goalie news and rest days move prices most.

Residents of Canada should use provincially authorised operators. Canadians abroad need to check the law where they live, bet only at legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. None of the sportsbooks named here holds Canadian provincial authorisation, and residents of Canada should use operators authorised in their province. Market menus, bonus terms, restricted lists and licences change over time, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each sportsbook's current terms before you bet. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• A selloff in Nasdaq chip stocks dragged Sui lower alongside Bitcoin, with no Sui-specific trigger behind the drop.
• SUI remains pinned beneath both of its key moving averages, and momentum indicators still favor sellers.
• The recent 30-day low near $0.83 is the line that could decide whether the slide deepens.

Sui slumped this week as a rout in chip stocks spread across crypto markets. Leveraged traders were forced out, and the token gave back gains it had struggled to build.

The damage leaves SUI tied tightly to Bitcoin and sitting under its long-term trend line. A modest bounce has followed, but sellers still control the chart.

A Nasdaq Chip Rout Drags Sui Down With Bitcoin

SUI traded near $0.847 on Nov 5, down about 9.5% in a single day. The drop came as a selloff in Nasdaq chip stocks spilled into crypto and hit every large coin. Bitcoin fell about 5.6% over the same 24 hours.

Forced selling made the slide worse. Leveraged long positions were liquidated across the crypto market, and those exits pushed prices lower in a short window.

Nothing specific to Sui explained the fall. The network had an early November token unlock, but trackers put it between 2.07 million and 22.6 million SUI. That amounts to about 0.5% of circulating supply at most, too small to drive a move this size.

The bigger factor is how closely SUI now tracks Bitcoin. Daily returns of the two coins showed a 30-day correlation of 0.84 on Binance data, which means they move almost together. That makes the $75,000 area on Bitcoin the key outside level for SUI traders to watch.

Sellers Still Own the Trend Beneath Both Averages

Sui (SUI) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SUI has clawed back some ground since that chip-driven drop. The token now trades near $0.86, up about 3% over the past day. The token is flat for the week, so the bounce has repaired only part of the damage.

The rebound leaves price stuck beneath both of its key moving averages. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. The 50-day average sits near $0.95. The 200-day average is slightly higher, around $0.97.

When price trades below these lines, they tend to act as ceilings. The 200-day average marks the long-term trend, which makes it the line bulls must reclaim. Until SUI closes above it, any rally into that zone looks like a chance for sellers to step back in.

The past month explains why the mood is so heavy. SUI has lost about 27% over 30 days in a steady slide. Price now sits close to the bottom of that range, with the 30-day low near $0.828 only a few cents away.

Trend strength readings confirm a real downtrend driven by sellers. Rallies have struggled to gain traction.

The longer view is even bleaker. SUI peaked at an all-time high of $5.35 and now trades about 84% below that level.

Momentum Has Yet to Turn Despite the Bounce

Daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 40 for SUI. That puts it on the weak side of neutral. Buyers have lost control, but the token has not yet reached the oversold zone below 30.

Oversold readings often come before sellers run out of steam. SUI is not there yet, so the indicator leaves room for another leg lower before exhaustion sets in.

The MACD tells a similar story. This tool compares short and long-term price trends to show which way momentum is moving. It remains below its signal line, which means momentum is still pointing down.

So far the bounce looks like a pause inside the slide, with no sign of a turn.

$0.71 Is Where Buyers Need to Show Up

If the 30-day low gives way, the daily chart shows little in the way of a floor until about $0.71. A break of the recent low would likely draw sellers in fast.

If that level fails, the next support sits near $0.64. A drop that deep would extend the monthly slide and test the patience of remaining holders.

The upside map starts at the 50-day average, which doubles as the first resistance. Closing back above that line would end the immediate rejection and ease pressure on the trend.

Confirmation would come higher, near $1.06. Clearing that level would show buyers can hold gains instead of fading at each ceiling. Until then, every push higher faces sellers waiting overhead.

Two Paths Hinge on Bitcoin's Next Move

Bitcoin's direction will likely decide which way SUI breaks next.

• Bullish: If Bitcoin steadies and SUI closes above the 50-day average, the path opens toward the next resistance overhead. That would turn the recent bounce into a real recovery attempt. A drop below the 30-day low would cancel this view.
• Bearish: A daily close under the 30-day low would put the first support in play as the next target. A reclaim of the 50-day average would cancel this view and hand momentum back to buyers.

The Burden of Proof Stays With the Bulls

For now, the bias on SUI stays bearish. The token needs to win back its moving averages before buyers can claim any real control of the trend.

The setup still carries a wild card. SUI moves so closely with Bitcoin that a fresh macro shock could override the chart in either direction. Traders should keep one eye on Bitcoin and on tech stocks.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Solana Labs spun up Leap, a beta mobile app for trading tokenized stocks, metals and crypto around the clock.
• SOL trades under both of its major moving averages, and momentum still favors sellers despite an oversold reading.
• The lower support shelf just above $70 is the line bulls cannot afford to lose this month.

Solana Labs launched Leap this week, and the company plans to use future fees to buy and burn SOL.

The token did not celebrate. SOL slid on launch day and remains deep in a monthlong downtrend.

Solana Labs Bets on Round-the-Clock Tokenized Trading With Leap

Leap wants to bring traditional assets to phones. Its beta mobile app lets users trade tokenized stocks, ETFs, metals, currencies and crypto at any hour, subject to restrictions. Early access runs on iPhone through Apple's TestFlight. Android support is coming soon, and the app is not available in the U.K. or other restricted regions.

The Dialect team built the product. Solana Labs acquired Dialect earlier this year, and the team previously created Solana Actions, Blinks and X cashtags.

Leap charges no fees at launch, though network and routing costs still apply. Future fees will also fund referrals. Founders Club members will earn 30% of fees from people they invite and 5% from those users' referrals.

Trades route through Jupiter, with Helius running infrastructure and Birdeye supplying data. Chris Osborn, Leap's general manager, said Solana confirms a trade in about 150 milliseconds thanks to its Alpenglow upgrade. Co-founder Anatoly Yakovenko said every app that brings new people onchain strengthens the ecosystem.

The launch adds to a broader tokenization push on the network. Samsung Wallet recently added USDC on Solana, and Securitize brought tokenized Nvidia, Apple and Amazon shares to the chain. Traders were not impressed on the day, though. SOL fell 7.34% on Nov 5.

Sellers Keep Solana Pinned Under Both Key Averages

Solana (SOL) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SOL traded near $89 at last check, roughly where it stood a day earlier. That calm comes after a rough stretch. The token is down about 7% over the past week and about 26% over the past month.

The monthly loss shows the selling started weeks before Leap went live. The launch arrived into a market that was already weak, and it did little to change the mood.

Moving averages tell the same story. A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set period. SOL sits below its 50-day average near $102. It also trades under its 200-day average. Both lines now act as ceilings overhead.

When price trades under both averages, analysts read it as a downtrend. A short dip usually holds above the longer 200-day line. SOL has given up that line too, which means sellers have controlled the market for some time.

The 50-day average also sits above the 200-day. That gap shows how fast the recent slide has been. The shorter average has not yet caught up with the drop in price.

Sellers paused for a day, but buyers did not push back with any force. SOL would first need to climb back above those averages before traders could call the downtrend over.

Oversold Readings Have Not Yet Stopped the Slide

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, has dropped to about 29 on the daily chart. Readings below 30 count as oversold. That means sellers have pushed price down faster than usual, and markets in this state often bounce as short sellers take profits.

An oversold reading warns sellers, yet it gives no buy signal by itself. Coins can stay oversold for days or weeks when a downtrend has real strength behind it.

SOL fits that pattern for now. Momentum still points down, and trend gauges show sellers leading a firm trend.

Any relief rally therefore needs proof. Traders would want to see momentum turn higher and price hold its gains before trusting a bounce.

The Floor Bulls Must Defend

Nearest support sits near $78, the first level buyers need to hold on the daily chart. That shelf lies more than 10% below the current price, so SOL has some room before it gets tested. A clean break would show that sellers still have fresh supply to unload.

Below that, the next support waits around $72. It is the last shelf above $70. Losing it would leave SOL without a clear floor in the data and could invite a deeper slide.

Overhead, the first resistance sits just under the 200-day average, and the two form one thick ceiling. Sellers who bought higher may use any rally into that zone to exit.

Clearing it would bring the next ceiling around $104 into view. That level lies close to the 50-day average. A move through both would mark the first real sign that buyers are taking back control.

Where November Turns for SOL

• Bullish: An oversold bounce that closes a day above $97.59 would clear that thick ceiling and open the way to the next resistance near the 50-day average. The setup fails if SOL slips back under $88.94, since that would show buyers could not hold their gains.
• Bearish: A daily close below the first support shelf would point toward $72.34. A recovery above that ceiling would cancel this view.

Adoption Headlines Wait for the Chart to Agree

Leap gives Solana a fresh adoption story, and its plan to burn SOL with future fees adds a long-term buyer. The chart has not caught up yet. The trend stays bearish until SOL wins back both averages.

Oversold markets can also squeeze hard in either direction, so sharp swings may come before any clear turn.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Those quirks shape MLS betting markets in ways that differ from European football. Travel, turf and the fixture list all move prices on Canadian clubs.

Canadian law decides who may bet and where, so the rules come first. The MLS markets that matter for Canadian fans follow.

Canada's Betting Rules

Betting rules differ from province to province. Private operators compete under licence in Ontario and, since 2026, in Alberta, while British Columbia, Québec and others offer betting through government sites such as PlayNow and Loto-Québec.

CryptoDaily's look at provincial rules explains where those regimes bite. Fans at home should pick a book approved in their province, and Canadians overseas fall under the rules of the country they now live in.

Three Clubs, Three Settings

Canada's MLS clubs play in very different conditions. The table sums up what shapes their home games.

Club

Home ground

Factor bettors watch

Toronto FC

BMO Field, natural grass

Cold, wet spring fixtures

Vancouver Whitecaps

BC Place, artificial turf

Visiting sides adjusting to the surface

CF Montréal

Stade Saputo, natural grass

Early-season matches moved indoors or rescheduled

Last verified: October 2026

Artificial turf changes the speed of the ball and the way visiting teams press. Bookmakers price home advantage at BC Place into the match result, so value often appears in totals and handicaps.

Travel and Home Advantage

MLS covers huge distances, and a trip from Vancouver to Miami crosses several time zones. Away teams fresh off long flights often struggle, which helps explain why home advantage counts for more in MLS than in many European leagues.

Midweek rounds add to the strain. Clubs playing twice in a week rotate heavily, especially when travelling coast to coast.

Draws and Late Goals

MLS matches often swing late, as tired legs and open play combine in the final quarter-hour. Live markets on goals after the 75th minute can move sharply in Canadian fixtures.

Canadian Championship and Playoffs

The Canadian Championship adds a domestic cup between the three MLS clubs and Canadian Premier League sides, with a CONCACAF Champions Cup place at stake. Rotation in early cup rounds can lengthen MLS favourites' prices.

MLS playoffs open with a best-of-three first round before single-match knockout ties. Higher seeds host, so seeding matters. For a wider view of the football calendar, CryptoDaily's football betting guide covers the season ahead.

Building MLS Combos

Canadian fans often combine their club with other MLS fixtures on a busy Saturday. Travel and turf make favourites less steady than in Europe, so long combos come with real risk.

CryptoDaily's guide to football accumulators explains how combo odds build and where they tend to break.

Dexsport and MLS

Dexsport prices football with 39 market types, including Double Asian Handicap, totals by half, goalless time periods and time of last goal. Those lines suit MLS matches that open up late, though the menu for a given fixture can vary.

Statistics settle against whoscored.com, with flashscore.com as backup. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence and lacks Canadian provincial authorisation, so Dexsport suits only Canadian fans living abroad where local law allows it.

Conclusion

Toronto FC, the Whitecaps and CF Montréal play in a league shaped by long flights, mixed surfaces and late goals. Artificial turf in Vancouver, cold spring weather in Toronto and Montréal and midweek travel all move prices on Canadian clubs.

Home advantage counts for more in MLS than in much of Europe, and the Canadian Championship and playoffs add rotation and seeding to the picture. Late swings make live markets lively in the final minutes.

Supporters at home should stay with provincially approved books. Canadians overseas should look up local gambling law, bet only from legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Canadian provincial rules, competition formats, market menus and licences change over time and vary by country. Residents of Canada should use operators authorised in their province. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• Bitcoin erased its entire post-midterm rebound as US stocks sold off and Washington's crypto bill stalled.
• The election spike died at the 50-day average, and price now leans on the slower long-term trend line.
• Traders are watching whether a lower floor near $65,000 comes into play if the 200-day line breaks.

Bitcoin reversed sharply on Thursday, wiping out the gains it made after Democrats took both chambers of Congress. Crypto stocks fell harder than the broader market, and a key market structure bill now looks stalled until next year.

The reversal leaves Bitcoin sitting on its last major trend line, with sellers controlling momentum. Traders now want to know whether buyers can defend this level.

Midterm Rally Unravels as Clarity Act Hopes Fade

Bitcoin gave back its entire post-election bounce on Thursday. The largest cryptocurrency fell about 5% and traded near $75,433 late in the session. On Wednesday it had climbed above $80,000 after Democrats swept both chambers of Congress in the midterms.

The drop came as US stocks sold off broadly. Crypto-linked shares took heavier losses, with Coinbase, Robinhood, Strategy and Bullish each down 9% or more. Total crypto market value dropped by roughly $370 billion.

Policy hopes faded fast. Brian Gardner of Stifel said the Clarity Act is "off the table for the lame duck session." He put the odds of a bipartisan deal in the next Congress as "pretty low." He also expects Sen. Elizabeth Warren to pursue crypto probes. She is the likely Senate Banking chair.

Fundstrat's Sean Farrell offered a brighter view. He said a Democratic win could lift Bitcoin's appeal as a hedge against bigger federal deficits.

Research firm K33 had warned earlier in the week that thin trading and rising leverage left Bitcoin exposed to sharp swings. The market also remains fragile after last week's $6.3 billion Binance hack.

The 50-Day Average Turned the Election Pop Away

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Wednesday's spike ran straight into the 50-day moving average and stopped there. That average tracks Bitcoin's mean closing price over the past 50 sessions, and it sat right at the round number buyers briefly cleared. The failure confirmed the line as a ceiling. Sellers who had waited for a test of that level used the rally to exit.

The pullback has now dropped price onto a second, slower line. The 200-day average, which traders use to judge the long-term trend, sits near $76K. Bitcoin trades at almost exactly that level, and the past 24 hours left it flat.

Below it, the daily chart shows open space. A clean break would put Bitcoin under both of its major averages at once. Traders usually read that setup as a downtrend in which rallies get sold.

The bigger picture shows why the election pop never had much footing. Bitcoin is down about 3% over the past week and roughly 12% over the past month.

In other words, the midterm bounce was a short counter-move inside a decline that started weeks earlier. It lifted price toward resistance without changing the direction of the trend. Buyers lacked the conviction to hold gains once policy news soured and stocks weakened.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum Edge

Momentum gauges back up what the price action shows. The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 measure of buying and selling pressure, sits near 38. That reading is weak, but it is still well above the oversold zone below 30. In plain terms, sellers have room to push further before the market looks stretched enough to invite bargain hunters.

The MACD, which compares short- and long-term price trends, remains below its signal line. That means momentum is still pointing down. Wednesday's bounce was too brief to flip it.

A separate trend-strength gauge shows a trend starting to form, with sellers in control. The move lower is gaining structure. The failed rally left the bearish setup intact.

Why $65,000 Is the Next Real Floor

Below the 200-day average, the daily chart shows little in the way of support until $65K. A drop to that floor would extend Bitcoin's slide by roughly another 14% from current prices.

The gap matters because markets tend to move quickly through empty zones. With few buyers waiting in between, a break of the long-term line could turn into a fast slide rather than a slow grind.

Just beneath sits $63K, close enough to form one band of support with it. Losing it would raise the risk of a deeper flush. The leverage K33 flagged could force liquidations, as traders with borrowed money get pushed out of their positions.

To undo the damage, bulls would need to reclaim the 50-day line and then clear $82K.

Two Paths Decided Around the 200-Day Line

Where Bitcoin closes relative to the 200-day average will likely decide which path plays out.

• Bullish: If buyers defend the 200-day average and close back above $80K, the 50-day line flips from ceiling to floor. That would open a run toward the next resistance band. A close below the 200-day line would cancel this view.
• Bearish: A daily close under the 200-day average would hand sellers control. The first target would be the support zone flagged above, followed by the cushion just beneath it. A reclaim of $80K would invalidate this outlook.

Bears Keep the Upper Hand for Now

Until buyers win back the 50-day line, the easiest route still points toward the lower floor.

Thin order books and heavy leverage can still trigger sudden squeezes in either direction. Fresh headlines from Washington on crypto oversight could spark them.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Hyperliquid Strategies filed to become a U.S. futures commission merchant, a step that could open HYPE-based markets to American clients.
• HYPE has slipped under its 50-day average, and momentum still favors sellers.
• The 200-day average near $70 is the line that could decide whether the broader uptrend survives.

Hyperliquid Strategies, the Nasdaq-listed firm that holds HYPE as its main treasury asset, has asked U.S. regulators for broker status in futures. Approval would let a subsidiary serve American clients on markets built on Hyperliquid.

The filing lands as HYPE struggles through a broad crypto selloff, and corporate buying has failed to stop the slide. Traders now want to know whether the token can hold its longer-term trend during a review of uncertain length.

Hyperliquid Strategies Bets on a U.S. Futures License

Hyperliquid Strategies (NASDAQ: PURR) has filed to register as a futures commission merchant (FCM). If regulators approve, a subsidiary could carry accounts for U.S. clients trading permissioned HIP-3 markets built on Hyperliquid. The company gave no guarantee on timing or outcome.

Third-quarter revenue reached $13.3 million, above analyst estimates of $10.6 million to $12 million. Staking and validator commissions supplied $12.3 million of that total. Unrealized gains on HYPE of $803.0 million lifted net income to $620.6 million.

During the quarter, the firm spent $785 million on 9.1 million tokens. It held 38.9 million HYPE by Oct 28, at a blended cost of $56.35 per token. Chief executive David Schamis called the token buying and the FCM plan "the same bet."

Earlier, ICE agreed to partner with TradeXYZ on Hyperliquid-based perpetuals for U.S. traders. Markets shrugged on Nov 5. PURR fell 9.6% to $8.76. HYPE dropped about 7% the same day.

HYPE Slips Under Its 50-Day Average With $70 in View

Hyperliquid (HYPE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

HYPE traded near $77.62 at last check, up about 1% over the past day. That small gain does little to repair the damage from the past week. The token is still trading under its 50-day moving average, which sits near $82.41.

A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. The 50-day line tracks the past two months or so of trading. HYPE held above it before last week's slide, and buyers used it as a floor. The break turned that line into a ceiling. Any rebound now has to push through a level where recent buyers may look to exit near breakeven.

The longer view still offers some cushion. The 200-day average, a gauge of the trend over roughly a year of trading, runs near $69.40. Price remains above it, so the broader uptrend has not broken yet. Traders will watch that floor if selling resumes.

HYPE fell about 13% over seven days. Over the past month, the loss reached roughly 16%. Those declines came during the same stretch in which Hyperliquid Strategies kept adding tokens to its treasury. Corporate demand has not been large enough to offset the wider crypto selloff.

The latest bounce looks shallow. One green day after a steep drop often reflects short covering, with little sign of fresh conviction. A real turn would need a close back above the 50-day line.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits at 41. That reading is weak, but it is still well above the oversold zone below 30. In plain terms, sellers have pushed hard without exhausting themselves.

MACD, a tool that compares short and longer price trends, adds to the caution. It remains below its signal line, so momentum is still pointing down. Trend-strength readings show a downtrend starting to take shape, with sellers leading it.

That combination matters for anyone eyeing a quick rebound. Rallies in this setup tend to stall early as holders sell into strength. Until MACD crosses back up, each bounce looks like a pause.

Where the Floor Gives Way

The first test sits near $74.45, the nearest support. That level caught buyers during the latest drop, and it sits only a few dollars below the current price. A daily close under it would show that the bounce has failed.

Losing that floor would leave the 200-day average as the next line of defense. If that longer trend gauge also breaks, the chart shows little in the way until about $63.77. A drop there would mean a slide of roughly a fifth. It would also erase much of the treasury firm's paper gains on recent purchases.

Upside levels sit close together. Resistance near $82.61 lies just above the 50-day average, so both barriers would likely be tested at once. A further hurdle waits around $84.64. Reclaiming both would undo last week's breakdown and hand the trend back to buyers.

Two Paths for the Next 72 Hours

• Bullish: A daily close above the first resistance, just over the 50-day line, would put the higher hurdle in play. That move would signal buyers have absorbed last week's selling. A drop back under the nearest support would cancel this view.
• Bearish: A close below that nearby floor would open the way to the 200-day average, then the deeper support further down. A reclaim of the first resistance would invalidate this path and leave sellers trapped.

A Long Bet That Needs Short-Term Patience

The futures license could widen HYPE's reach to U.S. traders. Approval may take months. Until the token reclaims the resistance above its 50-day line, sellers set the pace.

A slow regulatory review or another leg of the crypto selloff could drag HYPE toward its 200-day average faster than corporate buying can absorb.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

S&P Futures predicts stock market bounce?

Source: TradingView

A good chart to go to in order to have an idea how the U.S. stock market might open on Friday is the S&P 500 E-mini Futures. In this chart we can see the towering red candle of Thursday’s stock market collapse which fell through the support trendline like a stone. 

That said, the Futures came down to 7,323 points, precisely matching the previous low. As can be seen, the Futures have bounced quite strongly from here. While it is still a few hours from the open, this could be an indication that there will be a stock market recovery bounce which could take the S&P 500 all the way back to the ascending trendline at around 7,550 points - one that could help to push the $BTC price up and away from its own potential point of collapse.

Major $75K support about to break?

Source: TradingView

After a super rally on Wednesday, Thursday’s crash must have been hard to bear for the bulls. This fifth wave down from the top has much in common with the previous ones. With the exception of the very first wave down, the next four have all started with red enveloping candles. Did the $BTC price just find the bottom, or is another period of consolidation to be followed by a sixth red candle that breaks the channel bottom and heads back down to the bull market support trendline at around $66K?

A collapse to $66?

Source: TradingView

While things can look quite bleak for the $BTC price in these current times, by zooming out into the macro time frame of the weekly we can observe the ebb and flow of the bear and bull markets. The 50-week SMA has played an important role in the last two bull markets, providing support all the way through each. Once the 50-week SMA turns to the upside, that is pretty much the indication that the bull market is alive and well. We are nearing that time.

Let us presume that the 50-week SMA support does not hold, perhaps because we are still very early in the bull market. The ensuing collapse would probably take the $BTC price down to $69K, which is the top of the 2021 bull market. Just below this is major support at $65,750, which is the level of the candle body tops in 2021, huge support and resistance during the 8-month bull flag of 2024, and support and resistance for the price action at the bottom of the recent bear market, and of course, this would also line up with the bull market trendline.

We don’t know what the markets have in store for us. If the U.S. stock market keeps falling precipitously, Bitcoin could end up breaking down below huge price structures built up over years. Is this going to happen? Only time will tell.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Crypto analyst Virtual Bacon has turned bearish on XRP and expects one more leg lower before a floor forms.
• The token trades under both of its key moving averages, and momentum still points down.
• A single support zone near $1 now decides whether his bottom call holds or breaks.

Virtual Bacon, a crypto analyst with a retail following, has put a $1 target on XRP. He also said that level could mark the end of the token's current decline.

The call follows a rough month for XRP, with sellers in control and buyers slow to return.

Virtual Bacon Sees XRP Testing $1 Before Any Floor

He is bearish on XRP in the near term and sees a possible stop at $1.10 first. He gave no time frame for either level.

Virtual Bacon said XRP "may have bottomed" near that level. In his view, a dip there would complete the selling.

XRP trades near $1.20, so his target sits about 17% below the current price. Support from the data sits at $0.99, just under his target, which makes that zone the real test.

A different move would argue against the call. If XRP climbs back above its 50-day average, the price traders paid on average over the past 50 sessions, sellers would lose their edge.

XRP Trades Beneath Both Averages After a 20% Monthly Slide

XRP (XRP) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

XRP sits below both of its key moving averages. The 50-day line runs near $1.33. The 200-day average sits slightly higher. With price under both, those lines act as ceilings that any rebound would have to clear.

The 200-day average tracks the long-term trend, and price under it shows the broader direction still points lower.

XRP lost about 20% over 30 days in a steady slide. Buyers made few lasting stands along the way.

Selling has slowed since then. XRP is down about 3% over the past week, and the last 24 hours were flat.

A pause alone does not reverse a downtrend, though.

Sellers Still Hold Momentum Without Strong Conviction

The relative strength index (RSI), a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 35 on the daily chart. That reading is weak but still above the oversold zone below 30. Sellers have room to push further before the token looks stretched, which fits the dip Virtual Bacon expects.

Another gauge, the MACD, still shows momentum pointing down.

Trend strength readings are weak, so the decline lacks force. Sellers hold the edge without pressing hard.

Why $0.99 Decides Whether the Bottom Call Holds

Overhead, the first hurdle sits near $1.25. A second ceiling waits around $1.31, just under the 50-day line. A daily close above both would show buyers taking back ground, and it would cut against the bearish view.

Below the market, the data lists only one floor. It lines up with the zone Virtual Bacon calls the likely bottom.

If XRP drops into that area and buyers step in, his bottom idea gains weight. A clean break beneath it would leave no listed support nearby and open the door to deeper losses.

Two Paths for the Next Three Days

Neither side has taken control, so the next three days could break either way.

• Bullish: A daily close above the first ceiling would open the way to the second hurdle just under the 50-day line. A slip back below the nearer level Virtual Bacon flagged would cancel that setup.
• Bearish: A drop below that nearer level would bring the support zone under his target into play. A reclaim of the first ceiling would invalidate this path and hand buyers the edge.

A Bottom Call That Needs the Floor to Hold

The chart leaves room for the slide Virtual Bacon describes. Buyers need to defend the floor on any test, or a possible bottom could turn into an open-ended decline.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Michaël van de Poppe says he is fully invested in altcoins and waiting on an Ethereum breakout.
• ETH still trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, though momentum has started to improve.
• A crowded ceiling near $2,320 now separates Ethereum from the signal he wants.

Veteran trader Michaël van de Poppe says a breakout in Ethereum could start a broad rally across smaller tokens.

The call matters because ETH usually sets the pace for the altcoin market, and it has spent the past month falling. Sellers still lead the trend, while early momentum signals hint at fatigue.

Van de Poppe Bets the House on Altcoins While Waiting for Ethereum

The trader and market analyst is holding his altcoin positions while he waits for one signal from the market leader.

His view on ETH is bullish but conditional. He wants to see Ethereum break out first. He gave no price target and no time frame for the move.

The reasoning rests on market habit. Ethereum usually sets the direction for smaller tokens, so a decisive ETH move often pulls the rest of the altcoin market with it. Van de Poppe said such a breakout could set off "party time" for altcoins.

The chart has not delivered that signal yet. ETH trades near $2,220 and has lost about 18% over the past month. A slide through support would prove the call wrong.

Ethereum Trades Beneath Both Averages It Needs to Reclaim

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ethereum sits below both of its long-watched trend lines. The 200-day moving average, which tracks the average closing price over roughly the past year, runs near $2,310. The 50-day average, a shorter gauge of the recent trend, sits higher at about $2,400.

Both lines now act as ceilings. Any rally toward them would meet traders who bought higher and want to exit near break-even.

Recent trading has been quiet. ETH ended the past 24 hours flat and is down about 1% on the week. After the steep monthly slide, the market looks paused.

Until ETH closes back above both averages, the trend still points down.

Sellers Still Lead but Their Grip Is Loosening

The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 39. That is weak territory, yet still well above the oversold line at 30, so sellers have room to push further.

Another gauge offers a softer signal. The MACD, which compares short and longer price averages, has crossed above its signal line. That shift suggests selling pressure is starting to fade.

Trend strength readings still confirm a real downtrend led by sellers. Any improvement is early.

One Crowded Ceiling Stands Between ETH and the Breakout Call

On the daily chart, the nearest resistance sits near $2,320. That level lies just above the 200-day average, so the two form one crowded ceiling. Sellers have defended this area during the recent slide.

The next barrier lines up with the 50-day average. A daily close above it would match the breakout he wants.

Support rests lower, near $1,940. A break there would expose the next floor around $1,850.

Two Paths for the Next Three Days

The next few sessions should show whether ETH can turn its pause into a base.

• Bullish: A daily close above nearest resistance would open a run toward the 50-day line. A drop back to today's price area would cancel this setup.
• Bearish: A rejection at that resistance could send ETH sliding toward first support. A close above the 50-day line would invalidate this path. A break of first support would point toward the next floor.

The Party Needs an Invitation From the Chart

The trader's optimism comes with a condition Ethereum has not met. For now, the "party" he describes remains a plan on paper.

The risk sits on the other side. A downtrend led by sellers can run further before any breakout shows up. Traders following his lead may want to keep position sizes small enough to survive that wait.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Robert Kiyosaki, author of Rich Dad Poor Dad, says he expects Bitcoin to crash and plans to buy the drop.
• Bitcoin is sitting right on its 200-day average while momentum still points down.
• His downside target lines up with the first major support on the chart.

Robert Kiyosaki has warned that Bitcoin is heading for a crash. He also says he would welcome the fall and use it to add to his holdings.

His warning lands as Bitcoin tests a long-term trend line after a weak month. Sellers still lead, and buyers have yet to show strength.

Kiyosaki Warns of a Crash He Plans to Buy

Kiyosaki, author of the personal finance bestseller Rich Dad Poor Dad, has pointed to a downside target near $65K. He did not attach a firm time frame or specific conditions to the warning.

The catch is how he plans to react. Kiyosaki has said he would treat a crash as a chance to buy more, calling it "a sale" on an asset he likes. That stance fits his long-running distrust of the dollar and his push for hard assets such as gold, silver and Bitcoin.

Bitcoin trades near $76K, so his target sits about 14% lower. Sellers would first need to push the price decisively through the 200-day average, which sits right at current levels.

Bitcoin Clings to Its 200-Day Line After a Rough Month

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin is resting on its 200-day moving average, the average closing price over roughly the past seven months. Traders treat that line as the divide between an uptrend and a downtrend, and the price leaves little cushion above it.

The shorter-term picture is weaker. The 50-day average, a gauge of the past two months, sits near $80K, well above the current price. That line has turned into a ceiling, and buyers would need to clear it before talk of a recovery holds up.

Bitcoin has lost about 12% over 30 days, wiping out the gains that had lifted it toward that 50-day level. It shed roughly another 3% over the past week.

Trading calmed over the last day, and the price finished flat. Quiet sessions like this often mean the market is waiting for a push, and the selling may resume.

If Bitcoin holds the 200-day average, dip buyers keep a clear floor to defend. A close below it would give Kiyosaki's crash scenario room to play out.

Sellers Still Hold the Momentum

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 38. That reading is weak, but it sits well above the oversold zone below 30. In plain terms, sellers still have room to press before the market looks stretched enough to force a bounce.

Other momentum signals lean the same way. The MACD, a tool that compares short and longer-term price trends, remains below its signal line. That means momentum is still pointing down, with no sign yet of a turn.

Trend-strength readings show a downtrend starting to form, led by sellers.

Why $65K Is Where the Debate Gets Settled

The first major support lines up exactly with Kiyosaki's target. That overlap gives his call a clear test. If buyers defend that floor, a crash may stall right where he plans to buy.

A break would not end the slide at once. The next support sits near $63K, only a short step lower. Losing both levels would show sellers in firm control.

The upside map is just as specific. Bulls first need to reclaim the zone around the 50-day average, which has capped the price after last month's drop. A further ceiling waits near $82K.

A close above that higher resistance would hand the structure back to buyers and leave Kiyosaki's warning without a clear path.

Two Roads for the Next Three Days

Over the next three days, the 200-day line decides which path opens up.

• Bullish: A close above the 50-day average would put the higher ceiling in play. A drop back under the 200-day average would cancel this setup and return the edge to sellers.
• Bearish: A close below the 200-day line would open a slide toward Kiyosaki's target. A recovery above the 50-day average would invalidate this path and leave his crash call stalled.

The Call Hinges on One Support

For now, the chart leans toward sellers. Kiyosaki's target still needs a clean break of the 200-day line.

Conviction looks thin on both sides, so a sharp move could erase these levels quickly.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

That Friday slot has made the league a favourite for bettors abroad. Goals come often, prices move with little warning, and the reserve teams add a twist that few other leagues share.

Dutch law decides who may bet on it at home, so it comes first. The league's format and markets follow for fans outside the Netherlands.

Dutch Betting Rules

Betting online in the Netherlands requires a KSA licence under the Remote Gambling Act of 2021. Local fans should stick with those licensed sites, while the regulator fines offshore operators that court Dutch players.

Supporters based in other countries answer to their own national rules, which deserve a check before any sign-up.

How the League Works

The league's 20 clubs play a double round-robin, and the format includes several features unusual in European football, set out in the table.

Feature

How it works

Effect on betting

Reserve teams

Jong Ajax, Jong PSV, Jong AZ and Jong FC Utrecht take part

They cannot win promotion

Automatic promotion

Champion and runner-up go up

Promotion odds skip ineligible reserve sides

Period titles

Season split into periods, winners reach play-offs

Extra stakes in mid-season fixtures

Play-offs

Several clubs plus the Eredivisie's 16th-placed side

Late-season outrights shift quickly

Relegation

Suspended to the third tier

Bottom clubs face less pressure

Last verified: October 2026

Suspended relegation changes late-season motivation. Clubs at the bottom have little to play for, which can lengthen their prices against promotion contenders.

Reserve Teams and Rotation

Jong sides play young players on the way up, and their line-ups depend on what the first team needs. Jong sides can look strong one week and weak the next, depending on loans, call-ups and injuries at senior level.

Bookmakers price that uncertainty with wider odds. Bettors who follow first-team news at the parent clubs can sometimes spot a stronger or weaker reserve line-up before the market adjusts.

Goals and Open Games

Second-tier Dutch football has long produced high-scoring matches, with attacking styles and young defences. Over goal lines and both teams to score often draw attention, and prices reflect that reputation.

Second Tier Versus Eredivisie

Fans who follow both divisions can compare styles and pricing. CryptoDaily's guide to Eredivisie crypto betting explains where the Eredivisie's sharpest prices come from.

Promotion contenders often feed into the Eredivisie title picture a season later, and CryptoDaily's look at the Eredivisie title race covers the current contenders.

Second divisions elsewhere follow similar patterns, as a guide to 2. Bundesliga betting shows for Germany.

Dexsport's Second-Tier Coverage

Friday fixtures at Dexsport can draw on a football menu of 39 types, among them totals, totals by half, handicaps and goals in the first half. Those lines suit the open, high-scoring games common in the Dutch second tier, though the menu for a given fixture varies.

Dexsport checks statistics against whoscored.com, then flashscore.com, and turns to internal data when neither has a figure. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence, and that licence falls outside the Dutch system, so the platform suits supporters outside the Netherlands, and only in countries that permit it.

Conclusion

The Keuken Kampioen Divisie offers Friday night football with frequent goals, period titles, play-offs and reserve teams that cannot win promotion. Suspended relegation changes motivation at the bottom of the table.

Jong sides shift with first-team needs, so parent-club news helps bettors read their line-ups. Over goal lines draw attention, yet prices already reflect the league's attacking reputation, so value needs line-up knowledge as much as a feel for goals.

Anyone living in the Netherlands should use KSA-licensed operators. Fans abroad need to check the law where they live, bet only once they reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. League formats, Dutch regulation, market menus and licences change over time and vary by country. Residents of the Netherlands should use operators licensed by the KSA. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• Hackers who allegedly hit a major French bank routed stolen funds into Monero, raising questions about the coin's monthly rally.
• XMR trades well above its key moving averages, with momentum readings still favoring buyers.
• The late-October floor near $600 is the line that separates a steady uptrend from a much deeper slide.

An alleged cyberattack on French lender Credit Mutuel Arkea sent tens of millions in stolen funds through Ether and into Monero. The bank confirmed the breach and said customer money is safe.

The timing puts XMR under a spotlight while it outpaces a weak market. Traders now want to know whether the rally rests on real demand or on illicit flows, and how far thin liquidity could drag the price if support cracks.

Stolen Bank Millions Flow Into Monero, Yet the Rally Came First

On-chain investigator ZachXBT named French lender Credit Mutuel Arkea as the target of a cyberattack that allegedly netted more than $133 million. The bank, which holds about $235 billion in assets, confirmed the attack. It did not disclose the amount and said customer funds are safe.

ZachXBT traced $108.8 million in USDC withdrawn from Kraken, Crypto.com and OKX within 21 hours. The attackers swapped the stablecoins into ETH, then moved the funds into Monero.

The flow looks large on paper. At most, it equals about 55% of XMR's $198 million daily volume. Against a $12 billion market cap, it amounts to roughly 0.9%.

Timing also weakens the link. XMR traded near $562 on Oct 5. It had reached about $621 by Oct 21, before any disclosure. Only about 6.7% of the rise lines up with the stolen-fund moves. Delistings from regulated exchanges have thinned liquidity, so even modest flows can move the price.

Disclosure day told the same story. XMR rose 2.6% that day and lagged the majors. BTC gained 3.7%, while ETH and ZEC rose 6.0% and 9.5%.

Monero Outruns a Falling Market From Well Above Its Averages

Monero (XMR) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Monero changed hands near $637 on Thursday, flat on the day but up about 6% over the past week. Over a month the coin gained roughly 13%. That steady climb has carried it well clear of its longer-term trend lines.

The 50-day moving average, which tracks the average closing price of the last 50 sessions, sits near $569. The 200-day average rests around $464. Price above both lines means each one now acts as a floor, and the gap between them points to a clear uptrend.

Bitcoin moved the other way. It fell about 6.1% over the same 30 days, and Ether dropped roughly 10.2%. Zcash, Monero's closest privacy rival, slipped slightly.

That contrast matters for the hack question. A coin that rises while the majors bleed is drawing its own buyers. Privacy demand and thin exchange supply explain that gap better than one batch of stolen funds.

The rally has not been a straight line. XMR pulled back to about $599 on Oct 31 before buyers stepped in again. That dip stopped right at the $600 area, which turned it into the first level bulls need to defend.

A return to that zone would test whether those dip buyers are still there.

Buyers Still Hold the Momentum Edge

Momentum readings back the buyers for now. The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of how fast and how hard price is moving, sits near 63. That counts as strong. It also leaves room before the 70 mark, where rallies often run out of fuel. In plain terms, the climb still has space to extend before it looks stretched.

The MACD, a tool that compares short and longer price averages, has crossed above its signal line. That shift means upward momentum is building again after the recent dip. Trend-strength readings agree, showing a real trend with buyers in control.

Thursday's stall fits a market catching its breath. Price held the week's gains, and sellers have not shown up in force.

Below $600 the Map Turns Empty Down to $169

Overhead, the first ceiling sits near $662. Sellers would likely show up there first, since that zone caps the current leg. A daily close above it would open a run at about $740, the next mapped barrier. That level sits within reach of the January record near $798.

The downside looks very different. A drop through the $600 area would put the 50-day line in play as the next cushion. If that average gave way too, the chart shows no mapped support until roughly $169. Below that, the next floor rests near $145.

Few price levels in between have drawn strong buying, so a breakdown could travel fast once it starts. Thin exchange liquidity would make the slide steeper.

Such a move would need sellers to hold price below the 50-day average for days. Nothing in the current readings shows that yet.

Two Roads From $637 Over the Next Three Days

Each path has a level that would cancel it.

• Bullish: A daily close above $662 would confirm that buyers broke the current ceiling. That opens the next barrier. The idea fails if price closes back under $600, which would show the breakout lacked support.
• Bearish: A close below $600, followed by a break of the 50-day average, would leave little in the way of a deep slide. A reclaim of the ceiling would cancel that view.

Trend Intact While $600 Holds

Monero's climb rests on its own demand, and buyers still control the trend. That holds as long as price stays above the October floor.

The risk sits in the plumbing. Delistings have left fewer venues and thinner order books. A clean break of that floor could turn into a far sharper drop than usual.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Polkadot's Treasury lost funds to an attacker who used a bug Parity had already fixed but never shipped.
• DOT sits below both major moving averages, with sellers still steering the trend.
• The round $1 mark is the line bulls must win back before anyone talks about recovery.

Parity Technologies has detailed how an attacker drained Polkadot's Treasury through a cross-chain messaging flaw. The company had patched the bug months earlier, but the fix never made it into the live runtimes. No user funds were lost.

The report hit a DOT chart that was already weak, while Stellar drifted lower with the sector. Traders now want to know whether the exploit news is priced in, or whether it gives sellers fresh ammunition.

A Patched Bug That Never Shipped Cost Polkadot's Treasury $1.38 Million

Polkadot's Treasury lost about $1.381 million in an attack late last month, Parity Technologies said in an incident report. The attack ran from Oct. 24 to 26. The attacker used a flaw in XCM, the network's cross-chain messaging system. Parity had fixed that bug in its codebase in June. The patch missed the stable-2606 cutoff, however, and never reached the affected production runtimes.

The target was dotUSD, the decentralized stablecoin Polkadot launched in October. The exploit cut dotUSD's recorded supply without touching account balances. That distorted the DOT/dotUSD pool, so dotUSD could be swapped for DOT at artificial rates. The Treasury was the pool's only liquidity provider, so no users lost funds. dotUSD stayed fully backed by USDT.

Snowfork halted its relayers on Oct. 24. The attacker ran its own relayer and resumed about six hours before runtime 2.5.1, the XCM fix, took effect. Runtime 2.5.2, enacted Oct. 30, corrected the supply.

Parity first rated the bug medium severity, then upgraded it to critical. The company is now overhauling its security processes. Who profited from the trades remains unresolved.

DOT Needs to Reclaim $1.00 Before Any Recovery Talk

Polkadot (DOT) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

DOT trades near $0.95, down about 6% over the past week. The bigger damage came earlier. The token has lost roughly 23% in a month, so the exploit report landed on a chart that was already sliding.

Both major trend lines sit overhead. The 50-day moving average, which tracks the average closing price over that span, is near $1.05. The 200-day average is higher, around $1.16. With price below both, each line now acts as a ceiling. Rallies toward them have a good chance of meeting sellers.

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 38. That is weak, but it is still above the oversold zone below 30. In plain terms, sellers have the upper hand, yet the market has not reached the kind of washed-out level that often draws bargain hunters.

Other signals agree. Momentum is still heading down, and a trend is forming with sellers in control. That mix suggests the decline has room to run before it exhausts itself.

On the daily chart, the first floor sits near $0.87. A clean break there would expose the next support around $0.81, a level that would put DOT deep into fresh lows for the year.

Bulls first need to reclaim $1.00, a round number that also marks the nearest resistance. A daily close above it would ease the pressure. The next hurdle stands near $1.14, just under the 200-day line.

Stellar Sellers Lose Some Grip Under a Low Ceiling

Stellar (XLM) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Stellar's XLM trades near $0.17, down about 3% on the week. The monthly picture looks closer to DOT's, with a slide of roughly 22%. XLM has no exploit of its own to blame. It is drifting lower with the rest of the sector.

The token sits under both trend lines. Its 50-day average is near $0.18. The 200-day line sits a bit higher. Both act as ceilings for now. Price is also pressed right against nearby resistance, so buyers have little room before they meet sellers.

RSI reads 41. That is weak, though less so than DOT's reading. Sellers still lead, and the trend gauge shows a real downtrend in place.

One signal stands apart. The MACD, a tool that compares short and longer price averages, has crossed above its signal line. That means momentum is improving even while price stays soft. Selling pressure appears to be easing, though it has not reversed.

The first floor sits near $0.16. A break there would open the way to around $0.14. On the upside, a daily close above current resistance would put the next ceiling near $0.19, where the 200-day line also waits.

Where the Next Three Days Could Break

Two levels on the DOT chart will likely decide the short-term path for both tokens.

• Bullish: DOT closes above the round-dollar resistance, and XLM breaks through the ceiling it is pressing against. That would open the way to the next resistance levels for each coin, just under their 200-day lines. The case fails if DOT loses its first floor.
• Bearish: DOT cracks that first floor and slides toward its second support, while XLM slips under its nearest floor. A DOT daily close back above the dollar mark would cancel this view.

Trust Has to Return Before Buyers Do

DOT remains in a seller-led trend, and the exploit gives buyers one more reason to wait. Until the token wins back the levels above it, rallies look like selling chances. XLM appears marginally healthier, with improving momentum.

The main risk sits with Parity. New details on who profited from the trades, or on its security overhaul, could jolt DOT quickly in either direction.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

GREENWICH, Conn., Nov. 5, 2026 /PRNewswire/ -- Ondo Finance, the leading tokenizer of institutional-grade financial products, today announced it has become the largest tokenization platform in the world, according to the same RWA.xyz data.Tokenized real-world assets (RWAs) have become one of the fastest-growing corners within global finance. More than $39 billion in RWAs (which exclude stablecoins) are now held onchain, up from roughly $4 billion at the start of 2025, according to RWA.xyz.

The current market capitalization of Ondo tokenized products now exceeds $4 across 484 distinct real-world assets, ranking first among the 203 tokenization platforms RWA.xyz tracks and accounting for roughly 10% of all non-stablecoin tokenized value. Ondo Finance also tokenizes more assets than any other top-ten platform, and Ondo tokenized products reach more than 565,000 RWA holders onchain.

Over the past year, demand has spread well beyond tokenized Treasuries. Investors are moving onchain for tokenized equities, funds and other assets they can access, trade and use around the clock. Ondo Finance has been intentional in its growth with that shift. It has built one of the widest technology platforms in the market and opened access to investors around the world outside the U.S. Through Ondo Global Markets, those investors can hold tokens providing economic exposure to U.S. stocks and ETFs directly in their own wallets across multiple blockchains.

"Becoming the largest tokenization platform in the world is a milestone for Ondo, and it's a clear signal of where the market is headed," said Ian De Bode, Acting CEO and President of Ondo Finance. "We built Ondo to bring the world's most trusted financial assets onchain in a form that institutions and everyday investors alike can hold directly. Crossing $4 billion with more than half a million holders shows that Ondo tokenized products are at the center of innovation and high-quality tokenized assets are real, global and accelerating."

A milestone built across the full suite

The #1 ranking reflects growth across Ondo's entire tokenized product suite, including tokenized U.S. Treasuries, tokenized U.S. stocks and ETFs, and Ondo's broader institutional offerings. Ondo is the only platform ranked in the top two for both tokenized Treasuries and tokenized stocks. This week, Ondo Intelligent Portfolios also crossed $50 million, making it the largest onchain portfolio product on the market.

Momentum across 2026

The ranking caps a year of rapid expansion for Ondo tokenized assets:

• Tokenized Treasuries: USDY is now the largest tokenized Treasuries product in the world, and Ondo has three products among the top 11, with a market capitalization of more than $3 billion, roughly a fifth of the $14.2 billion tokenized Treasuries market.
• Tokenized stocks and ETFs: Ondo Global Markets became the largest tokenized stock issuer within 48 hours of its September 2025 launch and now offers more than 430 tokenized U.S. stocks and ETFs across Ethereum, Solana and BSC, with more than $900 million in tokenized value.
• Multichain reach: Ondo tokenized products are available across 10 blockchains. Beyond Ethereum, investors hold more than $500 million in Ondo tokenized assets on Solana and Stellar, and nearly $500 million on BSC. Solana now hosts a greater variety of  Ondo tokenized assets than any other network, at 485.

About Ondo Finance

Ondo Finance is a blockchain-based technology company focused on tokenizing real-world assets and bringing institutional-quality financial products onchain. By bridging traditional finance and decentralized infrastructure, Ondo aims to make capital markets more accessible, transparent, and efficient. For more information about Ondo Global Markets, please visit ondo.finance/global-markets.

Disclaimer

[*] The tokenized assets referenced herein (including (i) the tokenized stocks, tokenized ETFs and tokenized ADRs now known as Ondo Stocks, and formerly known as Ondo tokenized stocks and ETFs, or as Ondo Global Markets tokens, (collectively, the "Ondo Stocks") and (ii) USDY tokens (collectively, the "Tokens") have not been registered under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") or the securities or financial instrument laws of any other jurisdiction. The Tokens may not be offered or sold in the United States or to US persons unless registered under the Act or an exemption from the registration requirements thereof is available.  In certain jurisdictions, including the United Kingdom, Switzerland and Singapore, the Ondo Stocks and USDY tokens are offered and sold only to qualified investors or professional clients, as the case may be (or that jurisdiction's analogue thereof). Other jurisdiction-based prohibitions and restrictions apply. The issuer of the Tokens is not registered as an investment company under the US Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or as an Alternative Investment Fund or Undertaking for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities in the EEA, or under the securities or financial instrument laws of any other jurisdiction.Ondo Stocks provide their holders with economic exposure to the value of their underlying assets, including the value of dividends (less applicable tax withholdings). However, Ondo Stocks are not themselves stocks, ETFs or ADRs and the Ondo Stocks do not provide their holders with rights to hold or receive their respective underlying assets. Similarly, USDY tokens provide their holders with economic exposure to short-term US treasuries, but USDY tokens are not themselves US treasuries and do not provide their holders with rights to hold or receive any US treasuries.In the EEA/EU, a base prospectus relating to the Tokens has been approved by the Financial Market Authority Liechtenstein (FMA) and notified, at the issuer's request, to certain EEA Member States (the "Relevant EEA States"), making many Ondo Stocks available to both professional and retail investors, though certain Ondo Stocks are only available to professional investors in the EEA/EU. The prospectus is published at app.ondo.finance at each applicable Token's webpage. The approval of the prospectus should not be understood as an endorsement of the Tokens. Investors residing in the EU/EEA should read the prospectus, and the relevant final terms and KID for each applicable Token, before investing in order to fully understand the potential risks and rewards associated with the decision to invest. This notice is a marketing communication and does not constitute a prospectus.Certain Ondo Stocks (referred to in the UAE as "Digital Securities") have been admitted to trading on Nest Exchange Limited, a Multilateral Trading Facility for Digital Assets operated by Binance in the Abu Dhabi Global Market ("ADGM"), authorised by the Financial Services Regulatory Authority (the "FSRA"). Such Digital Securities are available for trading by those investors eligible for a Binance account. The ADGM FSRA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with the admission to trading of such Digital Securities in the ADGM. The FSRA has not approved the documents in connection with the admission to trading nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it and has no responsibility for it. No offer of securities is being made in ADGM. Prospective purchasers of such Digital Securities admitted to trading should conduct their own due diligence on such Digital Securities.In the United Kingdom, the communications herein may be deemed a financial promotion pursuant to Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. To the extent that any such finding is made, the communications herein are only intended for, and directed at, investment professionals as defined in article 19 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 (the "FPO") who have experience of interacting with the Ondo Stocks and USDY tokens; high net worth companies as defined in article 49 of the FPO, and/or any other persons to whom lawful communication is permitted. Any person not falling within these categories is not permitted to act upon anything within the communications herein, and shall not be entitled to rely upon their contents. Ondo Global Markets (BVI) Limited will not enter into arrangements with such persons concerning Ondo Stocks and USDY tokens as a result of this or any other communication.The Tokens are issued by Ondo Global Markets (BVI) Limited, a British Virgin Islands business company. OUSG tokens are issued by Ondo I LP, a Delaware (USA) limited partnership (the "Fund"). Ondo Finance Inc., a Delaware (USA) corporation, provides tokenization services to, and is an equity holder of, Ondo Global Markets (BVI) Limited.The communications herein are only intended for eligible purchasers of, or for actual or potential business relationships or technical integrations with respect to the Tokens. Nothing herein constitutes any offer to sell, or any solicitation of an offer to buy, any Tokens. Nothing herein constitutes investment, legal, tax or financial advice. Acquiring the  Tokens involves risks. A holder of the Tokens may incur losses, including total loss of their purchase price. Past performance is not an indication of future results. Investors are responsible for conducting their own research, investigation, verification, checks or consultation for professional or investment advice.The communications herein may contain forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, statements regarding future financial performance, business strategies, or expectations for the growth or development of Ondo Finance, Ondo Global Markets (BVI) Limited, or any of their respective affiliates (each, an "Applicable Entity"). These statements are based on management's current expectations, estimates, projections, and beliefs, and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "expect," "intend," "plan," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "potential," "continue," or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following: economic, competitive, legal, governmental, and technological factors affecting the operations, markets, products, services, or prices of any Applicable Entity. No Applicable Entity undertakes any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as required by law.Additional terms and restrictions apply. See docs.ondo.finance/legal/terms-of-service, docs.ondo.finance/ondo-stocks, ondo.finance/stocks, app.ondo.finance and (as applicable) the Token offering documents for details.

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

French expats who use Web3 sportsbooks often look for a French interface, French-speaking support and terms they can follow without a dictionary. Few crypto platforms deliver all three.

This comparison ranks 4 platforms on language support and on how clearly they explain their rules.

French Rules for Residents

French law limits players in France to operators approved by the Autorité nationale des jeux. Every platform below operates without that approval, and some list France among their restricted countries.

This comparison suits French speakers living elsewhere, including expats in Belgium, Switzerland, Canada and further afield, who need to check the law of their country of residence.

What Language Support Covers

Language support goes past a translated home page. The table lists the layers that matter most when something goes wrong.

Layer

What to look for

Why it matters

Interface

French menus, bet slip and cashier

Fewer mistakes when placing bets

Support

French-speaking agents or replies

Clearer answers on disputes

Terms

Full French translation

Easier reading of void and error clauses

Responsible play

French help resources

Support in a first language

Last verified: October 2026

Many platforms state that the English version of their terms prevails over any translation. French speakers should check that clause, since a translated page may lack legal force.

4 Web3 Sportsbooks Compared on French-Language Support

Placings weigh interface language, support routes and how clearly each platform publishes its rules. Details come from operator pages and third-party reviews, and language options can change.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport publishes detailed betting rules and names separate addresses for complaints and self-exclusion, team@dexsport.io and info@dexsport.io. Its terms state that the English version prevails over any translation, so French speakers should read the English text before relying on a translated page.

2. Stake

Stake offers a French interface, according to reviews, along with live chat support. Its restricted list includes France and several other countries, so access depends on where the expat lives.

3. BC.Game

BC.Game lists French among a long range of interface languages and offers live chat support. Translated pages may lag the English terms after an update, so checking the English version matters.

4. Cloudbet

Cloudbet provides a French interface option, reviews suggest, plus email and chat support. Its help centre leans on English for detailed rule questions.

Responsible Play in French

Support services matter as much as the betting interface. CryptoDaily's overview of gambling support services covers which organisations help crypto players.

French speakers can also contact national helplines where they live, many of which offer French-language support in Belgium, Switzerland and Canada.

Coins and Cashier Pages

Cashier pages often stay in English even when the rest of a site appears in French. CryptoDaily's comparison of supported coins across eight sportsbooks shows what each cashier accepts.

For readers new to wallet-based betting, CryptoDaily's explainer on Web3 sportsbooks in plain terms covers pools, wallets and settlement.

Conclusion

French expats who use Web3 sportsbooks benefit from a French interface, French-speaking support and terms they can follow, yet few platforms offer all three. Translated pages often defer to the English version of the terms.

Dexsport ranks first for its detailed published rules and separate complaint and self-exclusion addresses, while Dexsport's rivals here offer French interfaces and live chat, according to reviews. On every platform, the English terms deserve a read.

Anyone based in France should stick with ANJ-approved operators. Expats should confirm the gambling rules of their host country, bet only from legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. None of the sportsbooks named here holds an ANJ licence, and residents of France should use ANJ-licensed operators. Language options, support channels, restricted country lists and licences change over time, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each platform's current terms before you sign up. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• A Hyperliquid wallet holding about $101 million in longs climbed back from the edge of liquidation into profit.
• HYPE still trades above both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and momentum is turning up.
• The floor just under the 50-day line now decides whether the bullish bias survives.

A large Hyperliquid trader came close to a forced exit this week and then recovered. On-chain data showed the wallet's leveraged longs in Bitcoin, Ether, HYPE and ZEC swinging back into unrealized profit by Nov. 4.

The episode puts leverage on the platform back in focus for HYPE holders. The token has recovered part of a weak month, and buyers lead a young trend. Traders now want to know if that support can hold through the next liquidation wave.

A $101 Million Long Book Swings From Near Wipeout to Profit

The address, beginning 0xf08, held long positions across Bitcoin (BTC), Ether (ETH), HYPE and ZEC. On-chain data showed the wallet trading close to its liquidation level as prices swung earlier in the week.

The book then turned around. By Nov. 4, the positions showed about $4.058 million in unrealized profit. The daily profit-and-loss swing topped $5.78 million that day. That is a sharp reversal for a trader near a forced exit.

Bitcoin did most of the work. The BTC long added about $1.754 million to the gain. ZEC came second with roughly $1.245 million, while the ETH and HYPE legs contributed smaller amounts.

None of that profit is locked in. The wallet has not closed its positions, so a fresh drop could erase the gain just as quickly. Still, the episode shows that traders on Hyperliquid remain willing to run large leveraged bets.

HYPE Holds Above Both Averages Despite a Weak Month

Hyperliquid (HYPE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

HYPE traded near $83.40 at last check, flat over the past 24 hours. The token has slipped about 11% in a month, yet its chart looks healthier than that loss suggests.

The 50-day moving average, which tracks the average closing price over roughly ten weeks, sits near $82.90. HYPE trades just above it. That cushion is thin, about half a dollar, but it keeps the short-term trend pointing up. As long as price holds there, the average tends to act as a floor for buyers.

The 200-day average sits near $69.40, far below the current price. That gap means the broader uptrend that carried HYPE through the year remains intact. Sellers would need a much deeper drop to threaten it.

Recent trading has repaired some of the monthly damage. HYPE rose about 3% this week, a modest gain that shows buyers stepping in after the pullback.

The flat daily session fits that picture. Price is pausing rather than breaking down, which often happens when a market digests a move before choosing a direction. Like the 0xf08 wallet's book, HYPE has stepped back from a weaker spot without fully proving itself yet.

Momentum Turns Up From a Neutral Base

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits at 50 on the daily chart. That reading is dead center. Buyers and sellers are evenly matched, and the token is far from overheated.

Other gauges lean toward buyers. The MACD, which compares short and longer price averages to track momentum, has crossed above its signal line. That shift means upward momentum is building after the monthly slide.

Trend-strength readings tell a similar story with a caveat. A trend is forming, and buyers are leading it. It has not yet reached the strength of a firmly established move, though.

That mix supports a bullish bias without confirming it. HYPE still needs follow-through to turn a recovery into a real advance.

$81 Is the Floor Bulls Cannot Lose

Nearest support sits near $81, just below the 50-day line. The two levels form a single defensive zone for buyers. Closing a session under that level would push HYPE beneath its short-term average and flip that trend down.

Losing that floor would open the way toward $76. That deeper level marks the bigger risk. Hyperliquid traders run heavy leverage, as the 0xf08 wallet shows, and a slide could force longs to unwind. Forced selling tends to speed up drops once a key level gives way.

The upside has its own test. Resistance stands near $88, and it is the first real check on the bullish bias.

A clean break above it would put the next ceiling near $95 in view and turn the recovery into a confirmed advance. Until then, HYPE trades in a band between those two nearby lines.

What Breaks the Range in the Next Three Days

The next three sessions should decide which edge of that band gives way first.

• Bullish: A daily close above $88.12 would confirm buyers have taken the first ceiling. That would put $95.25 in reach. The setup fails if price slips back under support, handing control to sellers.
• Bearish: A daily close below $81.01 would break the floor and open a slide toward $76.15. Leveraged longs could add to the selling. A recovery above resistance would cancel that view.

Bias Up, Margin Thin

The bias stays bullish as long as HYPE holds the floor just under its 50-day line. Momentum favors buyers, and the longer trend still points up.

Still, the margin for error is small. Leveraged books like the 0xf08 wallet's can unwind in hours. A fast wave of liquidations could drag price through support before buyers have time to respond.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Tens of thousands of Cardano holders still have ADA parked in retired stake pools that pay nothing.
• ADA trades below both its 50-day and 200-day averages, and sellers still lead the trend.
• Traders are watching whether the floor near $0.18 holds or gives way.

A large pool of Cardano stake has gone quiet. On-chain data shows tens of thousands of delegators never moved their ADA after their stake pools shut down, so those coins earn no rewards.

The drift says something about holder attention after a sharp monthly drop. Disengaged owners rarely step in to buy dips, and the chart already favors sellers. Traders now want to know which nearby level breaks first.

131 Million ADA Sits in Retired Pools Earning Nothing

Data from blockchain explorer Cexplorer shows 59,025 Cardano delegators still have about 131.6 million ADA assigned to retired stake pools. That stake, worth roughly $26 million, earns zero rewards.

Cexplorer counts 2,720 officially retired pools. A 2023 community count on r/Cardano found 16,370 such accounts, so today's figure is 3.6x larger. Cardano's official X account calls the problem "sticky stake." One retired pool still has over 50 million ADA delegated to it.

Staking on Cardano yields about 2.5% to 3% a year. At that rate, holders miss out on 3.3 million to 4 million ADA a year. That is roughly $653,000 to $784,000 in lost rewards. The average affected wallet holds around 2,230 ADA. Its owner forgoes only $11 to $13 a year. The real signal is that many holders have simply stopped paying attention.

The funds remain safe and spendable. Redelegating costs a normal transaction fee, and rewards resume after a few five-day epochs. Rewards from skipped epochs cannot be reclaimed.

ADA Trades Under Both Key Averages After a Steep Monthly Slide

Cardano (ADA) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

ADA traded near $0.20 on the day, roughly unchanged over 24 hours. That calm session sits inside a much rougher stretch. The token lost about 4% over the past week and about 27% over the past month.

Those numbers describe a clear downtrend. A flat day after a slide like that often reflects a pause in selling. Buyers have yet to show they can push the price higher on their own.

The moving averages tell the same story. A moving average smooths out daily swings by tracking the average closing price over a set number of days. ADA trades below its 50-day average near $0.22. It also sits under its 200-day average near $0.23.

When price holds below both lines, those averages tend to act as ceilings. Traders who bought higher often sell into any bounce toward them to cut losses. That steady supply overhead makes rallies harder to sustain.

The longer view shows how deep the damage runs. ADA peaked at $3.09 in September 2021. Today it trades about 94% below that record.

That gap helps explain the drift in the staking data. A token stuck this far from its highs gives owners little reason to check their wallets.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand as Momentum Fades

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 40 on the daily chart. That reading is weak. It also sits well above 30, the line that marks oversold territory.

That gap matters for anyone hoping for a quick rebound. Oversold readings often attract bargain hunters, and ADA has not reached that point yet. Sellers still have room to push the price lower before momentum looks stretched.

Other gauges back up that cautious view. The MACD, a tool that compares short and long price averages, remains below its signal line. In plain terms, momentum is still pointing down.

Trend strength readings show sellers leading a real trend. Until those signals turn, the chart offers no sign of a reversal.

$0.18 Is the Floor Bulls Cannot Afford to Lose

The nearest support sits near $0.18, the floor buyers need to defend in the days ahead. A clean break below it would hand sellers another win and likely extend the slide.

The next support below waits near $0.17. Little stands in between, and a drop of that size would fit the current trend.

Resistance sits closer to the upside, near $0.21. A close above that level would be the first real sign of relief. It would show buyers can absorb the selling that has capped every bounce this month.

Even then, the 50-day line stands just above as the next hurdle. Bulls would need to clear both levels before the chart could start to look healthier.

Which Way ADA Breaks Over the Next 72 Hours

• Bullish: A daily close above $0.21 would put the 50-day line near $0.22 in play as the next target. Buyers would need to hold their gains for this to count. A slip back under $0.20 would cancel the setup.
• Bearish: Closing below the floor would open the way toward the next support, in line with the seller-led trend. A recovery back above $0.20 would void that path and return ADA to its recent range.

Bears Stay in Charge Until $0.21 Falls

The bias stays bearish while ADA trades under that first resistance level. Sellers still lead the trend, and neither key average has come back within reach.

Weak momentum cuts both ways. RSI has not reached oversold, so a sudden short-covering bounce is still possible. The same soft reading also leaves the floor exposed to a fast break if selling picks up.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Resistance hit: consolidation or down-leg next?

Source: TradingView

Even though the $BTC price found strong resistance at $81K, Wednesday’s surge, as the U.S. midterm elections resulted in a hugely favourable win for the Democrats, was as strong as it was unexpected. However, as predicted by Crypto Daily, the W pattern played out and the $BTC price was buoyed up all the way to the intersection of the two parallel channels.

With all short-term momentum indicators now looking spent, either a period of consolidation, or a corrective down-leg are the two favourite scenarios. If a consolidatory phase becomes the preferred option, a bull flag setup could start to form. It’s still early to make this prediction, but it could already be taking shape. The bulls will want the Stochastic RSI indicator lines to come down quickly while the price action chops sideways and downward, painting in the rest of the flag.

A lower low or a higher high?

Source: TradingView

It is true that ever since this rally out of the bear market hit the $87K local high, a downward procession of lower highs has taken place. On the other hand, and this is the more important macro perspective, the upward rally has put in higher lows. Therefore, at some point, either the bulls or the bears are going to have to make way. The fairly insignificant looking potential little bull flag structure becomes key. If it does play out, the first higher high should be made, while if it breaks down, a lower low could lead to more significant downside.

A new bull market is taking shape

Source: TradingView

Here in the weekly chart it does rather look like the $BTC price is basing at the $75K horizontal support level, with closing candle bodies sitting higher up at $77K. Looking all the way left along the chart we find ourselves back at the huge 8-month long bull flag of the previous bull market. The very top of this bull flag is providing huge support to the current price action, and it is not expected that the price will fall below this. 

Some are saying that the current corrective phase is still too shallow, especially compared with previous bear markets, but having not long escaped from the last bear market, and with the bull market trendline rising, there isn’t a lot of room for too much more downside.

Also, look at how the 50-week SMA provided support for the previous bull market. If this first test of this moving average is successful, expect the 50-week SMA to continue to provide support going forward. The new bull market is already taking shape.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• SUI has stalled in a tight range after the Binance hack, and a likely December Fed hike now hangs over sentiment.
• Momentum is quietly improving, yet both long-term moving averages still cap every bounce.
• The old third-quarter ceiling near $0.84 is now the floor bulls cannot afford to lose.

SUI has gone quiet since the Binance breach knocked it lower.

The timing hurts. SUI gave back much of its summer rally in October, and leveraged bets are stacked on both sides of the price. Traders face one question this week. Will short sellers get squeezed first, or will a macro shock flush out the longs?

Binance Hack and Fed Hike Fears Pin SUI Under $0.95

SUI slid about 10% after the Binance hack and has since settled into a tight range near $0.90. Traders are holding back. The exchange breach, the U.S. midterms and fragile geopolitics have kept risk appetite thin across crypto. A likely Fed rate hike in December could deliver the next blow.

The pullback stings because of how strong the third quarter was. SUI doubled from $0.63 to nearly $1.3 in September. October then wiped out more than half of that run, and fourth-quarter losses now stand near 34%.

Derivatives positioning shows pressure on both sides. CoinGlass liquidation maps place short liquidity pools between $0.91 and $0.97. Long pools cluster from $0.77 to $0.82. A push in either direction could trigger forced selling or buying.

Some of that fuel has already burned. SUI traded near $0.94 on Binance spot on Nov 4, when about $510,000 in shorts were liquidated within one hour.

Both Long-Term Averages Now Sit Overhead

Sui (SUI) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SUI trades near $0.92, and both of its long-term moving averages sit above that price. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. The 50-day tracks the past few months. The 200-day tracks most of the past year. When price sits under both, the averages tend to act as a ceiling.

The two lines are only a few cents apart. They form a narrow, crowded band of resistance, and recent bounces have stalled there.

Recent losses explain the hesitation. SUI has lost about 24% over the past 30 days. The past week looks far calmer, with a dip of about 2%. Selling has slowed sharply, but buyers have yet to turn it around. A flat week after a heavy month often signals exhaustion, though it can also be a pause before another leg lower.

Bulls need a decisive move back above both averages to confirm a strong uptrend. That band overlaps the short liquidity pool flagged on the liquidation maps, and the 200-day sits right at its upper edge. A push into that area could force short sellers to buy back their positions, which would add fuel to any rally. Until price closes above it, the averages keep the upside capped.

Sellers Lead but Their Grip Is Loosening

The Relative Strength Index (RSI), a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 45 on the daily chart. That sits in neutral territory. SUI is neither oversold nor overheated, so the indicator leaves room for a move in either direction.

Momentum has started to shift. The MACD, which compares short and longer-term price trends, has crossed above its signal line. That crossover suggests the selling pressure from October is fading and buyers are slowly regaining some footing.

Trend strength tells a more cautious story. The directional readings show a trend beginning to form, and sellers are the ones driving it. Bears still hold the edge, even if their push has lost speed.

The market looks like it is catching its breath, and the bounce has yet to prove it can last.

$0.84 Becomes the Line Bulls Must Hold

SUI's most important level sits below the current price. That level capped every rally during the third quarter. Now that price has broken above it, the old ceiling serves as the floor bulls must defend.

Losing that floor would send SUI back into its Q3 range, which bottomed at $0.66. The long liquidity pools sit just under it, so a break could trigger forced selling and speed up the drop. The first likely stop is near $0.75. Beyond that, the next chart support sits near $0.71. A slide that deep would mean a loss of about 21% from current levels.

On the upside, $1.00 is the first real test. That round number sits just above both moving averages. A daily close above it would flip the structure in favor of buyers. The next resistance waits near $1.06.

What Breaks First in the Next 72 Hours

The next three days hinge on whether shorts or longs get squeezed first.

• Bullish: A daily close above the 50-day average would push price into the short liquidity pool. Forced buybacks could then carry SUI toward the round-number test overhead. The setup fails if price drops back below the old Q3 ceiling.
• Bearish: A hawkish tone from Fed officials could knock SUI through that Q3 ceiling. Long liquidations would then pull it toward the next chart support. A reclaim of the 200-day average would cancel this view.

Neutral With a Defensive Bias

SUI looks like a hold-the-line trade for now. Neutral momentum and a fading selloff give bulls a chance, yet the two long-term averages still cap every bounce. Buyers have little reason to chase until price reclaims that band.

Macro remains the main threat. Another exchange shock or a December hike could break the Q3 ceiling and set off the long liquidation cascade below it.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Speaking at Web3 Career Connect, an official community event of Hong Kong FinTech Week x StartmeupHK 2026, KuCoin's Head of Talent Acquisition, Karina Li, discussed how these developments are reshaping recruitment, professional development and long-term career prospects in the digital asset industry.

During a panel titled "Inside Web3: Building Businesses, Teams & Careers," Li explained that the industry's evolving requirements extend beyond blockchain and cryptocurrency expertise. Companies are increasingly seeking professionals with experience in traditional financial disciplines, particularly risk management, regulatory compliance and corporate governance.

She also addressed the growing influence of AI on Web3 employment, noting that the integration of the two technologies is changing job requirements and creating opportunities for candidates from a wider range of professional backgrounds.

“Building services that users can trust requires sustained investment in people,” Karina said. “Professional depth and continuous learning help young talent contribute as the industry evolves.”

Beyond recruitment trends, Li emphasized the importance of structured professional development, particularly for graduates entering the industry. She highlighted how mentorship, regular feedback and exposure to practical responsibilities can help early-career professionals develop independent judgment and take greater ownership of their work.

In a separate presentation, "How to Make the Right Career Choices in the Crypto Era," Li outlined considerations for university students and recent graduates evaluating potential careers in Web3.

Rather than focusing solely on emerging technologies or short-term opportunities, she encouraged participants to examine an industry's long-term demand, a company's business fundamentals and the potential to acquire skills that remain valuable across different roles.

Li also recommended prioritizing workplaces that offer access to experienced colleagues, meaningful responsibilities and opportunities for professional growth. For those beginning their careers, she suggested developing expertise in a specific discipline before pursuing broader cross-functional experience.

Internships and hands-on projects, she added, can provide opportunities to identify individual strengths and gain practical exposure to the industry.

The discussions at Hong Kong FinTech Week reflected KuCoin's emphasis on professional development and continuous learning as the digital asset sector's workforce requirements evolve.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Both sports offer betting markets, though far thinner than football. Race winners, podium finishes and head-to-head match-ups make up most of the menu, and coverage varies widely between sportsbooks.

Dutch law sets the rules for residents, so it comes first. The markets for fans outside the Netherlands follow.

Dutch Rules Come First

Online gambling in the Netherlands became legal in October 2021, when the Remote Gambling Act took effect. Licences come from the Kansspelautoriteit, or KSA, which also pursues operators that target Dutch players without one.

People living in the Netherlands should use a KSA-approved site, and CryptoDaily's look at the KSA licensing picture explains how the system works. Fans living outside the Netherlands follow the law of their country of residence.

Two Sports, Two Seasons

Speed skating and cycling fit neatly around each other. The table shows when each sport peaks and which events draw the most betting interest.

Sport

Main events

Season

Long-track speed skating

ISU World Cup, European and World Championships

November to March

Cyclocross

World Cup rounds, World Championships

October to February

Road cycling

Amstel Gold Race, Grand Tours, classics

March to October

Last verified: October 2026

Cyclocross bridges the two, giving Dutch fans a winter cycling season alongside the skating circuit.

Speed Skating Markets

Speed skating markets usually cover race winners at each distance, podium finishes and head-to-head match-ups between skaters. Dutch skaters often start as favourites, which pushes value toward head-to-heads and outsiders at shorter distances.

Ice conditions, altitude and the draw for inner or outer lane affect times. Rinks at altitude, such as Salt Lake City and Calgary, produce quicker times than sea-level venues like Thialf in Heerenveen.

Distances Matter

Sprint distances of 500 and 1,000 metres reward explosive starts and produce frequent upsets. Longer races over 5,000 and 10,000 metres favour endurance specialists and tend to follow form more closely.

Road and Cross Markets

Stage and race winners anchor road cycling betting, along with, overall classification and head-to-head match-ups. One-day classics such as the Amstel Gold Race reward punchy riders, while Grand Tours bring jersey markets.

Cyclocross offers a smaller menu, mainly race winners and head-to-heads, with Dutch and Belgian riders dominating the field. Mud, weather and crashes make the sport hard to price.

Winter sports with crypto follow similar patterns, as CryptoDaily's guide to the biathlon World Cup shows for another discipline.

Books That Cover Both

Coverage for speed skating and cycling varies more than for almost any mainstream sport. Some books list every World Cup race, while others offer only the championships and Grand Tours.

CryptoDaily's comparison of multi-sport coverage across six sportsbooks helps bettors check breadth before opening an account.

Dexsport and Dutch Sports

Dexsport names cycling among the 29 sports in its terms, and its winter list includes biathlon with seven market types and ice hockey with 21. Dexsport's published rules leave speed skating out, so check the live menu before a World Cup weekend.

Football fans get 39 market types at Dexsport alongside that winter list. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence, outside the Dutch licensing system, so it fits only supporters abroad where local law allows it.

Conclusion

Speed skating and cycling give Dutch fans abroad a betting calendar stretching from the first World Cup skating weekend in November to the last classics of autumn. Race winners, podiums and head-to-heads make up most of the menu in both sports.

Distance, ice and altitude shape skating prices, while terrain, weather and crashes drive cycling. Coverage varies sharply between sportsbooks, and many list only championships and Grand Tours, so a look at the menu before a race weekend saves frustration.

Dutch residents should keep to KSA-approved sites. Supporters elsewhere should look up their local rules, bet only at legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. Dutch regulation, event calendars, market menus and licences change over time and vary by country. Residents of the Netherlands should use operators licensed by the KSA. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• PEPE led the altcoin pack after a surprise Congress result triggered a Bitcoin short squeeze.
• Whale buying and improving momentum keep the token's broader uptrend intact despite a quiet week.
• A daily close above the squeeze peak near $0.0000053 would show the rally has legs.

PEPE outran the major memecoins this week as Democrats took both chambers of Congress and Bitcoin squeezed short sellers. Large holders kept buying as the spike cooled.

The token now trades in a tightening range just below its recent peak. That compression often comes before a sharp move in either direction. Traders want to know if whale demand can carry PEPE through overhead selling once Bitcoin calms down.

A Congress Shock Sends Bitcoin Higher and PEPE Along for the Ride

Democrats won control of both chambers of Congress on Nov 4-5, 2026, and Bitcoin reacted fast. The largest cryptocurrency broke above $81,100 as traders betting on a decline rushed to cover. More than $330M in short positions were liquidated in a single hour, and total liquidations topped $415M.

The move reached beyond crypto. Gold pushed above $4,030, while the US Dollar Index slid to a five-week low.

PEPE led the altcoin pack, jumping to $0.00000533 during the spike and beating the major memecoins. Independent analyst Nadim Zidan pointed to whale accumulation, strong retail inflows and a break above short-term exponential moving averages. Spillover from Bitcoin's squeeze added fuel.

Zidan also urged caution. He said memecoins tend to reverse sharply once volatility cools, and PEPE's rally is not yet a structural trend. For Bitcoin, he flagged support at $78,000 to $80,000 and a target of $82,000 to $84,000. He put the risk level at $76,000.

PEPE Holds Its Gains Well Above Both Long Averages

Pepe (PEPE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

PEPE has since cooled off from that peak. The token trades near $0.0000049, flat over the past 24 hours. The spike has faded, but most of the earlier climb is still in place.

The longer view looks healthier. PEPE sits well above its 50-day moving average, which tracks the average closing price over roughly the last ten weeks and stands near $0.0000043. That line now acts as a floor under the price. Buyers have stepped in above it on recent dips.

Further down, the 200-day average, a gauge of the long-term trend, sits around $0.0000039. Price holds comfortably above both lines.

Their order matters too. The 50-day runs above the 200-day, so recent prices are higher than the longer history. That arrangement usually marks an uptrend that has room to continue, as long as the shorter line keeps rising.

Short-term returns tell a calmer story. PEPE slipped about 2% over the past week after gaining roughly 13% over the past month. A quiet day and a mild weekly dip after a strong run look like a pause.

Sellers have not pushed the price toward either long average. Instead, the range is tightening, and the daily chart shows PEPE coiling below its recent high.

Buyers Still Have Momentum on Their Side

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 59 on the daily chart. That is firm without being overheated. Readings above 70 usually signal an overheated market, so buyers still have room to push.

Other gauges point the same way. The MACD, which compares short and longer price averages, sits above its signal line. That means upward momentum is building again after the recent pause.

Trend strength readings also show a real trend, with buyers in control. That fits the whale accumulation Zidan described. Large holders appear to be absorbing dips, and the indicators reflect that steady demand.

$0.0000053 Is the Ceiling Standing Between PEPE and 8%

Resistance sits at the zone where the news-day spike topped out. Sellers who missed that peak are likely waiting there to exit. Closing above it would mark a gain of about 8% and show that buyers can hold the squeeze highs.

Clearing that ceiling would open the path toward the next resistance near $0.0000057. That level would test if the move can become the structural trend Zidan said it still lacks.

The downside matters just as much. Nearby support rests around $0.0000046, the base PEPE built after the squeeze faded. A break below it would erase that base and suggest the spike was a one-off.

In that case, the next floor sits near $0.0000042, just under the 50-day line. A drop there would test whether the longer uptrend still has buyers behind it.

Where the Next 72 Hours Could Take PEPE

Bitcoin's direction will likely set the tone for PEPE over the next three days.

• Bullish: A daily close above the squeeze-day high would put the next ceiling in play. Steady whale buying and firm momentum would support that push. The setup fails if PEPE closes below its post-squeeze base.
• Bearish: Losing that base would open a slide toward the floor just under the 50-day line. A Bitcoin drop toward Zidan's risk level would make that more likely. A close back above resistance would cancel this view.

Trend Intact, Breakout Unproven

PEPE's structure still favors buyers, with price above both long averages. The rally scenario stays unproven until PEPE closes above the spike's ceiling.

The risk is easy to see. This jump rode Bitcoin's short squeeze, and memecoin rallies built on borrowed momentum often fade quickly once volatility cools.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• LBank's latest Bullet Comment campaign invites users to call gold's direction ahead of the US nonfarm payrolls report, with gold and GTA6 as prizes.
• The campaign builds on years of IP partnerships, social-first community building and LBank's bullet comment feature.
• While rivals compete on tokenized stocks and AI tools, LBank's youth-focused approach is opening a distinct growth path.

LBank has launched a Bullet Comment campaign on its GOLD futures page, asking users to predict whether gold will rise or fall after Friday's US nonfarm payrolls (NFP) release. The campaign runs from November 5, 09:00 UTC to November 6, 13:00 UTC, closing shortly before the data is published.

According to the campaign details published on X, participants repost the announcement with #LBankBulletComment, tag two friends, and then post a Bullish or Bearish Bullet Comment containing "GOLD" on the futures page. Ten winners will share 1 gram of gold, while one grand prize winner will receive GTA6, which Rockstar Games has scheduled for release on November 19.

The format is deliberately youth-native. Bullet comments, also known as danmaku, are a staple of the livestreaming platforms popular with Gen Z, and LBank has embedded them directly into its trading interface. Combined with a binary "up or down" call and a video game prize, the campaign turns a macroeconomic event typically followed by professional traders into an accessible, social experience.

The campaign is the latest step in a repositioning LBank has pursued for several years. Having marked its 11th anniversary this year, the exchange has steadily moved from a conventional spot trading venue toward its stated ambition of becoming "young people's favorite exchange."

IP partnerships have been central to that shift. LBank has collaborated with internet-native brands including Ponke, Nobody Sausage and Pudgy Penguins, with the Pudgy Penguins partnership tied to its 11th-anniversary celebrations. These collaborations have extended the exchange's reach to audiences well beyond the crypto market.

In parallel, LBank has adopted a social-first approach to community building, leaning on memes, trending topics and creator content across its channels. The approach is rooted in the exchange's early embrace of meme culture through products such as its 100x Gems Hub.

Bullet comments bring these efforts onto the platform itself. The feature now hosts recurring community events built around market moments and regional culture, including campaigns for users in Latin America and India. The result is a clear funnel: IP partnerships attract attention, social content sustains it, and bullet comments convert it into on-platform engagement.

On October 26, LBank completed a brand upgrade and introduced the tagline "Your Go-To Crypto Plug." In youth vernacular, a "plug" is a trusted connection, closer to a peer than an institution.

"Young users don't want an exchange that lectures them about finance. They want one that already speaks their language. Bullet comments, our IP partners and campaigns like this one are how we become their go-to plug, not just another app on their phone," Eric He, Community Angel Officer and Risk Control Advisor at LBank, said.

The approach stands out as competition among centralized exchanges intensifies. Binance and OKX have expanded aggressively into tokenized equities, commodities and AI-powered trading tools, while Bitget has pursued a compliance-led route into equities through licensed partners and its universal exchange (UEX) model. Across the top tier, the defining objective is breadth.

LBank has taken a different route. Rather than competing on the size of its product catalog, it is competing on culture and user experience, targeting younger users who may never have opened a futures chart. As product offerings across major exchanges converge, that youth-first strategy has opened a market path few competitors are pursuing, and positioned LBank as one of the more distinctive brands in a crowded field.

ContactPR & Communications TeamLBankpress@lbank.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• Solana has posted the weakest return among the four largest majors since the start of October.
• SOL now trades under both its 50-day and 200-day moving averages, with sellers steering the trend.
• A daily close below the floor just under the Nov 2 low could open the door to the high $70s.

Solana has fallen behind Bitcoin, Ether and XRP over the past five weeks. Its rebound since late October has been the softest of the group, and fresh buyers have yet to show up.

That weakness leaves SOL exposed if the broader market turns lower again. Bitcoin is still testing its own recent lows. Traders now want to know whether Solana's November floor can hold, or whether the stalled bounce gives way to another leg down.

Solana Lags the Majors Since October

An investor who split $1,000 evenly across Bitcoin, Ether, XRP and Solana on Oct 1 now holds about $887. That basket is down roughly 11%, and Solana did the most damage.

SOL closed near $118 on Oct 1. A $250 stake in the token has shrunk to about $204, a loss of roughly $46. Holders now need a gain of about 23% just to get back to even.

Looked at alone, a full stake in SOL is now worth around $815. The same amount in Bitcoin sits near $948.

Recent gains have done little to repair this since the Oct 31 close. Ether climbed about 8% and XRP added close to 6%. Bitcoin gained about 4%, while SOL managed only around 1%, the weakest bounce of the four.

Bitcoin remains the main risk. A daily close below its Nov 2 low near $76,700 could extend the selloff, and Solana would likely feel it first.

Both Moving Averages Now Sit Above the Price

Solana (SOL) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SOL changed hands near $95.85 on Wednesday, flat on the day. That price sits under both of the moving averages traders watch most, which tells you the trend has turned against buyers on more than one time frame.

The 50-day moving average, the average closing price over the last 50 sessions, stands near $103. Price has stayed below it for weeks, so that line now acts as a ceiling. Each rally that reaches it has met sellers.

A bigger change came with the 200-day average, now around $98. SOL has slipped beneath it as well. This longer gauge tracks the broad trend. Losing it suggests the slide has grown beyond a short pullback inside an uptrend.

Price has moved in one direction all month. SOL fell about 21% over 30 days, with much of that slide coming in the latest week. Its best close of the period came on Oct 5, near $121.

From there the token slid to a low near $92 on Nov 2. The bounce off that low has already faded, and price is drifting back toward it.

Longer term, the picture looks worse. SOL trades about 67% below its record near $293, set in January 2025. On the daily chart, there is no sign yet of a base forming, with no series of higher lows and no tight range where buyers have dug in.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand

The momentum gauges point the same way as the averages. RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 37 on the daily chart. That reading shows weak buying interest, though it has not yet reached the oversold zone below 30.

That distance matters for traders hoping for a quick rebound. Oversold readings often bring a reflex bounce as sellers run out of fuel. SOL is not there yet, so the token still has room to fall before that kind of relief arrives.

MACD, a tool that tracks shifts in momentum, also stays below its signal line. In plain terms, downside momentum has not faded.

Trend strength readings show sellers driving a real trend. Until that changes, rallies are likely to meet supply.

Why $89.86 Is the Floor That Matters

Support sits near $89.86, just under the Nov 2 low. Buyers defended that zone once already. A daily close beneath it would show they have stepped aside, and the chart offers little in the way below.

The next support waits near $77.84. A drop there would mean another leg lower of roughly the same size as the October slide.

Bulls have work to do above. The first hurdle is the round number near $100, a level where sellers have capped recent attempts. Reclaiming it would put SOL back over the 200-day line as well.

Resistance near $106 matters more. A move through it would carry price close to the 50-day average. That would end the pullback story and give buyers a real foothold.

Two Paths for the Next Three Days

Everything hinges on which edge of the range gives way first.

• Bullish: A daily close above the round-number ceiling would open a run toward the next resistance, near the 50-day line. A slip back under the 200-day average would cancel that setup.
• Bearish: A close under the floor would put the next support in play. A Bitcoin breakdown would likely speed that drop. A reclaim of the round-number ceiling would invalidate the bearish case.

Bears Hold the Edge Until $100 Breaks

For now, Solana remains the laggard of the group. With price pinned under both averages and sellers steering the trend, the bias points lower until buyers win back the round-number ceiling.

Bitcoin can still change that quickly. SOL tends to move harder than the leader in both directions. A sharp market-wide swing, up or down, could overpower any level on this chart.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

With phased rollout targeted for the first half of 2027, the service is expected to connect LINE FRIENDS’ online and offline commerce with the Web3 ecosystem, offering customers in Korea and abroad an additional payment option for purchasing physical products with minicoin

Digital IP entertainment company IPX (formerly LINE FRIENDS) plans to introduce a payment service using ‘minicoin’ at LINE FRIENDS online and offline stores. The service is intended to make digital asset payments a seamless extension of the fan experience, linking fans’ engagement with character IP to the point of purchase and connecting IPX’s online and offline commerce with a Web3-based digital ecosystem.

For more than a decade, IPX has brought its character IPs to life through products, content, and pop-ups, extending these experiences across online and offline channels worldwide. Building on its expertise in IP and retail, the introduction of this service presents a new digital IP commerce model that integrates digital asset payment technology into IP merchandise purchases.

Minicoin is a utility coin developed and issued by Mini Labs under an official license granted by IPX to use its globally popular ‘minini’ character IP. Its blockchain-based ecosystem seeks to transparently record activities generated through interactions between IP and fans, including creation, consumption, and transactions, and link them to registration and settlement processes.

The minicoin payment service is planned for phased rollout across LINE FRIENDS stores in Korea and abroad, with a rollout targeted for the first half of 2027. The service is expected to offer international visitors and overseas fans additional payment options. K-POP SQUARE, which opened in the heart of Seoul’s Hongdae district in June 2025, welcomed over one million visitors in its first year, approximately 80% of whom were international fans from more than 90 countries. As digital assets gain traction as payment methods worldwide, the service is expected to see strong demand.

“This service rollout marks an important step toward using digital assets to purchase physical merchandise, beyond trading and use within specific platforms,” said an IPX official. “We believe that the value of IP can grow further as it expands beyond connecting with fans through content and products to finding new ways to engage with them across the digital IP ecosystem. We will continue to explore new IP business opportunities that connect IP, fans, and commerce together in this evolving landscape.”

 About IPX (F.K.A. LINE FRIENDS)

IPX is the new corporate name of LINE FRIENDS, a global character brand that started with original characters including BROWN, CONY, and SALLY, created for use as stickers for the leading mobile messenger app LINE and its 200 million active users worldwide. IPX has announced a new business strategy that it would accelerate the global expansion of its IP businesses by diversifying its IP portfolios targeting all ages and advancing its digital and retail business. IPX provides diverse IP experiences including BT21(BTS), ZO&FRIENDS(G-DRAGON), minini, and JOGUMAN. It has also carried out its IP-based business by partnering with global companies including Netflix (original animated series) and HoYoverse (Genshin Impact) to win the hearts of over 50 million Millennials and Generation Z worldwide. IPX currently operates in 18 markets worldwide, including Seoul, New York, LA, Tokyo, and Shanghai, and operates on 8 online sales platforms.

ContactsManagerJiwoo HongBursonjiwoo.hong@bursonglobal.comSr. DirectorHanna ParkBursonhanna.park@bursonglobal.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

• A wave of ETH liquidations hit short sellers hardest when the post-election sell-off reversed.
• Ether now sits right on its 50-day average, with momentum quietly turning toward buyers.
• The real test lies overhead, where sellers turned the price back once before.

Ether short sellers took heavy losses this week as crypto rebounded from a post-election sell-off. Liquidation data showed bearish bets made up most of the positions wiped out in a single day.

That forced buying gave ETH a sharp bounce after a weak month. Traders now want to know whether spot buyers step in once the squeeze runs out, or the price drifts back toward its range lows.

Forced Buying Fuels Ether's Rebound After the Midterm Scare

Crypto markets sold off after the midterm elections handed Democrats control of both houses of Congress. Traders worried about the direction of federal crypto rules. Crypto and stock futures soon rebounded, and bitcoin recovered from a six-week low.

Ether led the bounce. It rose about 6.9% in a day and traded near $2,419 on Nov 4. Bitcoin gained about 4.7% over the same stretch.

Forced buying drove much of that move. CoinGlass data showed about $238 million of ETH positions liquidated in a single day. Shorts made up about 55.5% of the total, so bearish traders bore the brunt.

The daily win hides a weaker record. Ether fell about 16.6% over the past month, while bitcoin lost about 10.4%. Year to date, ETH is down about 23.8% against bitcoin's 12.1% drop. It still sits about 51.2% below its $4,946 peak.

A lasting rally needs spot buyers to replace the squeeze. Retail curiosity is rising. Views of Ethereum's Wikipedia page rose about 81% last week.

Ether Balances Exactly on Its 50-Day Average

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ether now trades near $2,410, flat on the day. That puts it exactly on its 50-day moving average, which tracks the average closing price over the last 50 sessions. The squeeze lifted ETH back to that line and stalled.

A price sitting on its 50-day average tells traders the market has no clear edge in the short run. If ETH closes firmly above it, the average can start working as a floor. If it slips back under, the same line turns into a ceiling that sellers can lean on.

The longer view looks steadier. ETH holds above its 200-day average, which sits near $2,320. Staying above that slower line keeps the broader uptrend structure intact.

Shorter and longer windows diverge. Ether gained about 2% this week, a modest recovery. Over 30 days it is still down about 11%.

On the daily chart, that leaves ETH recovering inside a downtrend range. It has climbed off the lows without escaping the band that has capped it for weeks. Bulls need follow-through above the moving average before the bounce counts as more than a relief move.

Buyers Regain the Upper Hand Without Overheating

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 53 on the daily chart. That reading is neutral. The squeeze lifted ETH without pushing it into overheated territory, so buyers still have room to push.

Momentum is also turning in their favor. The MACD, which compares a short-term and a longer-term price average, has crossed above its signal line. That crossover suggests the downward pressure from recent weeks is easing and upside momentum is building.

Trend strength tells a similar story. The trend gauge points to a real trend, and buyers are the side leading it.

Squeeze rallies carry a catch, though. Liquidated shorts buy because they must, and that forced demand ends once the positions are closed. Without fresh spot buying behind it, this momentum can fade as quickly as it arrived.

Where the Squeeze Must Prove Itself

The first test sits right below. ETH's nearest support lines up with its 200-day average, so two signals meet at one level. Holding there keeps the squeeze gains intact. A daily close beneath it would hand back much of the post-election bounce.

Below that, support waits near $2,230, at the bottom of the recent trading range where selling stopped. A break below it would suggest forced buying drove most of the rally and real demand never showed up.

Overhead, resistance sits near $2,560. That level sits just above the $2,524 high set in the week starting Oct. 25, a peak ETH never revisited. Sellers stepped in there once, and they may defend the zone again.

A clean move through that band would mean more than short covering. It would show spot buyers willing to pay higher prices after the liquidations ran their course. The next ceiling then comes into view around $2,650.

Spot Demand or a Fade Back to the Range Floor

• Bullish: A daily close above the resistance zone would signal real demand and open the way toward the next ceiling. The setup fails if ETH slips back under its 50-day average.
• Bearish: A close below the 200-day average would put the range floor back in play. That view fails if buyers reclaim the 50-day line, which would show the squeeze gains still have support.

Squeeze Fuel Is Not Enough on Its Own

Breaking higher will take steady spot demand, because liquidated shorts cannot keep lifting the price.

Policy headlines from the new Congress could also jolt prices again, and they could push in either direction.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• XRP analyst Dark Defender expects a near-term breakout that could open a path toward a far higher target.
• The chart remains cautious, with price stuck under both long-term moving averages while momentum slowly improves.
• A nearby resistance wall just above the 200-day line is the first test the call has to pass.

Dark Defender, a well-followed XRP analyst, has set a bold target for the token. He sees a much larger move once a first breakout lands.

The call arrives while XRP drifts sideways after a monthly slide, with buyers yet to show real strength. Traders want to know whether XRP can clear its nearest ceilings fast enough to keep the analyst's timeline alive.

Dark Defender Sets a Distant Target After a First Breakout

The pseudonymous analyst, known for chart-based calls on social media, expects XRP to break above $2 this month. He treats that breakout as the trigger for a much larger move. His longer-term target sits at $10.11.

In his view, a clean move through that level would confirm the breakout and open the way higher. He treats the final target as a destination once that condition is met.

The numbers show how wide the gap is. XRP trades near $1.31, so his target sits about 670% above the current price. Even the trigger needs a gain of roughly 53%, and he expects that within weeks.

That makes the first leg the real test of the call.

Both Long-Term Averages Still Sit Overhead

XRP (XRP) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

XRP still trades below both of its long-term moving averages. The 50-day average sits near $1.33. The 200-day average is a bit higher, around $1.36. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. When price holds below one, that line tends to act as a ceiling.

The broader trend has not turned up yet, despite the bullish call. Bulls would need a daily close above both averages before the chart starts to agree with Dark Defender.

The recent action points to a pause. XRP slid about 13% over the past month, then went flat over the last week and the last day. Buyers have stopped the slide, but they have not yet pushed price into a breakout.

Momentum Turns Up Without Conviction

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 49 on the daily chart. That puts XRP in neutral territory, far from overheated and far from oversold. Neither buyers nor sellers hold a clear edge.

Momentum has started to improve, though. The MACD has crossed above its signal line, an early sign that selling pressure is fading. The trend remains weak, so the signal lacks conviction.

$1.35 Is the First Wall on the Road to $2

Resistance near $1.35 is the first barrier on the daily chart. It sits just above the 200-day line, so a close through it would clear a crowded zone at once. The next ceiling waits around $1.44.

A break above both levels would be the first real evidence that the bigger leg is in play.

Support near $1.25 marks the downside line. Losing it would open room toward $0.99. Such a drop would make the analyst's timeline very hard to meet.

What Bulls and Bears Need Over the Next Three Days

• Bullish: A daily close above that first resistance would put XRP back over both long-term averages and aim price at the next ceiling. The setup fails if XRP slips back below the support floor.
• Bearish: A close below support would point toward the deeper floor. A move back above first resistance would cancel that bearish view.

A Bold Call Waiting on Its First Proof

Dark Defender's longer-term target stays a long shot until XRP clears the resistance stacked overhead. His first test is a break through the trigger level before the month ends.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Cardano founder Charles Hoskinson says Bitcoin can reach $250,000 within two years, driven by demand from AI agents.
• Bitcoin sits flat on its 50-day average as improving momentum clashes with a seller-led trend.
• A drop below the nearest support would test the bullish case first.

The call lands while Bitcoin drifts sideways after a soft month, with buyers and sellers evenly matched. Traders want to know whether the market can hold its long-term floor or faces a deeper pullback first.

Hoskinson Bets AI Agents Will Carry Bitcoin to $250,000

Charles Hoskinson, the founder of the Cardano blockchain, says Bitcoin can reach $250,000 within two years.

His case rests on a new kind of buyer. Hoskinson argues that AI agents, software programs that act and transact on their own, will become the next major source of demand for Bitcoin. In his view, these agents will need a neutral digital asset to hold and move value without a bank in the middle.

The chart sets a high bar for that thesis. Bitcoin trades near $80K, so the coin would need to more than triple in two years to get there.

Nearer obstacles come first. Sellers have defended a resistance zone in the mid-$80Ks, and buyers would need to clear it to show the uptrend is resuming. A break below support would weaken the bullish premise.

Bitcoin Stalls Right on Its 50-Day Line

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin is sitting directly on its 50-day moving average, the average closing price over the past 50 sessions. Traders watch this line as a gauge of the medium-term trend. Right now price and average are level, so the market has no clear edge in either direction.

A second cushion sits a little lower. The 200-day average, a slower measure of the long-term trend, runs near $77K. That line has acted as a floor, and buyers would likely defend it on any dip.

Bitcoin was flat on the day and the week. That calm follows a drop of about 6% in the past month. The rebound from that slide has paused and has yet to turn into a fresh advance.

As long as Bitcoin stays above the 200-day line, its long-term uptrend remains in place.

Momentum Improves While Sellers Still Steer

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 50 on the daily chart. That is the exact midpoint, so Bitcoin is neither overheated nor oversold.

MACD, a tool that tracks shifts in momentum, has crossed above its signal line. That points to improving upward pressure. The trend now taking shape is still led by sellers, though. The two signals pull in opposite directions, and neither has won yet.

Where $76K and $85K Draw the Battle Lines

Support sits near $76K, just under the 200-day line. A daily close below it would open room for a slide toward $65K. A retest that deep would push any long-range target further out.

Resistance starts around $85K, with a second cap near $87K. Sellers have turned price back from this zone before. A clean move through both levels would give the bullish call its first real backing from the chart.

Two Paths for the Next 72 Hours

Bitcoin's next move depends on which edge of its range gives way first.

• Bullish: A close above the nearest resistance would put the second ceiling in play. A slip back below the 50-day average would cancel that setup and return control to sellers.
• Bearish: A break under the 200-day line would expose the nearest floor, with the deeper support next if selling builds. A reclaim of the nearest resistance would invalidate this path.

A Distant Target Meets a Waiting Market

Hoskinson's forecast rests on AI agents buying Bitcoin over years, and no chart from the coming weeks can confirm or refute that. For now the daily picture reads neutral, and sellers still leave room for a deeper pullback before any long climb begins.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Weekend coverage varies sharply once bettors move past the headline clubs. Corners, cards, player markets and live odds can shrink to the bare basics on smaller fixtures.

The comparison below covers 6 Web3 and crypto sportsbooks on how they price a full Ligue 1 weekend.

Ligue 1 Rules for Residents

Residents of France may bet only with operators licensed by the Autorité nationale des jeux. Several of the platforms below list France among restricted countries, and all of them operate without an ANJ licence.

This comparison therefore suits fans outside France, who should check the law in their country of residence first.

What a Ligue 1 Weekend Looks Like

Ligue 1's 18 clubs spread each matchday from Friday night to Sunday evening. The table shows which markets fans usually look for on each kind of fixture.

Fixture type

Typical markets

What varies between books

Headline match

Full menu, player props, live stats

Bet builders and streams

European contender at home

Handicaps, totals, corners

Depth of corners and cards

Mid-table clash

Result, totals, handicaps

Live coverage after half-time

Relegation battle

Result, unders, draw markets

Player markets often missing

Last verified: October 2026

Goal patterns in France differ from the other big leagues, and CryptoDaily's comparison of Europe's big five shows how draws and totals compare.

6 Web3 Sportsbooks Compared on Ligue 1 Weekends

Placings reflect market depth on mid-table and lower-table Ligue 1 games, live coverage across the weekend and how clearly each book names its settlement sources. Operator pages and third-party reviews supplied the details.

1. Dexsport

Dexsport covers Ligue 1 with 39 football market types, including corners, cards, booking points, shots on target and half-time/full-time. Dexsport's rules cite lequipe.fr among official sources, backed by whoscored.com, and menus on smaller fixtures can come up shorter than on PSG games.

2. Stake

Stake lists a deep Ligue 1 menu on most fixtures, with player props and a bet builder on bigger matches. Its restricted list includes several European countries, so fans should confirm access from where they live.

3. Cloudbet

Cloudbet prices Ligue 1 main lines with high limits, built on more than a decade of football trading. Reviewers describe a narrower set of player and stat markets on lower-table matches.

4. BC.Game

BC.Game prices every Ligue 1 round with odds sourced from BETBY, adding corners and cards on most games. Lunchtime kick-offs on Sunday can show a slimmer list than the Friday headliner, since the feed decides depth.

5. Sportsbet.io

Weekend Ligue 1 at Sportsbet.io means results, handicaps and totals on every game and in-play prices on the bigger ones. Country of residence shapes what the site lets a bettor open.

6. Thunderpick

Thunderpick adds Ligue 1 to a sportsbook built around esports, with main lines and live odds on most matches. Stat markets thin out quickly on smaller fixtures, according to reviews.

A Fuller Ligue 1 Weekend

Team news drops late in France, often an hour before kick-off, and rotation around European fixtures shapes many weekend line-ups. Prices on mid-table games can lag that news briefly.

CryptoDaily's guide on where to bet on Ligue 1 this season covers wider options.

Across sports, a ranking of books on market depth helps compare menus side by side.

Conclusion

Ligue 1 weekends test a sportsbook's depth, since headline matches get full menus while lower-table games often shrink to the basics. Corners, cards, player markets and live coverage separate the stronger books from the rest.

Dexsport ranks first on market breadth and named French settlement sources, and the books behind it offer solid main lines with varying depth on smaller fixtures. Team news and rotation around European nights move prices late.

France-based bettors should use ANJ-approved operators. Everyone else should look up local gambling law, bet only once they reach legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. None of the sportsbooks named here holds an ANJ licence, and residents of France should use ANJ-licensed operators. Market menus, restricted country lists and licences change over time, and some details come from third-party reviews, so check each sportsbook's current terms before you bet. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

That system rewards long-term consistency and punishes newly promoted sides that start slowly. For bettors, it creates a relegation race that can look very different from the league table.

Argentine law shapes who can bet on that race, so the rules come first. The maths of the promedios, and the markets around it, follow for fans outside Argentina.

Betting Law in Argentina

Online betting in Argentina falls under the provinces and the City of Buenos Aires, which license their own operators. Offshore platforms lack a local licence, and courts regularly order unlicensed sites blocked.

CryptoDaily's look at Argentina's provincial model covers licences, blocks and the federal bill in detail. Residents should use a provincially licensed operator, while fans abroad need to check the law where they live.

How the Promedios Work

AFA calculates each club's average from its points per game across the current season and the two before it. Clubs promoted more recently count only their seasons in the first division, so a strong first campaign weighs heavily.

Element

How it works

Effect on bettors

Seasons counted

Current season plus the two previous ones

Past results protect established clubs

Newly promoted clubs

Only first-division seasons count

Every early result moves their average sharply

Promedio relegation

Lowest average goes down

Big clubs rarely appear near the bottom

Annual table relegation

Fewest points across the season goes down

A second race with different contenders

Last verified: October 2026

Recent seasons have relegated two clubs, one through the promedios and one through the annual table. If the same club finishes bottom of both, the next-worst club in the annual table goes down instead.

Why Newcomers Feel the Pressure

Newly promoted clubs often hover near the bottom of the promedios even when the league table looks comfortable. Early defeats in a first season can leave them chasing a very high points rate for the rest of the campaign.

Established clubs with strong recent seasons can survive a poor year. Their earlier results cushion the average, which keeps them out of the relegation picture.

Two Relegation Races at Once

Bettors who follow Argentine relegation markets need to watch two tables. Clubs safe on promedios can face danger in the annual table, and the reverse happens too.

Sportsbooks that price Argentine relegation usually list "to be relegated" markets on the clubs most at risk. Coverage of Argentine football varies widely, as a look at secondary league coverage across seven sportsbooks found.

Relegation and Match Prices

Late-season matches between clubs near the bottom often turn cagey, since a draw can protect an average while a defeat can prove decisive. Under goal lines and draw markets tend to attract attention in those fixtures.

Clubs already safe sometimes rotate players or ease off, which can lengthen their prices against a desperate opponent. Team news matters more than usual in the final weeks.

Argentine kick-offs fall late in the evening for European fans. CryptoDaily's guide to time zone betting offers tips for late fixtures.

Dexsport's Football Menu

Relegation run-ins at Dexsport draw on a football list of 39 types, with 1X2, double chance, handicaps, totals and half-time/full-time among them. Those markets suit the tight, low-scoring matches common in a relegation run-in, while outright relegation menus vary, so check what Dexsport lists for Argentine football.

For statistics, Dexsport relies on whoscored.com first and flashscore.com second. Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence, and the platform lacks an Argentine licence, so it suits only fans outside Argentina where local law allows it.

Conclusion

Promedios judge Argentine clubs on their points per game over three seasons, so a single bad year rarely sinks an established side while newly promoted clubs feel every defeat. Relegation through the annual table adds a second race with different contenders.

Bettors following these markets need to track both tables, watch for cagey late-season fixtures and pay attention to rotation among clubs already safe. Outright menus on Argentine relegation vary between sportsbooks.

People living in Argentina should keep to provincially licensed operators. Supporters elsewhere should check their own country's rules, bet only at legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. AFA relegation rules, market menus and licences can change from season to season and vary by country. Residents of Argentina should use operators licensed in their province. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• Stellar switched on its Bell upgrade on testnet, with a mainnet validator vote set for later this month.
• Daily momentum still favors sellers, and the token trades under both of its key moving averages.
• Bulls need to defend the $0.16 floor, where XLM now sits with no cushion beneath it.

Stellar's Protocol 30 upgrade, called Bell, is now live on testnet. It adds tools for exchanges managing many customer balances and early post-quantum signature checks for smart contracts.

The upgrade gives XLM holders a clear catalyst, yet the token keeps drifting lower after a painful month. Traders now want to know whether the mainnet vote can revive demand.

Stellar Puts Bell on Testnet Ahead of a November 23 Vote

The Stellar Development Foundation activated Protocol 30, codenamed Bell, on testnet after a validator vote on Nov 3. The foundation first outlined the design on Oct 20. A mainnet vote is set for Nov 23, and activation depends on validator approval.

Bell bundles three changes. First, CAP-84 adds muxed contract addresses, which start with a W and carry a 64-bit customer ID. Exchanges, custodians and payment firms can use them to run many customer balances through one smart contract.

Second, CAP-87 brings post-quantum ML-DSA signature verification, a NIST standard since 2024, to Soroban smart contracts. The foundation calls it the first onchain step of its Quantum Preparedness Plan. Network transaction signatures will remain Ed25519.

Finally, CAP-88 adds millisecond timestamps to prepare for faster ledger closes later. It does not speed things up today. Protocol 28 handled that in September, trimming close times from about 5.7 seconds to 5 seconds.

Wallets, exchanges and infrastructure operators must update their software before mainnet activation.

Upgrade Headlines Fail to Lift XLM Off a Month of Losses

Stellar (XLM) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

XLM traded near $0.16 on Tuesday, flat over 24 hours. The testnet launch drew attention from developers, but it did not bring in buyers. The token has now lost about 28% over the past month, one of its steepest slides of the year.

Traders tend to treat testnet milestones as early steps, and the real test for Bell comes with the validator vote later this month.

The weekly picture shows the same lack of interest. XLM slipped about 5% over seven days, a slow drift lower that began before the announcement and continued after it.

Moving averages help explain the mood. A moving average tracks the mean closing price over a set number of days and smooths out daily noise. XLM sits below its 50-day average near $0.18. When price trades under that line, it tends to act as a ceiling that sellers defend.

The longer view looks weaker still. The 200-day average stands near $0.19, also above the current price. Trading under both lines means short-term and long-term trends point the same way, which is down.

For bulls, the 50-day line is the first real hurdle. A move back above it would be the earliest sign that the Bell news is finally changing minds.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand as Momentum Fades

The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of buying and selling pressure, sits near 35. That reading counts as weak, with sellers clearly ahead of buyers.

It is not yet oversold, though. Traders usually treat readings under 30 as a sign that a sell-off has gone too far and a bounce may follow. XLM has not reached that zone, so the indicator leaves room for another leg lower before exhaustion sets in.

The MACD, a tool that compares short and longer price trends, also sits below its signal line. In plain terms, momentum is still pointing down. A separate trend-strength gauge confirms a real trend is in place, and sellers are the ones leading it.

Why $0.16 Is the Floor Bulls Cannot Lose

XLM is trading right on top of its nearest support, so there is no cushion beneath the current price. On the daily chart, the token has tested this zone several times in recent sessions. Each test with weak momentum makes the floor a little thinner.

A close below this floor would open the way to the next support near $0.14. That drop would add another leg to the monthly slide and likely push the RSI into oversold territory. Buyers would then need to prove they can defend a much lower base.

Overhead, the first hurdle sits close by, near $0.17. A push through it would be a modest win for bulls. The bigger signal would come from clearing the next resistance, which lines up with the 200-day average. Reclaiming that level would mark the first real break in the downtrend.

Two Paths Into the Mainnet Vote

The Nov 23 vote gives traders a date, but the chart will likely decide the direction first.

• Bullish: A daily close above the nearest resistance would put the 50-day average back in play as the next target. That would show buyers finally responding to the upgrade. The setup fails if XLM slips back under its current support.
• Bearish: A close below current support would point toward the lower floor flagged on the daily chart. A reclaim of the nearest resistance would cancel that view and ease the selling pressure.

Good Code, Bad Chart for Now

Bell gives Stellar real upgrades for institutions and an early start on post-quantum security. XLM stays in a seller-led trend until it climbs back above its 50-day average.

Risks remain. Validators could reject or delay the Nov 23 vote. A broader crypto selloff would also swamp any optimism around the upgrade.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

French fans abroad follow those three sports more closely than almost any others. Rugby, cycling and football bring their own betting markets, calendars and settlement quirks.

Rules in France differ from those elsewhere, so French law comes first, followed by the markets that matter in each sport for fans outside France.

French Rules Come First

France licenses online sports betting through the Autorité nationale des jeux, known as the ANJ. Only operators holding an ANJ licence may take bets from players in France, and the regulator works to block unlicensed sites.

Licensed books in France work in euros only, without crypto deposits. People who live in France should stay with ANJ-approved books, so the markets below suit fans outside France, who need to check the law of the country where they live.

Three Sports, Three Calendars

French fans can bet almost all year by switching between sports. The table maps the main competitions and when they peak.

Sport

Main competitions

Peak period

Rugby union

Top 14, Champions Cup, Six Nations

September to June, Six Nations in February and March

Road cycling

Tour de France, Paris-Roubaix, Paris-Nice

March to October, Tour in July

Football

Ligue 1, Coupe de France, European nights

August to May

Last verified: October 2026

Seasons that overlap let a single balance cover several sports in one weekend. CryptoDaily's guide to betting several leagues from one crypto balance explains how to manage that spread.

Rugby Markets

Rugby betting leans heavily on handicaps, since strong home sides in the Top 14 often win by wide margins. Total points lines also matter, as weather and refereeing at the breakdown shape how many tries a match produces.

Home advantage counts for more in French rugby than in many other leagues. Teams often rotate for away trips, which can move the handicap sharply once squads appear.

International Windows

Autumn tests and the Six Nations draw extra attention from fans abroad. CryptoDaily's look at the November tests covers the markets around this year's autumn internationals.

The Cycling Menu

Stage winners, overall classification, points and mountains jerseys make up the core of cycling betting, along with head-to-head match-ups between riders. One-day classics such as Paris-Roubaix add outright markets with long odds and frequent surprises.

Crashes, weather and team tactics make cycling one of the hardest sports to price. Bettors often find value in head-to-head markets, where a single rider's form matters more than the whole peloton.

Ligue 1 Markets

Ligue 1 offers the full football menu, from match result and handicaps to corners, cards and player markets. Clear title favourites push bettors toward handicaps and team totals on many weekends.

CryptoDaily's guide to Ligue 1 markets covers fixtures and funding a balance for the 2026-27 season.

Dexsport for French Sports

Dexsport prices Ligue 1 with 39 football market types and names lequipe.fr among its settlement sources, with whoscored.com and flashscore.com for statistics. Its rugby list covers match winner, draw, handicaps and total points.

Dexsport's terms name cycling among its sports, while the rules leave cycling markets unlisted, so check the live menu before a Grand Tour. Dexsport also offers live betting and a Combo+ boost on slips of four to ten legs.

Dexapp LTD operates Dexsport under an Anjouan licence, without an ANJ licence, so the platform suits only fans outside France where local law allows it.

Conclusion

Rugby, cycling and Ligue 1 give French fans abroad a betting calendar that covers almost the whole year. Rugby leans on handicaps and total points, cycling on stage, jersey and head-to-head markets, and Ligue 1 on the full football menu.

Home advantage in the Top 14, crashes and tactics in cycling and clear favourites in Ligue 1 all shape the prices. Seasons that overlap make one balance useful across several sports.

Anyone living in France should keep to ANJ-licensed operators. Supporters abroad should confirm the rules of their own country, bet only from legal age and remember that KYC or AML checks may apply.

Disclaimer: The information here is provided for general purposes only and is not legal, tax, investment, or financial advice. French regulation, market menus and licences change over time and vary by country. Residents of France should use operators licensed by the ANJ. Betting involves risk, and rules vary by country, so check the law where you live. Please bet responsibly, within your means, and only if you are of legal age.

• Bitcoin is drifting toward a level that could decide how hard major altcoins fall next.
• Litecoin now trades under both of its key moving averages, and sellers still lead the trend.
• Support just above $51 has become the line that separates a steady Litecoin from a sharper slide.

Bitcoin's monthlong slide has pushed traders to rank which large altcoins would suffer most if the selling deepens. Litecoin has long tracked Bitcoin almost one for one, which once made it look like the calmer choice.

That reputation now faces a real test. LTC has slipped under the trend lines that set it apart from Cardano and Dogecoin. Can it climb back toward $60? Only if Bitcoin steadies first and buyers retake lost ground.

Bitcoin's Slide Puts Litecoin's Low Beta to the Test

Bitcoin traded near $77,609 on Nov. 3. That put it about 3.5% above $75,000, a level traders now watch closely. The largest cryptocurrency has lost 10.4% over 30 days and 3.7% in the past week. That leaves it roughly 38% below its record of $126,080, set in early October 2025.

The slide has traders asking which large altcoins would suffer most if that line gives way. Litecoin stands out for moving almost in step with Bitcoin. Its 90-day beta, a measure of how strongly a coin echoes BTC's moves, sits at 0.99. Cardano and Dogecoin run hotter, at 1.55 and 1.45. Over the past month, Cardano fell 26.9% and Dogecoin lost 21.6%.

A low beta has not always protected Litecoin. In the sell-off from late May to early June, LTC dropped 21.1%. Bitcoin fell 17.6% over the same stretch.

The comparison rests on past behavior, and Bitcoin has not yet closed below that line.

Litecoin Trades Under Both Averages Near the Bottom of Its Range

Litecoin (LTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Litecoin changed hands near $54.15 on Tuesday, flat over 24 hours. The coin is down about 5% for the week and roughly 23% over the past month. That puts it close to the bottom of the range it has held since early October.

The bigger problem is where price sits against its moving averages. A moving average smooths out daily swings to show the underlying trend. LTC now trades below its 50-day average near $58.42. It also sits under its 200-day average near $56.51. When price sits under both lines, they tend to act as ceilings, and the trend favors sellers.

That marks a shift from a few weeks ago. Litecoin had been the one coin in its peer group holding above its long-term average. Losing the 200-day line removes the edge that set it apart from Cardano and Dogecoin.

Price is also pressing against its 30-day low near $53.65. Only a thin margin separates the current quote from that floor. If Bitcoin dips again, Litecoin has little room before it sets a fresh monthly low.

The 90-day low stands much lower, near $44, reached in mid-August. A break of the recent range could put that level back in focus for traders.

The route to $60 runs through both averages, in order. Buyers first need to reclaim the 200-day line and hold it on a daily close. They would then face the 50-day average, which sits just under the target. Clearing both would turn those ceilings back into floors.

Sellers Keep Control Without Reaching Exhaustion

Momentum readings back up the bearish picture. The daily RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 36. That reading shows weak demand, but it has not reached the oversold zone below 30. In plain terms, sellers still have room to push before the market looks stretched enough for a reliable bounce.

The MACD tells a similar story. It remains below its signal line, which means momentum is still pointing down. Buyers have not yet produced the crossover that often marks an early turn.

Trend strength adds weight to that view. The data show a real trend in place, and sellers are the ones leading it. A strong downtrend can run longer than traders expect.

Any recovery would first need momentum to flatten out.

Why $51.62 Matters More Than the Road to $60

Support near $51.62 is the level that decides Litecoin's next move. It sits just below the coin's former 200-day reference, the line that once set LTC apart from its peers. A daily close under it would erase the last sign of that relative strength.

On the upside, the first hurdle is resistance near $56.71. That level lines up closely with the 200-day average, so sellers have two reasons to defend it. A clean break above would be the first real win for buyers in weeks.

The next ceiling sits near $59.66. Clearing it would leave the 50-day line as the last obstacle.

Risks look larger below. If support gives way, Litecoin could lose its steady, one-for-one link with Bitcoin and fall as hard as Cardano and Dogecoin. The next floor near $46.95 sits well below current prices.

Two Paths Hinge on Bitcoin Holding Its Line

Both outcomes depend on whether Bitcoin keeps its footing above that closely watched mark.

• Bullish: Bitcoin holds its line, and Litecoin closes above first resistance near the 200-day average. That would open a path to the next ceiling and then the round-number target. A daily close below key support would cancel this view.
• Bearish: Litecoin loses key support on a daily close, likely as Bitcoin slips. Sellers could then press toward the lower floor. A close back above first resistance would invalidate this setup.

Litecoin Needs Bitcoin's Help Before $60

For now, the chart does not support a run to the round-number target. Litecoin first needs a daily close back above first resistance, and sellers still hold the trend. Bitcoin carries the bigger risk. A close below its watched mark would likely drag LTC through support, given how closely the two coins move. Traders should watch Bitcoin's daily close first.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Japan's NEC is studying biometric payments with stablecoins on Avalanche, but AVAX has yet to react.
• AVAX trades under both key moving averages while Monero rides a buyer-led trend in the opposite direction.
• For AVAX, the line that matters most is round-number support at $8, and sellers are drifting toward it.

NEC, the Japanese identity and technology group, is exploring stablecoin payments on Avalanche that pair a face scan with a single payment approval. The company has named no stablecoin, pilot or launch date.

The timing matters because AVAX is stuck in a monthly slide, and past partnership news failed to lift it. Monero is rallying against the broader market. Traders now want to know whether fundamentals can outrun a chart still controlled by sellers.

NEC Eyes Biometric Stablecoin Payments on Avalanche

The company runs biometric identity systems in more than 70 countries, with over 1,000 deployments. Its plan would merge identity verification and payment into a single approval. Biometric data stays off-chain, and only a cryptographic proof lands on the ledger.

The work builds on a memorandum of understanding NEC signed with Ava Labs in July. A white paper followed. It describes a foreign tourist paying in a Japanese store with one face scan.

NEC has given no launch date, pilot or financial terms. It has not named a stablecoin either. The yen-pegged JPYC, a dollar token or a bank-backed yen coin are all possible fits.

Earlier Avalanche wins did little for AVAX. The DIFC Courts news on Oct 14 and Japan Tax Free refunds in JPYC from Nov 1 left the token flat. Rivals are also crowding in. Visa settles stablecoins on several chains, Japan's megabanks are testing a yen coin, and BlackRock signed an MOU with SBI and Startale on Oct 27. AVAX still sits about 94% below its $144.96 peak.

Sellers Keep AVAX Pinned Below Its Averages

Avalanche (AVAX) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

AVAX traded near $8.52 on Monday, flat on the day. The token lost about 5% over the past week and roughly 23% over the past month. The NEC news arrived into that slide and has not reversed it.

Price sits below both of its key moving averages. The 50-day average is near $9.20. The 200-day sits slightly lower, near $9.08. When price trades under these lines, they tend to act as a ceiling. Buyers who stepped in over recent months are now underwater, and many sell into rallies.

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 38. That is weak but still above the oversold zone below 30. In plain terms, sellers have control without being exhausted. The token has room to fall before bargain hunters usually step in.

Other gauges agree. Momentum is still pointing down, and trend strength readings show a real trend led by sellers. That combination rarely flips on a single headline.

On the daily chart, the nearest support is $8.00. A drop of about 6% from here would test it. If that floor breaks, the next level sits near $7.05, a zone with little recent trading to slow a decline.

Bulls face a harder task. They first need to reclaim resistance near $9.21, which lines up with the 50-day average. A close above it would open a path toward $9.76.

The quiet session does not look like a bottom, because volume and momentum have not turned. Traders appear to be waiting, and the trend still favors the downside until AVAX clears its averages.

Monero Climbs Toward $670 While the Market Bleeds

Monero (XMR) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Monero moved the other way. XMR traded near $644, up about 2% on the day. The privacy coin gained about 18% over the month, while AVAX and much of the market slid.

Its chart is the mirror image of AVAX. XMR holds well above its 50-day average near $566. The 200-day average sits far lower, near $463. Both lines sit beneath price and act as floors. Buyers lead the trend, and momentum is improving as well.

RSI stands at 66. That reading is strong and edging toward the overheated zone above 70. Rallies often pause when the gauge gets this high, so short-term buyers have less room to work with.

Resistance near $670 is the first test. A stall there would fit the stretched momentum. A clean break would open a run toward $740.

Chart support sits far below at $169, with the next level near $145. Those levels are too distant to matter for a normal pullback. In practice, the 50-day average is the cushion traders will watch if XMR cools off.

Which Levels Decide the Next 72 Hours

Both charts hinge on a handful of levels already in play.

• Bullish: AVAX reclaims first resistance at its 50-day line and targets the next ceiling above. A drop through the nearest floor would cancel that setup. XMR breaks its first resistance and runs toward the higher target. A slip back under its 50-day average would invalidate the move.
• Bearish: AVAX loses its nearest support and slides toward the lower floor. A close back above first resistance would end that scenario. XMR stalls at resistance as stretched momentum cools, and price drifts back toward its 50-day average.

Headlines Wait While Momentum Rules

NEC's plan gives Avalanche a credible real-world use case that could matter in coming years. For now, the AVAX chart still belongs to sellers. XMR remains the stronger hand, drawing buyers on its own momentum.

Risks cut both ways. A broader market selloff would likely drag on both coins. XMR's stretched rally also leaves it exposed to sharp, fast pullbacks.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Bitmine added more ether to a treasury that already ranks among the largest anywhere.
• Ether trades under both key moving averages, and sellers still control the broader trend.
• A floor just above the $1,900 zone now stands as the line bulls cannot afford to lose.

Bitmine kept buying ether this week, adding to a stake that now covers a sizable slice of the token's supply.

That corporate demand has slowed the selling without reversing it. Ether still trades below its long-term trend line after a painful month. Traders now want to know whether treasury buyers can defend the next floor, or whether any bounce becomes another exit point.

Bitmine Keeps Buying While Ethereum Keeps Sliding

Bitmine Immersion Technologies (NYSE: BMNR) bought nearly $20 million of Ethereum in its latest purchase. The company now holds 6.06 million ETH. That stake equals about 4.9% of the token's 122.2 million total supply.

The company said its combined crypto, cash and marketable securities reached $14.5 billion. Chairman Tom Lee pointed to the market's resilience after the Binance hack. He also cited demand tied to AI infrastructure as a reason for confidence.

Investors cheered the move. BMNR shares rose about 4% on the day, and ETH gained about 2%.

The risks are real, though. The company has less than one year of cash runway. Its heavy concentration in a single asset also leaves it exposed to regulatory changes and security events.

For the market, Bitmine acts as a large and steady buyer underneath the price. That demand has not stopped the slide over the past month, and ether still trades well below its October levels.

Ethereum Trades Under Both Averages After a Weak Month

Ethereum (ETH) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Ether traded near $2,290 on Tuesday, flat over the past 24 hours. The Bitmine purchase did little to lift the price. The price sits just under the 200-day moving average, which stands near $2,310.

A moving average tracks the mean closing price over a set number of days. Traders use the 200-day line to judge the long-term trend. When price holds below it, that line tends to act as a ceiling on rallies.

The picture looks weaker on the shorter view. Ether trades even further below its 50-day average, which tracks the past two months or so. The faster average sits above the slower one, and price sits under both. Chart readers call that a bearish stack. It means recent buyers are mostly underwater and may sell into any bounce.

Ether has lost about 16% in 30 days. The past week brought only a small additional dip. The steep October selling has slowed, but buyers have yet to turn it around.

Treasury buyers such as Bitmine appear to be soaking up coins that sellers put on the market. That demand keeps the price from sliding faster. It has not been strong enough to push ether back above its averages.

Sellers Still Lead Even as Momentum Stops Worsening

The Relative Strength Index (RSI), a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads about 40 on the daily chart. That puts ether in weak territory. It sits well above the oversold zone below 30, where selling often runs out of steam. In practice, sellers still have room to push the price lower before the market looks stretched.

Short-term momentum has improved slightly. The MACD, which compares a fast and a slow moving average, has crossed above its signal line. That shift often marks a pause in selling. On its own, it rarely confirms a new uptrend, especially while price stays under both key averages.

Trend-strength readings show a real downtrend, and sellers are driving it. Bounces inside a trend like this tend to fade near resistance. Traders who bought higher may use any lift to exit, which caps the upside until buyers show more force.

$1,940 Is the Floor Before the $1,900 Zone Opens Up

Support sits near $1,940, the first real floor below current prices. Bitmine's steady buying could help cushion the price there, since treasury demand tends to show up on dips.

A daily close below that floor would weaken the case for a bounce. The next support waits near $1,840. A drop to that area would extend the monthly slide and test how deep corporate buyers are willing to step in.

On the upside, first resistance sits near $2,400. That level matches the 50-day average, which makes it a natural spot for sellers to return.

The next ceiling stands near $2,560. A clean break above it would snap the pattern of lower highs built over the past month. Until then, the downtrend structure stays intact.

Where the Next Three Days Could Take Ether

• Bullish: A daily close above the 50-day average would open the way toward the next ceiling. Buyers would then be testing the top of the recent range. A slip back under the 200-day line would cancel this setup.
• Bearish: A rejection at the 50-day average, or a break of the nearest floor, would point toward the lower support. That would extend the downtrend. A close above the higher ceiling would invalidate this view.

Rallies Remain Sell Candidates for Now

Until ether reclaims its 50-day average, bounces look like chances for sellers to lighten up. Bitmine's purchases may slow the decline, yet the trend still points down.

The main risk sits outside the chart. A sudden hack or regulatory shock could hit ether hard. It would also hurt treasury firms that hold little else.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• A wallet tied to the Binance hot wallet exploit dumped its entire SHIB stash in minutes, and the price barely reacted.
• SHIB still trades below both key moving averages, with sellers firmly in control of the trend.
• The nearest support floor for SHIB sits just under the current price, and a break would open another leg lower.

The attacker behind the Binance hot wallet breach sold every SHIB token it held in a rapid burst of on-chain swaps.

That sale clears one source of supply, yet the meme coin sector is splitting. SHIB and DOGE keep sliding while PEPE climbs with buyers in charge. The key test is whether SHIB can hold its floor once the exploit story fades.

Exploiter Wallet Dumps 499.9bn SHIB in Eight Minutes

Binance reported an attack on one of its hot wallets on Oct 29, with damage put at around $6.3bn. That evening, an address tagged "Exploiter 2" received 499.9bn SHIB in three transfers.

The tokens did not sit long. Early on Oct 30, the wallet sold everything in 13 transfers within eight minutes. On-chain data shows 300.53bn SHIB went into the ShibaSwap SHIB/WETH pool, about 60.1% of the stash. The remaining 199.40bn, or 39.9%, went through Uniswap v3.

On-chain tracker Lookonchain said the haul fetched 873 ETH, worth about $1.96mn. That works out to roughly 14-15% below the market price. The exploiter accepted a steep discount to exit fast.

SHIB was one piece of a wider cleanup. The attacker swapped more than 130 altcoins into ETH and USDC. The total came to roughly $279mn.

The price barely flinched. Arbitrage bots spread the selling across exchanges, and the batch equaled just under 0.085% of the 589.2T circulating supply. The wallet now holds zero SHIB, so that overhang is gone.

Overhang Gone, Yet Sellers Still Steer Shiba Inu

Shiba Inu (SHIB) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Shiba Inu traded near $0.0000047 on Monday, flat over 24 hours. The calm hides a weak run. SHIB is down about 5% on the week and roughly 21% over the past month.

The exploiter's exit removed one source of selling. It did nothing to fix the chart. SHIB sits below its 50-day moving average near $0.0000051, the average closing price over the past 50 sessions. That line now acts as a ceiling on rallies.

Over a longer horizon, the picture looks worse. The 200-day average sits higher, near $0.0000055. With price under both lines, the trend points down on short and long time frames.

Momentum tells the same story. RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of buying and selling pressure, reads 38. That is weak but not yet oversold, so sellers still have room to push. MACD also remains below its signal line, which means downside momentum has not faded.

Trend strength readings show sellers in charge. Buyers have not shown up in size since the dump cleared.

The floor to watch sits near $0.0000045. A daily close below it would expose the next support around $0.0000041, another leg lower of roughly 9%.

Bounces face a tight lid. The first resistance sits close by at about $0.0000048. A push through that level would bring $0.0000050 into view. SHIB would still need to clear the 50-day line before the trend could turn.

Dogecoin Drifts Lower While Momentum Quietly Turns

Dogecoin (DOGE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Dogecoin looks much like its smaller rival. DOGE traded near $0.075, down about 2% over 24 hours. It has lost roughly 22% in a month.

The biggest meme coin also sits below both key averages. The 50-day line near $0.082 caps rallies first. The 200-day average waits higher, around $0.090. Sellers control the daily trend.

One detail sets DOGE apart. MACD has crossed above its signal line, an early hint that selling pressure is tiring. It is a first sign only, and price has not confirmed it yet.

RSI sits at 36, weaker than SHIB's reading. Buyers remain on the back foot, though the gauge is still above oversold territory.

Support sits near $0.069. A break there would leave little in the way until about $0.056, a much deeper drop. On the upside, $0.078 is the first hurdle. Clearing it would open a run toward $0.084, just above the 50-day line.

How PEPE Breaks From the Meme Pack

Pepe (PEPE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Pepe tells a different story. The frog-themed token gained about 8% over the week and roughly 13% over the month, while its two larger peers slid.

The token trades above both key averages. The 50-day line sits near $0.0000043, with the 200-day average lower still. Those lines now sit under the price and act as floors, the reverse of the setup on SHIB and DOGE.

Buyers lead the trend here, and momentum is still building.

RSI reads 60. That marks solid buying pressure, yet it stays well short of the overheated zone above 70. Buyers have room to push before the rally looks stretched.

The next ceiling sits near $0.0000057. A clean break there would leave no marked resistance overhead. The first floor is around $0.0000046. A slip below it would point toward $0.0000042, just under the 50-day line.

Where the Next 72 Hours Turn

SHIB's next move depends on which side of its tight range gives way first.

• Bullish: A daily close above first resistance would let buyers aim for the next ceiling just below the 50-day line. A close back under the nearest floor would cancel that setup and hand control back to sellers.
• Bearish: A close below the nearest floor would put the lower support in play, extending the monthly slide. A recovery above first resistance would invalidate the bearish case.

Clean Supply Is Not a Trend Change

The exploiter's wallet is empty. Until SHIB reclaims the 50-day line, the path of least resistance points lower.

Risks remain. The attacker still holds a large ETH stash, and fresh exploit-related selling could rattle markets. Broad weakness tends to hit meme coins first and hardest.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• U.S. regulators cleared the way for perpetual futures on single stocks, a move that touches Hyperliquid's planned ICE-linked venue.
• HYPE is coiling above its key moving averages while AAVE sinks deeper into oversold territory.
• For HYPE, clearing the first resistance would confirm the breakout traders are waiting for.

Federal regulators have signaled they are ready for regulated stock perpetuals. That decision could speed up a planned U.S. market built on Hyperliquid's technology.

HYPE has held its ground through a shaky week for Bitcoin and Ether, and its chart is tightening. Aave keeps sliding with no catalyst in sight. Traders now want to know whether Hyperliquid can turn regulatory goodwill into a breakout, and whether Aave's sellers are finally running out of steam.

CFTC Opens the Door to Equity Perpetuals

The Commodity Futures Trading Commission said on Nov. 3 that perpetual futures on individual stocks can begin trading. The contracts must list on registered contract markets that the Securities and Exchange Commission also recognizes. Perpetuals have no expiry date, and until now U.S. traders reached them mostly through offshore crypto venues.

Hyperliquid stands close to the ruling. Intercontinental Exchange announced on Oct. 29 a plan for a regulated U.S. perpetual futures market built on Hyperliquid through TradeXYZ. That plan still needs CFTC approval. The agency's new stance makes that approval look like a shorter step.

Crypto markets gave little help. Bitcoin fell nearly 2% on Nov. 4 and slipped below $76,000. That left it sitting on its 200-day exponential moving average, a long-term trend gauge many traders watch. Early midterm results pointed to Democratic gains, and risk appetite cooled. Ether traded near $2,255 that day, below both its 100-day and 200-day averages.

Hyperliquid Coils Above Its 50-Day Line

Hyperliquid (HYPE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Hyperliquid's token traded near $85 on Wednesday, flat over 24 hours. That is above the $81.73 level seen on Nov. 4. The token has gained about 5% this week, though it remains down about 6% for the month.

The bigger picture looks steadier than that monthly figure suggests. HYPE holds above its 50-day average near $83, which tracks the mean price of the past 50 sessions. It also trades well above its 200-day average, near $69. Both lines now sit under the price and act as floors, which points to a pause within an uptrend.

Momentum readings leave room for more. The relative strength index (RSI), a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, stands at 53. That is a neutral reading, far from the overheated zone above 70. Buyers have space to push before the token looks stretched.

Other signals lean the same way. The MACD, a tool that compares short and long price trends, sits above its signal line, so momentum is improving. Trend indicators show a move forming, with buyers in control.

On the daily chart, the first hurdle sits near $88. A daily close above that level would mark the breakout traders are watching. Above it, resistance near $95 capped earlier rallies.

The floor below is tight. Support near $82.60 sits almost on top of the 50-day line, so the two levels reinforce each other. A slip through both would expose the next support near $76, a deeper drop of roughly 10%.

That narrow band between support and resistance explains the coiling price action. The CFTC news gives buyers a reason to test the upper edge first.

Sellers Keep Aave Pinned Under $126

Aave (AAVE) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Aave tells the opposite story. The lending token traded near $122, up about 1% on the day. That small gain does little to repair a week in which AAVE fell about 15%. Over the past month, the token has lost roughly 24%.

The averages confirm the damage. AAVE sits below its 200-day average near $126. It is also well under its 50-day line, near $144. Both now act as ceilings. Trend indicators show a real downtrend, with sellers firmly in charge.

RSI has dropped to 29, just inside oversold territory. Readings this low often come before a relief bounce, as sellers run out of fuel. The MACD still sits below its signal line, though. Momentum has not turned yet.

Any rebound faces quick tests. The first resistance sits near $134, a short climb above the 200-day line. Buyers would need to clear both to change the tone. A second barrier stands near $146, close to the 50-day average.

The downside looks more open. Support sits far below, near $93, with a second floor near $87. A failed bounce would leave a wide air pocket under the price. AAVE lacks a regulatory catalyst like Hyperliquid's, and capital appears to be leaving.

Where the Next Three Days Turn

Both tokens now sit near levels that should decide the next move.

• Bullish: A daily close above HYPE's first resistance would open a run toward the next ceiling. A close back under the 50-day line would cancel that setup. For AAVE, buyers need to reclaim the 200-day average to signal a turn.
• Bearish: If HYPE loses its nearby support, it could drift toward the deeper floor. A recovery above first resistance would invalidate that path. AAVE could slide toward its first support if sellers keep control.

Regulation Favors Hyperliquid Over Aave

Hyperliquid holds the stronger hand. Its chart sits above both key averages, and the CFTC stance gives its ICE-linked venue a clearer path. AAVE remains a bounce candidate only, with oversold readings and little else in its favor.

Bitcoin poses the shared risk. A decisive break under its 200-day average could pull both tokens lower, whatever Washington decides.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

With over 1 million downloads, the NEAR ecosystem's largest mobile wallet expands its global reach while launching gasless cross-chain swaps across 120+ assets and 35+ blockchains powered by NEAR Intents.

NEAR Mobile is gaining international traction, appearing in App Store rankings across 38 countries over a recent 31-day period, according to app ranking data from Toplify.

The self-custodial wallet reached #1 in Finance in Serbia, #2 in Hungary, and #4 in Moldova and Oman, highlighting its growing visibility across international markets. NEAR Mobile also recently reached #7 in Finance in Finland and Nigeria.

These milestones come amid growing attention around the NEAR ecosystem and its chain abstraction infrastructure. NEAR Intents, the protocol powering cross-chain execution across the ecosystem, has surpassed $33 billion in cumulative volume across 35 blockchains.

With more than one million downloads, NEAR Mobile is the largest mobile wallet in the NEAR ecosystem and continues to expand its capabilities with version 4.0.0, introducing a gasless experience designed to make blockchain interactions significantly simpler.

From Global Adoption to a Gasless Multichain Experience

As NEAR Mobile expands its international reach, its latest update addresses one of crypto's biggest usability challenges: gas fees.

Traditionally, users interacting with multiple blockchains must maintain different native tokens to pay transaction fees, even when they already hold the assets they want to transfer or swap.

With version 4.0.0, NEAR Mobile sponsors relayer fees for supported transactions, enabling users to swap and move assets across supported networks without needing to hold NEAR or maintain native gas tokens across different blockchains.

Powered by NEAR Intents, NEAR Mobile provides access to more than 120 assets across 35+ blockchains, combining cross-chain execution, unified balances, staking and self-custodial asset management in a single mobile interface.

One Wallet. All Chains. Powered by NEAR.

Unified Balances Across 35+ Blockchains

Beyond removing gas complexity, NEAR Mobile addresses another major challenge in crypto: fragmented liquidity.

A user holding USDC across Ethereum, Base, BNB Chain and TRON traditionally has separate balances that may require manual bridging and network switching to use together.

Through NEAR Intents, NEAR Mobile can present supported liquidity from multiple networks as a unified balance, allowing users to send or swap aggregated assets without manually bridging funds first.

Cross-chain swaps can settle in seconds, bringing the experience closer to using a single financial account rather than navigating multiple independent blockchains.

By abstracting networks, bridges and gas tokens, NEAR Mobile makes NEAR's chain abstraction technology accessible to everyday users.

The Largest Mobile Wallet in the NEAR Ecosystem

With over one million downloads and growing visibility across international Finance App Store rankings, NEAR Mobile has established itself as a leading consumer application within the NEAR ecosystem.

Available on both iOS and Android, the self-custodial NEAR wallet allows users to create and manage NEAR accounts, send and receive assets, stake NEAR and access multichain functionality directly from their phones.

NEAR Mobile supports onboarding through Google, Apple ID or email, combining a familiar mobile experience with self-custody and on-chain account recovery.

Experienced users can alternatively create or import wallets using a traditional mnemonic phrase.

The wallet also provides NEAR staking and access to NPRO staking, currently offering up to 8.58% APY.

As NEAR's chain abstraction ecosystem continues expanding, NEAR Mobile aims to make its infrastructure accessible through an intuitive consumer-facing application.

NEAR Mobile at a Glance

• 1M+ downloads
• App Store rankings across 38 countries in a recent 31-day period
• #1 Finance in Serbia, #2 Hungary, #4 Moldova and Oman
• 120+ assets across 35+ blockchains
• Gasless transactions for supported actions
• Cross-chain swaps powered by NEAR Intents
• Unified multichain balances
• NEAR and NPRO staking
• Google, Apple ID, email and mnemonic onboarding
• On-chain account recovery and self-custody
• Available on iOS and Android

About NEAR Mobile

NEAR Mobile is the largest self-custodial mobile wallet in the NEAR ecosystem, with more than 1 million downloads across iOS and Android.

Powered by NEAR Intents, the wallet enables users to manage NEAR, stake assets and access more than 120 tokens across 35+ blockchains through gasless cross-chain functionality and unified balances.

Its mission is to make NEAR's chain abstraction infrastructure accessible to everyone by removing the complexity of networks, bridges and gas tokens.

One Wallet. All Chains. Powered by NEAR.

ContactNEAR MobileFerran PratPeersyst Technology Global SLfprat@peersyst.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

The milestone comes after the regulator's dedicated cryptoasset authorizations gateway was launched. Under the Financial Services and Markets Act, companies that issue, trade, or safeguard electronic assets in the UK must apply for formal Part 4A permits.

The regulator’s latest policy announcement is focused on stringent backing-asset requirements to ensure a genuine 1:1 ‘sterling anchor’ for all non-systemic stablecoins issued or marketed in the country.

Enforcing the 1:1 Sterling Reserve Model

The updated rules clear up long-standing questions about what backing collateral is acceptable for UK-issued stablecoins. Issuers are subject to a binding framework set by the FCA which requires issuers to hold segregated pools of liquidity consisting of only UK central bank deposits, short-term UK Treasury bills or high-quality cash equivalents.

In accompanying guidance, the regulator said, "A stablecoin pegged to the British pound cannot function as a reliable payment mechanism if its underlying reserve is exposed to high-yield speculative debt or illiquid credit markets."

"Establishing a standardized sterling anchor ensures that token redemptions can be fulfilled at par value on a T+1 basis, even during periods of severe market stress."

Key requirements established in the final handbook rules include:

• 100% Direct Backing: No reverse or secondary lending of reserve assets. Issuers may not use algorithmic stabilization mechanisms.

• Interest Remittance Restrictions: A ban on passing interest earned on reserve assets directly to retail token holders remains to prevent stablecoins from acting as unregulated deposit-taking vehicles.

• Mandatory Safeguarding Audits: FCA requires independent third-party attestations on a monthly basis to confirm segregation of physical assets.

The framework also includes a 5% excess buffer in reserve pools that can be used to cover daily operations without causing technical insolvency.

Bringing Secondary Markets into the Perimeter

Beyond primary issuers, the FCA’s standardized rules directly reshape how UK-facing trading venues, brokers, and payment gateways handle pegged digital assets.

Under the Market Abuse Regime for Cryptoassets (MARC) and updated conduct standards, authorized platforms will only be permitted to list stablecoins that meet the FCA’s qualifying disclosure standards. Non-compliant foreign stablecoins face strict marketing restrictions or outright removal from domestic execution venues.

It closes a long-standing regulatory loophole that had allowed offshore issuers to tap UK retail liquidity without being subject to local solvency oversight. The move is part of a global push to shield consumer-facing digital finance from counterparty defaults. 

Retail users looking for alternative online entertainment options are often experiencing similar shifts in payment processing as regulatory scrutiny intensifies across digital asset markets, with review sites covering the best crypto casinos noting a rapid shift to fully compliant, asset-backed tokens for instant deposits and withdrawals.

The Authorization Gateway and Continuity Deadlines

With the authorization gateway officially active, existing crypto firms operating in the UK face a strict timeline to secure transitional protections.

Firms that submit complete applications before the end of February 2027 will be granted temporary operational status, allowing them to serve domestic clients while the regulator reviews their compliance systems. Businesses that fail to meet the submission deadline will be forced to wind down UK-facing operations before the full regime takes legal effect.

Critically, existing registrations under the UK’s Money Laundering Regulations (MLR) do not equate to full statutory authorization. MLR-registered firms will also need to demonstrate they meet wider Consumer Duty requirements, operational resilience standards and executive accountability standards.

Industry Reaction and Global Implications

The reaction in the City of London has been cautiously optimistic, with institutional players welcoming the clarity, but smaller firms worried about the compliance overhead.

Representatives from trade bodies said that capital requirements for issuers of stablecoins remain tough, but clear rules on the sterling anchor set the stage for institutional banks and payment processors to develop native on-chain settlement rails.

"The UK is creating a distinct middle path," explained a senior fintech policy analyst in London. "Unlike total bans seen in some regions or fragmented state-by-state rules elsewhere, the FCA is treating stablecoins as core payment infrastructure. If you want to anchor your token to sterling, you have to run it with the balance sheet discipline of a bank."

With secondary consultations on decentralized finance (DeFi) guidance and operational resilience scheduled for later this year, the FCA's finalized stablecoin standards mark the first major cornerstone of the UK's comprehensive digital asset rulebook.

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored article and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Bybit, the New Financial Platform trusted by more than 80 million users worldwide, joined global finance and technology leaders at Hong Kong FinTech Week 2026. Bybit Co-founder and CEO Ben Zhou shared his perspectives on how artificial intelligence (AI), asset tokenization and connected financial infrastructure are reshaping financial services and bringing traditional and digital markets closer together.

Speaking at the main-stage fireside chat, "Bridging the Divide: The Next Chapter of TradFi & Crypto Convergence," Ben discussed how financial services are evolving as users seek more integrated access to digital assets, traditional markets, payments and savings. He said AI, tokenization and increasingly interconnected infrastructure are creating opportunities to improve efficiency, broaden market access and connect different asset classes and financial services.

However, Ben emphasized that greater access and efficiency must go hand in hand with security, risk management and regulatory compliance. As financial services become more interconnected and technology-driven, these safeguards are essential to building a resilient financial ecosystem and maintaining the confidence of users and market participants.

An Integrated Future for Financial Services

Ben said the next stage of finance is not about traditional finance and crypto replacing one another, but about making them work together. AI, asset tokenization and connected financial infrastructure can help users access a wider range of markets and services more efficiently. He emphasized, however, that connecting more assets and markets is only part of the task, and platforms must build security, risk management and compliance into their infrastructure as they expand beyond trading to serve broader financial needs. He also said confidence in the crypto market is growing as it develops over the long term, with liquidity remaining important to its continued progress.

He said Bybit’s role is to connect these services securely and efficiently, with regulatory requirements and local accountability embedded in the systems that deliver them.

Ben also examined AI’s role in financial services. As AI moves from providing information to initiating financial actions, platforms will need stronger permissions, better monitoring, and more refined user controls, he said.

On tokenization, Ben noted that putting assets on-chain is only the starting point: broader adoption requires clear investor rights, dependable custody and sufficient liquidity for markets to operate with confidence.

Disclaimer: Bybit is not licensed by the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission, and its services are not available to the public in Hong Kong.

#Bybit / #NewFinancialPlatform  

About Bybit

Bybit is The New Financial Platform.

We believe every person should have access to every financial opportunity on earth. That's why we're building the first intelligent platform that connects anyone, anywhere to the world's finance.

Trusted by more than 80 million users worldwide, Bybit brings together investing, trading, payments, and wealth-building in a single secure and intelligent ecosystem. Through the combination of AI-powered technology, deep global liquidity, robust security, and transparent operations, Bybit makes global finance more accessible, efficient, and empowering for everyone.

Built for everyone. Powered by intelligence. Open to the world.

Learn more at Bybit.com

For more details about Bybit, please visit Bybit Press

For media inquiries, please contact: media@bybit.com

For updates, please follow: Bybit's Communities and Social Media

Discord | Facebook | Instagram | LinkedIn | Reddit | Telegram | TikTok | X | Youtube

ContactHead of PRTony AuBybittony.au@bybit.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

More certainty in markets?

One outcome of the U.S. midterm elections, with the Democrats taking control of the House and of the Senate, is that the second two years of the Trump administration are going to be extremely frustrating, at least as far as the Republicans are concerned. Any important legislation which is counter to Democrat thinking can be blocked and defeated, resulting in a general paralysis for the rest of the term of the Trump administration.

Be that as it may, the outcome for markets could be a very positive one. Data shows that when an opposition party gains one or both of the chambers in the midterm elections, the stock market generally rises. This is because the government is prevented from making a lot of changes, and therefore the market has more certainty about the future. Bitcoin has always been a beneficiary during these stagnant legislative times.

W pattern to bring $BTC price back inside descending channel?

Source: TradingView

The short-term chart for $BTC reveals how the price fell out of the descending channel but now appears to be attempting to climb back in. A W pattern has formed, and now it just remains to be seen if the pattern can play out, sending the price back into the middle of the descending channel, and up to the intersection between the two parallel channels. If the $BTC price can end up back above the $81K horizontal resistance, and make a higher high, the local bearish trend of the last six weeks can start to change.

A double bottom to change the trend?

Source: TradingView

Has the $BTC price just witnessed a double bottom? When the price made its first ascent and then consolidated back down to the bottom of the lower parallel channel, the first bottom was formed. Earlier on Wednesday the $BTC price came down nearly to that same level, potentially putting in a double bottom. Another great sign that this could finally be the start of the rally back to the $87K high is that today’s descent stopped short and did not make a lower low. Instead, we now have a higher low which could end the bearish trend. If this is the case, the correction all the way from that $87K top has been a healthy one, and there would appear to be no impediment as to why the $BTC price can’t get back into its bull trend from here on in - market perversity not withstanding.

Perfect retest of 50-week SMA - another bull market signal?

Source: TradingView

In the weekly chart the descending trendlines for the channel have been taken out, given the difficulty in making them fit the touchpoints. Even so, we are now able to see with complete clarity how the $BTC price came down perfectly to test the 50-week simple moving average (SMA). Going by previous bull markets, the 50-week SMA holds as support for the entirety of the bull market. This could be the first test of that support. 

It might now be expected that the 50-week SMA starts to slowly turn back to the upside, which could be its new direction for the next two to three years.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• NEAR holders approved a second inflation cut in about a year, though the change will take months to arrive.
• Both NEAR and SUI show weak momentum, with sellers still leading the trend on the daily charts.
• SUI sits just above nearby support, while NEAR must reclaim its 50-day line to repair the chart.

NEAR token holders voted to slow the growth of new supply, approving a lower inflation cap through the network's governance system. The vote passed while NEAR was in a sharp weekly slide.

The cut is a long-term story, and traders work on a shorter clock. Sellers still lead both NEAR and SUI, and SUI has lost its long-term trend support. Buyers now need to defend nearby floors before another leg lower tests them.

NEAR Holders Vote to Shrink New Supply to 1.6%

NEAR token holders approved a smaller ceiling on new supply. Proposal HSP-029 passed through the House of Stake governance system and was finalized on Nov 2, 2026. It lowers maximum annual inflation from 2.5% to 1.6%. The network made a similar move in October 2025, so this is its second cut in about a year.

The change will not arrive quickly. It phases in over roughly two years and still needs a Security Council review, a 90-day grace period and a validator protocol upgrade.

Once in place, the cap should mean about 11.8 million fewer new tokens a year, worth roughly $45 million at recent prices. That puts NEAR below Solana's 3.82% inflation rate. History offers a warning, though. Earlier cuts did not lift the price, and smaller staking rewards could lead some stakers to sell.

Demand may matter more than supply. NEAR Intents, the network's cross-chain trading service, posted a record $2.4 million in October revenue on $3.9 billion of 30-day volume.

NEAR Bounces but Still Trades Under Its 50-Day Line

NEAR Protocol (NEAR) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

NEAR traded near $3.93 on Tuesday, up about 3% on the day. The bounce is small next to the damage. The token lost roughly 16% over the past week and about 20% over the past month. The governance vote has not changed the direction of the chart yet.

The 50-day moving average, which tracks the average closing price over that period, sits near $4.27. NEAR trades below it, so that line now acts as a ceiling. Buyers will need to push through it before the recent slide looks finished.

Over a longer horizon, the chart holds up better. The 200-day average sits far lower, near $2.96, and price remains well above it. That keeps intact the broad recovery that began at February's yearly low. Recent selling has cut into those gains without erasing them.

Momentum still favors sellers. RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, reads 41. That is weak territory, below neutral and above oversold. The MACD sits under its signal line, so momentum is still pointing down. Trend-strength readings show a real trend, and sellers lead it.

On the daily chart, the first hurdle is resistance near $4.54. A close above that level would be the first real sign of repair. It would also put NEAR back over the 50-day line. Above it, the next ceiling stands near $5.52.

The downside carries more risk. Nearest support is far below, around $2.73. If the bounce fails, the chart shows little in between to slow a drop. A break there would expose the next floor near $2.21.

Why SUI Has Less Cushion Than NEAR

Sui (SUI) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

SUI traded near $0.90 on Tuesday, flat on the day. The weekly loss was milder than NEAR's, at about 4%. The monthly picture looks worse, with the token down roughly 26% over 30 days.

The bigger problem is structure. SUI sits below both its 50-day and 200-day averages. The longer line sits near $0.97. NEAR still holds its long-term line, which gives it a floor far below the current price. SUI has no such backstop, so both averages now act as ceilings.

Momentum offers no relief. RSI reads the same weak 41 as NEAR, and MACD also points down. Sellers lead this trend too.

On the daily chart, the 50-day line doubles as first resistance near $0.95. A close above it would also bring the 200-day average into reach just overhead. Clearing both would open a path toward the next ceiling near $1.06.

Support sits close, around $0.84. That leaves little room for error, since a modest dip would test it. A break would expose the next floor near $0.71, a much deeper drop.

Two Paths for the Next 72 Hours

Both coins sit closer to a decision than their quiet daily moves suggest. These setups use the levels marked on the daily charts.

• Bullish: NEAR posts a daily close above its first resistance and aims for the higher ceiling, while SUI clears its 50-day line and heads toward its next ceiling. A slip back under Tuesday's prices would cancel this setup for both coins.
• Bearish: SUI loses its nearby support and slides toward the deeper floor, while NEAR stalls under the 50-day line and drifts toward its first support. Closes back above first resistance on both charts would invalidate this view.

Supply Cuts Need Time While Sellers Need Only One Break

The inflation vote helps NEAR over the long run, since slower supply growth favors holders who stay for years. Swing traders face a shorter clock. Waiting for each coin to reclaim its first resistance on a daily close looks safer than buying now.

Near-term risks still dominate. Implementation sits months away, and stakers facing smaller rewards could sell before any benefit arrives.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

• Bitcoin dropped sharply as traders priced in a Democratic sweep of the US midterm elections.
• Momentum still favors sellers, and the coin trades below its 50-day average.
• The 200-day line near $76,000 now decides whether the long-term uptrend survives.

Bitcoin slid this week as election betting markets tilted toward Democratic control of Congress. Traders worry a sweep could slow the pro-crypto policy push that has supported prices for months.

The timing leaves the coin exposed. Bitcoin entered the vote already weak. Traders now watch whether buyers can defend the long-term trend line on election night.

Midterm Sweep Bets Knock Bitcoin to $75,700

Bitcoin briefly sank to $75,700 around Nov. 3, 2026, as bets on a Democratic sweep of the US midterm elections gained ground. The dip came quickly and erased gains that buyers had defended through late October.

Traders tied the selling to the political odds. Many fear that Democratic control of both chambers could stall or reverse the pro-crypto agenda now moving through Washington. That agenda includes market structure rules and friendlier oversight, which the industry has counted on for months.

The coin is down about 4% over the past week. That leaves it soft heading into a vote that markets cannot price with confidence.

Election headlines and shifting odds will likely move Bitcoin more than crypto news in the coming days. That adds event risk to a market already losing steam.

Bitcoin Slips Under Its 50-Day Line but Clings to the 200-Day

Bitcoin (BTC) daily price with the nearest support (green) and resistance (red). Source: TradingView

Bitcoin has clawed back some ground since that sharp dip. The coin now trades near $78,000, roughly unchanged over the past 24 hours. Buyers stepped in, but they have not pushed far.

The 50-day moving average sits around $80,000. A moving average smooths out daily price swings to show the underlying trend, and the 50-day tracks the past two months or so. With price below it, that line now works as a ceiling. Each bounce toward it is likely to meet sellers who want out near break-even.

Further down, the 200-day moving average rests near $76,000, just under the current price. That average tracks roughly the past year of trading, and Bitcoin still holds above it. In plain terms, the broader uptrend has taken a hit but remains intact.

That puts Bitcoin in a narrow pocket between two key lines. A move through either one would likely set the tone for the next several weeks.

The past month explains the caution. Bitcoin has lost about 10% over 30 days, a steady grind lower with few strong rebounds.

Today's quiet session after a sharp drop looks like a pause while traders wait for news. It does not yet show buyers taking charge.

Sellers Keep the Upper Hand as Momentum Fades

RSI, a 0 to 100 gauge of momentum, sits near 41 on the daily chart. That reading is weak, but it is still well above the oversold zone below 30. In practice, sellers have room to push further before the market looks stretched enough to force a bounce.

Momentum tells a similar story. The MACD, which compares short and longer price averages, remains below its signal line. That means downward pressure has not turned yet, and the recent stabilization has not carried enough force to flip it.

Trend strength adds a warning. The readings show a new trend starting to form, and sellers are the ones leading it. A forming trend can still fade, but this one is building in the bears' favor.

Swing traders have little reason yet to bet on a quick reversal.

Where a Break Sends Bitcoin Next

The first test sits at the 200-day line. That average doubles as the nearest support on the daily chart, and the election scare already pushed price to its edge. Buyers held it once. A second test would show whether that defense was real or just a pause.

A close below that floor would change the picture fast. The chart shows little support between there and the next level near $65,000. That leaves a wide gap where prior trading was thin, so a slide could pick up speed before buyers find firm footing.

The upside path runs through the 50-day line. If Bitcoin climbs back above it and holds, that ceiling would turn into a floor again. Sellers who have capped each bounce would lose their best spot to unload.

A reclaim would put the next resistance near $82,000 in view. That target is modest, but it would mark the first higher high since the selling began.

Two Paths Into the Election Count

Election results will likely pick the path. Each one has a clear trigger and an exit point.

• Bullish: A daily close back above the 50-day line would open a push toward the next resistance. The setup fails if price slips back under the 200-day average.
• Bearish: A daily close below the 200-day floor would point to a slide toward the deeper support. The setup fails if Bitcoin recovers above the 50-day ceiling.

Swing Traders Should Let $76K Decide

For now, the bias stays bearish while Bitcoin trades under the 50-day line. Long positions only make sense after a clean, confirmed reclaim of that ceiling.

Election night adds its own danger. Headlines can trigger sharp wicks through either level, shaking out stops before price settles. Swing traders should keep position sizes small until the vote count is clear.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

Disclaimer: This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice.

As financial institutions and digital asset businesses expand in the UAE, demand for asset security, operational resilience, and ongoing compliance is growing alongside regulatory progress. CertiK supports these needs through its work with local institutions and businesses, including Abu Dhabi's Hub71 and Gate Dubai, while continuing to strengthen its engagement in the UAE.

With engineering and business development personnel based in Dubai, CertiK is building on its existing local partnerships to support the digital asset ecosystem in the UAE. In Abu Dhabi, startups in Hub71’s ecosystem, based in Abu Dhabi Global Market (ADGM), can access discounted security services and free access to CertiK Compliance through CertiK’s role as an official Hub71 vendor, helping them reduce the cost and complexity of licensing preparation and manage ongoing compliance requirements. In March 2026, CertiK also completed an independent Proof of Reserves (PoR) verification for Gate Dubai, a VARA-licensed exchange, confirming at least 100% reserve coverage across 10 digital assets as of December 31, 2025.

The urgency for these verification and compliance safeguards is highlighted by the region's evolving threat landscape. CertiK's research identified five digital asset security incidents in 2026 that originated in the UAE or involved UAE-registered entities. Four of these incidents resulted in approximately $8.02 million in documented losses, while the loss amount for the fifth has yet to be confirmed. Due to limitations in incident reporting and attribution, the actual number of incidents and total losses may be significantly higher. These findings highlight the importance of ongoing security and risk management as institutions expand their digital asset operations.

To address how institutions can bridge this gap, CertiK hosted a media briefing during Dubai FinTech Summit 2026, titled “The Trillion-Dollar Trust Gap: Why Institutional Finance Still Hesitates on Digital Assets.” During the discussion, CertiK Chief Business Officer Jason Jiang emphasized that navigating these regional vulnerabilities requires moving beyond checkbox compliance.

“Financial institutions are making real progress in bringing digital assets into financial services, but regulatory approval is only the starting point,” said Jason Jiang. “Protecting customer assets and managing risks as operations scale requires continuous security and compliance. This is why CertiK is expanding beyond Web3 security to become the Trust Layer for Digital Value, helping institutions build trust across an increasingly complex digital economy."

About CertiK

CertiK is the largest Web3 security services provider and a trusted risk management partner for regulators, institutions, and Web3 innovators worldwide. Since 2017, CertiK has protected over $600 billion in digital assets across 150+ countries and regions, while providing full-lifecycle security and risk management solutions for institutional clients. Operating under SOC 2 Type II and ISO 27001 standards, CertiK works closely with regulators worldwide on digital asset policy development and regulatory consultation.

ContactElisa Yiting Xuyiting.xu@certik.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.

Bybit Kazakhstan is proud to announce the launch of a new fiat channel. This all-in-one solution opens a new chapter in access to digital assets, making the journey from tenge to digital assets and back simple and clear. Users can now deposit and withdraw Kazakhstani tenge (KZT) directly with their bank card.

The new channel complements the deposit methods already available on the platform: the direct fiat channel with Bank CenterCredit (BCC) and regulated P2P with five participating banks. Users now have even more ways to move between tenge and digital assets and can choose the option that suits them best.

This is an important step toward making digital assets as simple and familiar to use as everyday payments. The solution is fully integrated into the Bybit Kazakhstan platform: in just a few steps, users can top up their balance in tenge and withdraw funds back to their own card. Tenge is credited to the tenge wallet in the user's Bybit Kazakhstan account, from where it can be used right away to buy digital assets via One-Click Buy or to trade on the spot market, including the KZT/USDT pair. Everything in one place, with no extra steps and no switching between services.

The new channel is built for everyone. It is available to all verified residents of Kazakhstan regardless of citizenship, and there is no need to open an account or a card with a specific bank: a card from any Kazakhstan bank will do.

The new channel offers:

• Convenience - tenge deposits and withdrawals in a few steps, right in the user's account
• Flexible limits - limits increase as users complete further verification
• Transparent fees - a single 1.5% fee on deposits and withdrawals
• Security - transactions are made only from and to the user's own card

Limits depend on the user's verification level and applicable requirements. Current limits are shown in the user's account on Bybit.kz.

"This is a landmark step for us. We want every verified user in Kazakhstan to be able to work with digital assets as easily as they use their everyday bank card. Bybit Kazakhstan will continue to develop and open new fiat gateways to make the platform even more convenient and accessible for our clients," said Ablaikhan Aubakir, Country Manager at Bybit Kazakhstan.

Tenge deposits and withdrawals with bank cards are now available to fully verified users on Bybit.kz. Get started today.

Disclaimer: This material is provided for informational purposes only. Products and services described herein may not be available in all jurisdictions. Fees and limits may change and are subject to applicable regulatory requirements. Investors should carefully review applicable terms and assess their individual risk profile before making investment decisions.

#Bybit / #NewFinancialPlatform / #BybitKazakhstan

About Bybit Kazakhstan (Bybit Limited)

Bybit Kazakhstan is an AIFC Participant licensed by AFSA to operate a Digital Asset Trading Facility and provide Money Services in relation to Digital Assets. Bybit Kazakhstan develops compliant infrastructure to support institutions and enterprises engaging with digital assets in Kazakhstan.

www.bybit.kz

About AFSA

The Astana Financial Services Authority (AFSA) is the independent regulator of financial services and related activities in the AIFC. AFSA's mandate is to foster a fair, transparent and efficient financial centre aligned with international standards.

www.afsa.kz

ContactMarketingSanchar ZholayevBybit Kazakhstanzholayev.sanzhar@bybit.com

Disclaimer: This is a sponsored press release and is for informational purposes only. It does not reflect the views of Crypto Daily, nor is it intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, or financial advice.